UNIT 1.global 7 New Hs Bài Tập Có File Nghe Và Giải Chi Tiết

UNIT 1 - MY HOBBIES
I.VOCABULARY
1. amazing /əˈmeɪzɪŋ/ (adj): tuyệt vời It’s amazing.
2. make it yourself /meɪk ɪt jɔːˈself/ (v.phr): tự làm lấy
3. cardboard /ˈkɑːdbɔːd/ (n): bìa cứng, các-tông
4. creativity /ˌkriːeɪˈtɪvəti/ (n): sự sáng tạo
5. horse-riding /ˈhɔːs raɪdɪŋ/ (n): cưỡi ngựa
6. common /ˈkɒmən/ (adj): phổ biến, thịnh hành
7. collecting coins (n.phr): sưu tầm đồng xu
8. gardening /ˈɡɑːdnɪŋ/ (n): việc làm vườn
9. learn how to do something (v.phr): học cách làm việc gì
10. go to the club (v.phr): đi câu lạc bộ
A CLOSER LOOK 1
- go jogging (v.phr): chạy bộ
- do yoga (v.phr): tập yoga
- do judo (v.phr): tập võ judo
- keep fit /kip fɪt/ (v.phr): giữ dáng
- surf /sɜːf/ (v): lướt sóng
A CLOSER LOOK 2
- rise /raɪz/ (v): mọc (mặt trời). >< set /set/ (v): lặn (mặt trời)
- flow through (phr.v): chảy qua
- timetable /ˈtaɪmteɪbl/ (n): thời khóa biểu
- set /set/ (v): lặn (mặt trời)
- arrive /əˈraɪv/ (v): đến
COMMUNICATION
- be interested in something (phr): hứng thú về việc gì
- exercise /ˈeksəsaɪz/ (v): tập thể dục
SKILLS 1
- belong to (phr.v): thuộc về
- outdoor activity (n.phr): hoạt động ngoài trời
- creativity /krieɪˈtɪvəti/ (n) khả năng sáng tạo
- patient /ˈpeɪʃnt/ (adj): kiên nhẫn
- take on responsibility (v.phr): chịu trách nhiệm
- join in (phr.v): tham gia = take part in
- maturity /məˈtʃʊərəti/ (n): sự trưởng thành
- valuable lesson (n.phr): bài học giá trị
LOOKING BACK
- footballer /ˈfʊtbɔːlə(r)/ (n): cầu thủ đá bóng
- divide into /dɪˈvaɪd ˈɪn.tuː/ (v.phr): chia thành
Ex: The teacher divides students into four big groups.
- discuss /dɪˈskʌs/ (v): thảo luận Let’s discuss interesting hobbies

NGỮ PHÁP - THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN (PRESENT SIMPLE)
1. How to use
- Dùng để diễn tả thói quen hoặc những việc thường xuyên xảy ra ở hiện tại.
- Dùng để diễn tả những sự vật, sự việc xảy ra mang tính chất quy luật.
- Dùng để diễn tả các sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, các hiện tượng tự nhiên.
2. Cấu trúc
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
- Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu:
Always (luôn luôn), usually (thường thường), often (thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng), rarely (hiếm khi), seldom (hiếm khi), never (không bao giờ)….
Các trạng từ này thường đứng trước động từ thường, sau động từ “to be” và trợ động từ. (do/does
Ex: He rarely goes to school by bike. I don’t often go out with my friends
- Nhóm trạng ngữ đứng cuối câu:
Everyday/week/month/ year
Once (một lần), twice (hai lần), three times (ba lần), four times (bốn lần)
Ex: They go on holiday once a year.

* Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ (Đối với chủ từ là He/she/it/danh từ số ít)
- Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ
- Thêm “es” vào các động từ kết thúc bằng “o, ch, s, x, sh, z”. Ex: watches, goes
- Đối với động từ tận cùng bằng “y”
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) ta nguyên “y + s”.
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm ta đổi “y” thành “i + es”. Ex: studies
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
I. Put the verb in the correct form of present simple
1. Nurses and doctors (work)___________ in hospitals.
2. ___________the performance (begin) ___________at 7pm?
3. She (speak) ___________four different languages.
4. She (be) ___________ a great teacher.
5. Who ___________ this umbrella (belong) ___________to?
6. Who (go)___________to the theater once a month?
7. My cousin (have)___________a driving lesson once a week.
8. My father and I often (play)___________football with each other.
II. Fill in the blank
1. I (be) ________ at school at the weekend.
2. My students (be not) ________ hard working.
3. I usually (have) ________ breakfast at 7.00.
4. Where (be)____ your children?
5. Dog (like) ________ meat.
6. It (rain)________ almost every day in Manchester.
7. My mother (fry)________ eggs for breakfast every morning.
8. The bank (close)________ at four o'clock.
9. John (try)________ hard in class, but I (not think) ________ he'll pass.
10. She (not study) ________ on Friday.
Ex II: Choose the best answer
1. a. playing badminton 2. a. collecting dolls
b. playing tennis b. collecting bottles
c. playing football c. collecting stamps
d. playing basketball d. collecting coins
3. a. making pottery 4. a. riding a bike
b. gardening b. taking photos
c. mountain climbing c. arranging flowers
d. bird-watching d. ice – skating
5. a. listening to music 6. a. carving wood
b. watching T.V b. watering flowers
c. dancing c. playing games
d. jogging d. cooking
7. a. playing the guitar 8. a. playing board games.
b. cycling b. listening to music
c. making models c. reading books
d. collecting stamps d. mountain climbing

Ex III: Put the words in the correct column
girl, today, world, October, collect, cleaner, gorilla, away, hurt, fur, wonderful, together, stir, ruler, barber, learn
/ə/ /ɜː/
Ex III: Match
1. watch a. music
2. take b. stamps
3. do c. flowers
4. arrange d. the birds
5. collect e. the mountain
6. play f. photos
7. climb g. the gardening
8. listen to h. the guitar
Ex V: Say the words out loud and odd one out
1. A. permit B. summer C. first D. driver
2. A. person B. certain C. turn D. teacher
3. A. about B. version C. purpose D. term
4. A. network B. against C. search D. church
5. A. birth B. journey C. refer D. however
6. A. under B. little C. firm D. different
7. A. dirty B. rather C. dancer D. order
8. A. perhaps B. power C. ever D. early
Ex VI: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined
1. A. sure B. pressure C. nature D. structure
2. A. flight B. site C. chick D. high
3. A. egg B. lend C. enter D. return
4. A. why B. write C. which D. world
5. A. other B. tough C. moment D. love
Ex VII: Add more words to each list
1. Go: shopping,………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Play: games,………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Watch: T.V, …………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Listen to: music,…………………………………………………………………………….
5. Do: homework,……………………………………………………………………………..
6. Read: a book,…………………………………………………………………………………
7. Collect: stamps,…………………………………………………………………………….
8. Take: photos,…………………………………………………………………………………
9. Make: a cake,………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Write: a letter,……………………………………………………………………………..
Ex VIII: Complete the sentence with appropriate hobbies
1. This is an activity of working in a garden, especially for pleasure in the free time. ………………………
2. This is an activity of watching birds in their natural environment. ……………………….
3. The action of making pots, dishes, vases made with clay and baked in an oven, especially when they are made by hand. ……………………..
4. You enjoy going around the shops to look for old stamps. Sometimes you buy some new stamps and you have different kinds of stamps at home.
……………………..
5. This is an activity of preparing food by heating it. You have delicious food after you finish the activity. …………………
6. You go up toward the top of the mountain. ……………………….
Ex IX: Put one of the verbs from the box in each gap. Use the correct form of the verb
watch do play make collect
read arrange listen take go
1. Jim …………………….to pop music in his bedroom at the moment.
2. …………………your friend………………….T.V every day? Yes, he does.
3. My brother likes ……………………..old stamps from different countries.
4. His father wants him ……………………homework before going to bed.
5. Catherine hates……………………..books in a dark room.
6. The children often …………………football in the school yard after the lessons.
7. …………………..she………………..the shopping with her mother now?
8. We sometimes………………….a bus to school.
9. My mother ………………………flowers beautifully.
10. I always ……………………the bed for my son before he goes to bed.
Ex X: Complete the passage using the words given in the box
stories wonderful started
simple read anything
My hobby is reading. I (1)………….story books, magazines and newspapers. I read any kind of material that I find interesting. This hobby (2)………………..when I was a little boy. I wanted
my parents to read fairy tales and other (3)………..……to me. Then I learnt to read by myself. I started with (4)…………….books. Soon, I could read simple fairy tales and other stories. Now, I
read just about (5)……………..that is available. Reading helps me to learn about so many things that I don’t know. The (6)………………. things about is that I do not have to learn things in a
hard way.
Ex XI: Odd one out
1. A. gardening B. bicycle C. cycling D. taking photos
2. B. cook B. feel C. watch D. play
3. A. swimming B. making models C. skating D. flowers
4. A. pottery B. mountain C. valley D. river
5. A. bottles B. stamps C. lorry D. coins
6. A. guitar B. games C. piano D. trumpet
7. A. carving wood B. teacher C. artist D. architect
8. A. bicycle B. helicopter C. plane D. eggshell
9. A. dancing B. swimming C. amazing D. cooking
10.A.cinema B. skating C. museum D. theatre
Ex XIII: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the word provided
1. How many ……………………..are there in a football team? PLAY
2. My friends likes …………………….glass bottles. COLLECT
3. I prefer mountain ……………………..to hiking. CLIMB
4. He thinks that mountain climbing is more ……………………than collecting things. CHALLENGE
5. She is a ……………………person and she can paint very well. CREATE
6. Jim enjoys …………………badminton with his classmates in the playground. PLAY

7. Carving shells is difficult and ……………………BORED
8. My grandparents do exercise in their …………………..time. FREEDOM
9. Yesterday, I bought some old bowls ……………….in open-air markets. CHEAP
10.Can you play any ………………….instrument? MUSIC
Ex XIV: Choose the best answer
1. I …………….collecting dolls to stamps.
A. prefer B. have C. like D. enjoy
2. Can you arrange these ……………and bring the vase into the room?
A. pens B. books C. flowers D. bags
3. Sara and Mary are ……………………of a mountain climbing club.
A. friends B. members C. hobbies D. students
4. They ask their classmates to ………………….about their hobbies.
A. make B. do C. open D. talk
5. David plays badminton with his friends two …………….a week.
A. times B. lessons C. minutes D. months
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG FULL SKILL
TỪ VỰNG (VOCABULARY)
I – Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences.
E.g.: Martin never goes_________because he has a fear of heights.
A. ice-skating B. camping C. mountain climbing D. shopping
1. Don’t ever think gardening is a piece of_________ . You must spend a lot of time taking care of your plants.
A. art B. cake C. paper D. work
2. It’s_________for a boy to have a hobby of playing dolls.
A. common B. natural C. typical D. unusual
3. Jacob is a great artist. He is able to_________in both wood and stone.
A. carve B. chop C. decorate D. manufacture
4. It’s really dangerous if you go_________without being able to swim.
A. skating B. surfing C. jogging D. camping
5. My father used to make of planes, motorbikes and cars for me when I was a little boy.
A. copies B. figures C. models D. images
6. _________gives us beautiful plants, pleasant smelling flowers and fresh fruits and vegetables.
A. Arranging flowers B. Bird-watching C. Gardening D. Making model
7. His songs always have a strong_________.
A. melody B. theme C. music D. composition
8. It’s amazing that artists can carve on such_________material like empty eggshells.
A. lightweight B. narrow C. durable D. fragile
9. It’s nice to have someone you can_________your problems with.
A. divide B. share C. distribute D. spend
10. Don’t miss this_________opportunity to become a member of our club. We recruit members only once a year.
A. unique B. strange C. private D. original
11. Be careful with that vase - it’s very_________.
A. light B. healthy C. weak D. fragile
12. My class has decided to make a_________of postcards and photographs on Vietnamese Teacher’s Day.
A. pottery B. collage C. report D. copy
13. Max_________the wood into the shape of a flower.

A. polished B. repaired C. carved D. cleaned
14. After I’d finished_________, there was dirt from the flower beds all over the path.
A. gardening B. surfing C. skating D. bird-watching
15. The main material for making_________is clay.
A. clothes B. pottery C. melody D. collage
II - Complete the following sentences using the given words in the box.
bird-watching horse-riding ice-skating eggshells pottery board games
E.g.: My grandfather loves making__pottery__. All the vases as well as bowls and dishes in my house were made by him.
1. Children enjoy putting fireflies into_________and observe them lighting at night.
2. Playing_________like monopoly or chess helps to speed up your response.
3. All you really need for_________are time and a suitable pair of binoculars.
4. You should wear protective clothing before going_________to protect yourself in case of falling from the horse.
5. On winter days, we usually go_________on the lake at Jackson Park.
NGỮ ÂM (PRONUNCIATION)
I - Write the word under each picture. Then put the word in the correct column.
E.g.: _computer_ 1. __________ 2. __________ 3. __________ 4. __________
5. __________ 6. __________ 7. __________ 8. __________ 9. __________
/ə/ /ɜ:/
Computer,
II - Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
E.g.: A. herd B. paper C. another D. letter
1. A. Thursday B. surprise C. furniture D. burglar
2. A. occur B. pursue C. blur D. return
3. A. thunder B. another C. father D. reserve
4. A. worse B. visitor C. world D. worker
5. A. hurt B. surplus C. century D. burden
6. A. mother B. answer C. pepper D. nervous
7. A. world B. work C. actor D. worship
8. A. dessert B. daughter C. person D. prefer
9. A. dinner B. service C. term D. German
10. A. structure B. nature C. curly D. adventure
11. A. purpose B. injury C. picture D. figure

12. A. quarter B. manager C. certain D. differ
13. A. major B. author C. instructor D. worst
14. A. transfer B. disaster C. emerge D. terminal
15. A. gesture B. sunburn C. murder D. urgent
II - Compfete the following sentences, using present simpte or future ssmpfe forms of the verbs.
E.g.: Lina (do) __does__yoga twice a week.
1. Our plane (take) __________off at half past nine tomorrow morning.
2. My sister promises that she (teach) __________me how to play chess tomorrow.
3. I think I (buy) __________a new pair of badminton rackets next Sunday because mine is broken.
4. How often__________you (go) __________mountain climbing?
5. My grandmother (not-like) __________spicy food.
6. John (learn) __________to carve eggshells this summer because he really likes this kind of art.
7. __________you (join) __________our guitar club this weekend?
8. Martin (play) __________football every Tuesday afternoon in the park near his house.
9. David (give) __________his younger sister a book as a birthday gift next week.
10. My mother always (collect) __________rags for me to make clothes for my dolls.
11. My parents don’t like (eat) __________out because they think it is not healthy.
12. I hate (play) __________cards with my elder brother because he always cheats.
13. Martin enjoys (go) __________to the church at weekends.
14. My daughter loves (read) __________comics before going to bed.
15. My father loves (go) __________to football games, he even spends a lot of money going to big leagues all over the world.
16. Karen enjoys (shop) __________for clothes and shoes.
17. Simon likes (go) __________fishing with his dad at weekends.
18. Rosie hates (do) __________housework.
III - Complete the following sentences, using the correct form of the verbs m the box. There are some words you need to use twice.
try go watch meet sleep
do collect visit feed play
E.g.: My mother likes __doing__ yoga because it is really relaxing.
1. I hate__________shopping because it costs me a lot of money.
2. Ella just likes__________at home at weekends because she has to study hard during the week.
3. Mrs. Johnson enjoys__________colourful rugs. She often buys them in the market or on the Internet.
4. Children hate__________to school in winter mornings.
5. My mother loves__________new recipes, so my family has different dishes every day.
6. Lucy hates__________horror films as they make it impossible for her to sleep at night.
7. I don’t like__________tennis with my brother because I lose every time we play.
8. Lily enjoys__________people and__________new places, so she travels a lot.
9. My kids love__________the ducks whenever we visit our hometown.
10. Liam likes__________judo because it makes him become stronger.
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
IKEBANA
• Ikebana, meaning “living flower,” is one of many traditional hobbies enjoyed by native and non-native Japanese people alike.
• It’s the art of flower arrangement. Ikebana embodies the feeling of the traditional Jap¬anese belief that there is beauty in simplicity and nature.
• You can find many places in Japan that offers Ikebana classes and take them alone or with friends. Ikebana is not only for women but also men too.
• If you want to enjoy the poetics and aesthetics of balancing natural shapes and colors, Ikebana may certainly be a hobby of interest.
KỸ NĂNG ĐỌC (READING SKILLS)
I - Read the following passage and do the tasks below.

Hassan has a very interesting hobby. He collects tropical fish! His bedroom has a gigantic aquarium all around the wall. He has been collecting fish since he was four. His first fish was an Angel
fish. The only problem is that it can eat smaller fish. Hassan has visited a lot of different countries like Australia to dive in the beautiful weather there. He has always loved the ocean. Now, he’s
fourteen. He has had his big aquarium for three years, since he was eleven.
Last year when Hassan was in Caribbean for his holiday, he saw sharks when he was diving. He wants to have an aquarium where he can keep one or two small sharks, but it’s quite difficult in
England. He works as a volunteer at the aquarium of his local zoo. There he can feed the big fish. He hasn’t fed the sharks yet, because he is too young.
Part 1: Choose words from the text which mean the same as the following words.
1. very big __________
2. the sea__________
3. a glass home for fish__________
4. work without receiving any money__________
5. give food to animals__________
Part 2: Decide whether the statements below are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
1. Hassan has a boring hobby. ❑
2. He spends all his holidays in England.

❑
3. He helps in the zoo in the Caribbean.
❑
4. He wants to have small sharks at home.
❑
II - Read the passage and choose the best option to answer each of the following questions.
Having a hobby that we enjoy brings us joy and enriches our lives. It gives us something fun to do during our leisure time and affords us the opportunity to learn new skills. We are very fortunate
to have so many different options out there today. In fact, there are entire websites devoted to hobbies and interests.
The best way to cultivate a new hobby is to try something new. The world is full of wonderful, exciting activities that we can explore and adopt as our own. Of course, all of us are unique and,
therefore, our interests and hobbies vary. But once we find a hobby that we truly enjoy and are passionate about, we become hooked. It becomes part of our lives and captivates us in a very
personal way.
1. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The importance of hobbies B. The definition of hobbies
C. Time to start a hobby D. Hobbies and interests
2. What can a hobby give you?
A. Leaisure time B. Chance to afford new things
C. More free time D. Something fun to do
3. What shoud we do if we want to cultivate a new hobby?
A. refer to websites B. check the options
C. try something new D. participate in activities
4. Our interests and hobbies vary because________.
A. the world is wonderful B. there are many exciting things to explore
C. each of us enjoys many things D. all of us are unique
5. What does the word “It” refer to?
A. An activity B. A hobby C. A part D. A personal way
KỸ NĂNG NGHE (LISTENING SKILLS)
LISTENING PART
Exercise 1: Listen and decide if each statement is true or false. (Track 01)
No. Statements T F
◻ ◻
1. Angela walks in the park every morning.
◻ ◻
2. There is a park near Angela’s house.
◻ ◻
3. Angela usually takes the bus instead of cycling.
◻ ◻
4. On Thursday evenings, Angela stays at home and chats with friends.
◻ ◻
5. Angela likes hiking, but she does not do it much.
◻ ◻
6. At weekends, Angela is healthier than usual.
◻ ◻
7. Angela never goes hiking alone.
◻ ◻
8. Many of Angela’s friends do not like hiking.
Exercise 2: Listen and tick to the correct box. (Track 02)

✔
Clara Tom Robert
15 years old
11 years old
13 years old
writing poem
dancing
playing football
taking pictures
reading comics
drawing
playing the piano
loving fine art
good at physical education
good at literature
KỸ NĂNG NÓI (SPEAKI NG SKI LLS)
What free-time activity would you like to take up in the future?
You can use the following questions as cues:
• What is it?
• Why do you want to take up the activity?
• When do you think you will start the activity?
Useful languages:
Useful vocabulary Useful structures
• mountain climbing, bird-watching, gardening, making models • I’m really into....
• interesting, connect with nature, creative, improve health • I really like...
• in this summer, next year, after graduation, don’t know exactly • I like...because...
• ...is also good for health.
• We will have time to...
• It’s a chance for us to...
• ...often spend time...
• I think I will...
• It’s a good idea to...
Complete the notes:
Structures of the talk Your notes
What is it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Why do you want to take up the activity? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
When do you think you will start the activity? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
Give your answer using the following cues. You should speak for 1-2 minutes.
1. I’m really into....
2. I like...because...
3. ...is also good for health.
4. We will have time to...
5. ...often spend time...
6. I think I will...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
❑ answer all the questions in the task?
❑ give some details to each main point?
❑ speak slowly and fluently with only some hesitation?
❑ use vocabulary wide enough to talk about the topic?
❑ use various sentence structures (simple, compound, complex) accurately?
❑ pronounce correctly (vowels, consonants, stress, intonation)?
Let’s compare!
Finally, compare with the sample answer on page 134.
KỸ NĂNG VIẾT (WRITING SKILLS)
I- Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given. You can change the cues and use other words in addition to the cues to complete the sentences.
1. Lucy/ usually/ play/ badminton/ her friends.

________________________________________________________
2. My/ best friend/ hobby/ make/ paper dolls.

________________________________________________________
3. My/ brother/ teach/ me/ how/ make/ model planes/ two/ year/ ago.
________________________________________________________
4. My/ mother/ go/jogging/ park/ every evening.

________________________________________________________
5. Michael/ water/ plants/ his garden/ twice a day.

________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60 - 80 words) about your favourite activity in your free time.
• What is your favourite activity in your free time?
• How often do you do the activity?

• Where do you do the activity?
• Who do you do the activity with?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2: HEALTHY LIVING-(STUDENTS)
VOCABULARY
GETTING STARTED
1.boat /bəʊt/ (v): chèo thuyền
- That’s my dad and I boating at Yen Son Park.(Đó là ba tôi và tôi cùng chèo thuyền tại công viên Yến Sơn.)
2.exercise /ˈeksəsaɪz/ (v): tập thể dục
- I also see a lot of people exercising there.(Tôi cũng nhìn thấy nhiều người tập thể dục ở đây.)
3.popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/
(adj): phổ biến
- Yes, it’s a popular place for people in my neighbourhood.(Vâng, đây là một nơi phổ biến cho mọi người ở các vùng lân cận.)
4.outdoor activity /ˈaʊtdɔːr/ /ækˈtɪvɪti/
(n): hoạt động ngoài trời
- Outdoor activities are good for our health.(Hoạt động ngoài trời có lợi cho sức khỏe.)
5.go cycling /gəʊ ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ (v.phr): đạp xe
- My family often goes cycling in the countryside.(Gia đình tôi thường đạp xe ở miền quê.)
6.quiet /ˈkwaɪət/ (adj): yên tĩnh
- It’s quiet, and there’s a lot of fresh air.(Miền quê thì yên tĩnh và có nhiều không khí trong lành.)
7.interesting /ˈɪntrəstɪŋ/ (adj): thú vị
- It sounds interesting.(Nghe thật thú vị.)
8.lunchbox /ˈlʌnʧbɒks/ (n): hộp đựng đố ăn trưa
- We also bring fruit, water, and a lunchbox with us.(Chúng tôi cũng mang theo trái cây, nước và một hộp đựng đồ ăn trưa.)
9.sunscreen /ˈsʌnskriːn/ (n): kem chống nắng
- Bring along a hat and sunscreen.
(Hãy mang theo một cái nón và kem chống nắng nhé.)
10.get sunburn /gɛt ˈsʌnbɜːn /
(v.phr): bị cháy nắng
- It’s really hot and sunny at noon, so you might get sunburn.(Trời thật sự nóng và nắng vào giữa trưa, vì vậy bạn có thể bị cháy nắng đấy.)
11.run /rʌn/ / (v): chạy bộ
- Activities like running and cycling are good for health.(Những hoạt động như chạy bộ và đạp xe tốt cho sức khỏe.)
12.walk /wɔːk/ (v): đi bộ
- I walk to school.(Tôi đi bộ đến trường.)
13.eat breakfast /iːt ˈbrɛkfəst/ (v.phr): ăn sáng
- I rarely eat breakfast.(Tôi ít khi ăn sáng.)
14.be good / bad for health /biː gʊd / bæd fɔː hɛlθ / (v.phr): tốt/ xấu cho sức khỏe
be good / bad for health /biː gʊd / bæd fɔː hɛlθ /
(v.phr): tốt/ xấu cho sức khỏe- Outdoor activities are good for our health.(Hoạt động ngoài trời có lợi cho sức khỏe.)
A CLOSER LOOK 1
15.dim light /dɪm laɪt/ (n.phr): ánh sáng mờ
- We shouldn’t read books in dim light.(Chúng ta không nên đọc sách dưới ánh sáng mờ.)
16.lip balm /lɪp bɑːm/ (n.): son dưỡng môi
- Most girls use lip balm.(Đa phần con gái đều dùng son dưỡng môi.)
17.chapped lips /ʧæpt lɪps/ (n.phr): môi bị nứt
- If you also get chapped lips, use lip balm to help with that.(Nếu bạn cũng bị nứt môi, hãy sử dụng son dưỡng môi để khắc phục điều này.)
18.coloured vegetables /ˈkʌləd ˈvɛʤtəb(ə)lz /
/ˈkʌləd ˈvɛʤtəb(ə)lz / (n.phr): rau màu
- Please name some coloured vegetables.
(Vui lòng kể tên một số loại rau màu.)
19.red spots /rɛd spɒts/
(n.phr): những đốm đỏ
- If you touch your face with your dirty hands, you face can appear red spots.
(Nếu bạn dùng tay dơ chạm lên mặt, mặt bạn có thể xuất hiện những đốm đỏ.)
20.wash your hands /wɒʃ jɔː hændz/
(v.phr): rửa tay
- Children should often wash their hands.
(Trẻ em nên thường xuyên rửa tay.)
21.tofu /ˈtəʊfuː/ (n): đậu hủ
- I like eating tofu.(Tôi thích ăn đậu hủ.)
22.brush your teeth /brʌʃ jɔː tiːθ/ (v.phr): chải răng- I brush my teeth twice a day.
(Tôi chải răng hai lần mỗi ngày.)
23.touch your face /tʌʧ jɔː feɪs/ (v.phr): chạm lên mặt
- Do not touch your face with your dỉty hands.(Không dùng tay dơ chạm lên mặt.)
24.skin condition /skɪn kənˈdɪʃən/ (n): tình trạng da
- The weather may affect our skin condition.(Thời tiết có thể gây hại cho da.)
25.soft drinks /sɒft drɪŋks/ (n): nước ngọt
- Soft drinks are not good for health.(Nước ngọt không tốt cho sức khỏe.)
26.keep fit /kip fɪt/ (v.phr): giữ dáng
- Being active helps you keep fit.(Tích cực hoạt động giúp bạn giữ dáng.)
27.vitamin /ˈvɪtəmɪn/
(n): vitamin
- We need vitamin A for our eyes.(Chúng ta cần vitamin A cho đôi mắt.)
28.avoid /əˈvɔɪd/ (v): tránh khỏi
- To avoid getting sunburn, you should use suncream.(Tránh bị sạm da, bạn nên dùng kem chống nắng.)
29.affect /əˈfekt/ (v): gây hại
- Reading books in dim light can affect our eyes.(Đọc sách dưới ánh sáng mờ có thể gây hại cho mắt chúng ta.)
A CLOSER LOOK 2
30.acne /ˈækni/ (n): mụn trứng cá
- Acne causes black and white pimples on the face.(Mụn trứng cá gây ra nốt mụn đầu đen và trắng trên mặt.)
31.fast food /fɑːst/ /fuːd/ (n): thức ăn nhanh
- I’m addicted to fast food.(Tôi nghiện thức ăn nhanh.)
32.vegetarian /ˌvedʒəˈteəriən/ (n): người ăn chay
- Is she a vegetarian?(Cô ấy có phải người ăn chay không?.)
33.healthy /ˈhelθi/ (adj): khỏe mạnh

- Stay healthy by eating well and exercising regularly.(Giữ sức khỏe bắng cách ăn uống đầy đủ và tậo thể dục thường xuyên.)
34.pimple /ˈpɪmpl/
(n): mụn nhọt
- Acne causes black and white pimples on the face.
(Mụn trứng cá gây ra nốt mụn đầu đen và trắng trên mặt.)
35.sports centre /spɔːts ˈsɛntə /
(n.phr): trung tâm thể thao
- My brother often spends two hours exercising at the sports centre.
(Anh trai tôi thường dành 2 giờ tập thể dục tại trung tâm thể thao.)
36.cheesecake /ˈtʃiːzkeɪk/
(n): bánh phô mát
- My mother didn’t buy my favorite cheesecake.
(Mẹ tôi không mua bánh phô mát ưa thích cho tôi.)
37.clean up / kli:n ʌp / (phr.v): dọn dẹp
- We are not cleaning up our community library.
(Chúng tôi không dọn dẹp thư viện cộng đồng.)
38.sweetened food /ˈswiːtnd fuːd/ (n): đồ ngọt
- We should avoid sweetened food.(Chúng ta nên hạn chế đồ ăn ngọt.)
39.soybean / ˈsɔɪbiːn/ (n): đậu nành
- Soybean is good for health.(Đậu nành tốt cho sức khỏe.)
COMMUNICATION
40.protein /ˈprəʊtiːn/ (n): đạm
- Tofu has vegetable protein and vitamin B.(Đậu hũ chứa đạm thiên nhiên và vitamin nhóm B.)
41.fat /fæt/ (n): chất béo
- It doesn’t have any fat.(Chúng không chứa nhiều chất béo.)
42.diet /ˈdaɪət/ (n): chế độ ăn uống
- The Japanese live long lives because of their diet.(Người Nhật sống lâu nhờ chế độ ăn uống hợp lý.)
KILLS 1
44.special soap /ˈspɛʃəl səʊp/ (n.phr): xà phòng đặc biệt
- Wash your face with special soap for acne, but no more than twice a day.
(Rửa mặt bằng xà phòng dành riêng cho mụn trứng cá nhưng không quá hai lần một ngày.)
44.pop /pɒp/ (v): bóp, nặn
- Do not touch or pop spots, especially when your hands are dirty.(Đừng chạm hoặc nặn mụn khi tay dơ.)
45.cause /kɔːz/ (v): gây nên
- Acne causes small, red spots.
(Mụn trứng cá gây nên những đốm đỏ nhỏ)
46.get serious /gɛt ˈsɪərɪəs/ (v.phr): trở nên nghiêm trọng
- If it gets serious, see a doctor.( Nếu nó trở nên nghiêm trọng, hãy đến gặp bác sĩ.)
47.disease /dɪˈziːz/ (n): bệnh
- It is not a serious disease but young people want to avoid it.(Nó không phải là một bệnh đáng ngại những người trẻ muốn tránh khỏi chúng.)
48.take care of /teɪk keər ɒv/ (v.phr): chăm sóc
- Here are some tips for taking care of skin with acne.(Dưới đây là một số mẹo giúp chăm sóc da mụn trứng cá.)
49.put on weight /pʊt ɒn weɪt/ (v.phr): lên cân
- I’m putting on weight.(Tôi đang lên cân.)
50.flu /fluː/Ư (n): cúm- I have the flu.(Tôi bị cúm.)

SKILLS 2
51.wear a mask /weər ə mɑːsk/ (v.phr): đeo khẩu trang
- We should wear a mask in public.(Chúng ta nên đeo khẩu trang ở nơi công cộng.)
52.keep your surroundings clean /kiːp jɔː səˈraʊndɪŋz kliːn/ (v.phr): giữ khu vực xung quanh sạch sẽ
- You should keep your surroundings clean to avoid viruses.(Bạn nên giữ khu vực quanh mình sạch sẽ để tránh vi rút.)
LOOKING BACK
53.harmful /ˈhɑːmfl/ (adj): có hại- Going to bed late can be harmful for health.(Ngủ trễ có hại cho sức khỏe.)
54.hard-working people /ˈhɑːdˌwɜːkɪŋ ˈpiːpl/ (n): người khỏe mạnh
- Hard-working people often stay fit.(Những người làm việc chăm chỉ thường khỏe mạnh.)
55.Physical activity /ˈfɪzɪkl ækˈtɪvəti/ (n): hoạt động thể chất
- Physical activities are good for health.(Hoạt động thể chất tốt cho sức khỏe.)
56.tidy /ˈtaɪdi/ (adj): gọn gàng
- She keeps her flat very tidy.(Cô ấy giữ căn hộ rất gọn gàng.)
PROJECT
57.campaign /kæmˈpeɪn/ (n): chiến dịch
- Your class is starting a campaign to make your school a healthier place.
(Trường học của bạn đang thực hiện một chiến dịch biến trường học thành một nơi sạch sẽ hơn.)
58.bad habits /bæd ˈhæbɪts/
(n.phr): thói quen xấu
- I should change my bad habits.
(Tôi nên thay đổi những thói quen xấu.)
59.1illustrate /ˈɪləstreɪt/ (v): minh họa
- Find and draw a picture to illustrate your idea.(Tìm và vẽ một bức tranh để minh họa ý tưởng của bạn.)
60.advice /ədˈvaɪs/ (n): lời khuyên
- Write a paragraph of some advice to avoid viruses.(Viết về một đoạn văn về một số lời khuyên để phòng tránh vi rút.)
61.cooking oil /ˈkʊkɪŋ ɔɪl/ (n: dầu ăn
- They cook fish with little cooking oil.(Họ chiên cá với ít dầu ăn hơn.)
62.eyedrops /aɪ drɒps/ (n): thuốc nhỏ mắt
- You can use eyedrops.(Bạn có thể dùng thuốc nhỏ mắt.)
GRAMMAR
Simple Sentences (câu đơn)
Chỉ có 1 mệnh đề chính, nghĩa là có 1 chủ ngữ và 1 động từ.
Có thể chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ nối bằng 'and' hoặc có 2 động từ nối bằng 'and' nhưng vẫn là 1 câu đơn thôi.
Ví dụ:
I went to the supermarket yesterday.
Mary and Tom are playing tennis.
My brother ate a sandwich and drank beer.
I like coffee.
Mary likes tea.
The earth goes round the sun.
Mary did not go to the party.
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG

Grammar: Simple sentences
(Ngữ pháp: Câu đơn)
1. Tick ( ) the simple sentences.
(Đánh dấu ( ) vào câu đơn.)
1. The Japanese eat a lot of tofu.
2. She drinks lemonade every morning.
3. I don’t eat fast food, and I don’t drink soft drinks.
4. I am fit.
5. I like fish, but my sister likes meat.
2. Write S if the subject is missing from the sentence and V if the verb is.
(Viết S nếu thiếu chủ ngữ trong câu và V nếu động từ.)
1. Vegetarians a lot of vegetables and fruit.
2. Causes red spots on the face.
3. On Saturday morning, my brother two hours of exercising at the sports center.
4. In the past, had a healthier diet.
5. At the moment, we our surroundings.
3. Rearrange the words and phrases to make simple sentences.
(Sắp xếp lại các từ và cụm từ để tạo thành những câu đơn.)
1. soft drinks / never / my sister / drinks /…………………………………………………..
2. affects / acne / 80% of young people /.…………………………………………………..
3. has / he / for breakfast / bread and eggs /.…………………………………………………..
4. don’t eat / we / much fast food /.…………………………………………………..
5. a lot of vitamins / fruit and vegetables / have /.…………………………………………………..
4. Write complete sentences from the prompts. You may have to change the words or add some.
(Viết các câu hoàn chỉnh từ gợi ý. Bạn có thể phải thay đổi các từ hoặc thêm một số từ.)
1. tofu / be / healthy. …………………………………………………..
2. many Vietnamese / drink / green tea. …………………………………………………..
3. she / not / use / suncream. …………………………………………………..
4. father / not / exercise / every morning. …………………………………………………..
5. most children / have / chapped lips and skin / winter. …………………………………………………..
5. Work in pairs. Discuss and write a simple sentence from the two given sentences.
(Làm việc theo nhóm. Thảo luận và viết một câu đơn từ 2 câu đã cho.)
Example:
Many people are running. (Nhiều người đang chạy.)
Many people are exercising. (Nhiều người đang tập thể dục.)
=> Many people are running and exercising.
1. We avoid sweetened food. We avoid soft drinks.
=> We avoid ______________________________ .
2. My dad loves outdoor activities. I love outdoor activities.
=> My _________________________________ love outdoor activities.
3. You should wear a hat. You should wear suncream.
=> You should wear _____________________________.
4. My mother read the health tips. My mother downloaded the health tips.
=> My mother ____________________________________________.
VOCABULARY AND PRONUNCIATION

NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
1. PHỤ ÂM /f/
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM VÍ DỤ
• friend /frend/ n. bạn bè
• laugh /lɑːf/ v. cười
Nâng môi dưới lên sao cho chạm vào hàm răng trên.
Đẩy luồng hơi qua nơi tiếp xúc giữa răng trên với môi.
Khi phát âm, dây thanh không rung.
2. PHỤ ÂM /v/
• van /væn/ n. xe tải
• save /seɪv/ v. tiết kiệm
Đẩy luồng hơi qua nơi tiếp xúc giữa răng trên với môi (ít hơi hơn so với âm /f/).
Khi phát âm, dây thanh rung lên.
Health problems:
Toothache Sore throat Backache Stomach ache
Earache Headache Flu Fever
Cold Cough Broken leg Cut in the finger
Sunburn Allergy Spots Put on weight
Health tips:
1.do exercise Tập thể dục 2. stay in shape Giữ dáng
3. get rest Nghỉ ngơi 4. keep clean Giữ sạch sẽ
5. sleep more Ngủ nhiều hơn 6.wash hands Rửa tay
7. eat more fruit Ăn nhiều trái cây 8.watch less TV Xem ít ti vi
9.avoid junk food Tránh đồ ăn vặt 10.limit the time Hạn chế thời gian
11.wear a hat Đội mũ 12.wash the face Rửa mặt
13. stay in bed Nằm nghỉ 14.have a diet Ăn kiêng
15.do aerobics Tập thể dục nhịp điệu 16.reduce weight Giảm cân
17.set the alarm Đặt đồng hồ báo thức 18.take up sports Chơi thể thao
Ex I: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined
1. A. thousand B. thick C. month D. then
2. A. tutor B. duck C. cube D. music
3. A. tiny B. light C. continue D. blind
4. A. island B. artist C. silent D. house
5. A. healthy B. system C. easy D. ugly
Ex II: Label the pictures
put on weight sunburn broken leg fever
backache headache cough allergy
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex III: Odd one out
1. A. headache B. earache C. backache D. regular
2. A. exercise B. reduce C. problem D. limit
3. A. vegetable B. computer C. junk food D. sweet
4. A. important B. sunburn C. allergy D. cough
5. A. spots B. sore throat C. toothache D. medicine
6. A. flu B. cold C. hot D. fever
7. A. strong B. vegetarian C. healthy D. weak
8. A. vitamin B. cousin C. children D. adult
Ex IV: Add more words to each list
1. Health problems: cough, …………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Health tips: eat more vegetables,………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Ex V: Choose the best answer

1. a. Backache 2. a. Stomachache
b. Earache b. Headache
c. Cough c. Toothache
d. Flu d. Earache
3. a. Allergy 4. a. Put on weight
b. Fever b. Sickness
c. Spots c. Broken leg
d. Sunburn d. Sore throat
5. a. Sunburn 6. a. Earache
b. Allergy b. Toothache
c. Cold c. Headache
d. Temperature d. Backache
7. a. Cough 8. a. Flu
b. Spots b. Sore throat
c. Broken leg c. Sunburn
d. Fever d. Stomachache
9. a. Toothache 10. a. Allergy
b. Backache b. Flu
c. Earache c. Sickness
d. Headache d. Spots
Ex VI: Match the problems with the advice
1. He has a sore throat. a. You should wear a hat.
2. Jack is tired. b. She shouldn’t eat seafood.
3. He loves computer games. c. She should eat less junk food.
4. The boy has a toothache. d. He should have a rest.
5. I get sunburn. e. He shouldn’t eat many sweets.
6. She has some spots on the face. f. He should limit the time.
7. She puts on weight. g. He shouldn’t drink cold water.
8. Jane has an allergy. h. She should keep her face clean.
Ex VII: Put the words in the correct column
dizzy, cough, headache, sick, stomachache, flu, weak, sore throat, fever, tired, spots, backache, temperature, cold
Have a Have feel
Ex VIII: Add more words to each list
1. /f/: fresh,………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. /v/: avoid, …………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Ex IX: Put the words in the correct column
laugh, van, wife, have, fight, leaf, fail, tough, four, save, cough, dive, far, calf, give, knife, move, life,
/f/ /v/
Ex X: Put the words/phrases in the correct column
vegetable, rubbish, watching T.V, coffee, littering, pizza, fast food, jogging, washing clothes, trees, public place, orange juice, taking a bath, dumping site
Food and drinks Activities Environment
Ex XI: Fill in the gap with a suitable word from Ex X
1. This c………………..is too hot for me to drink.
2. Some people have a bad habit of l………………………….in public places.
3. My son is t………………………in the bathroom now.
4. My mother likes j……………………in a park near our house in the morning.
5. Pleases put the r…………………….into the rubbish bin over there, boy!
6. If you eat too much f……………………, you will put on weight.
7. Human beings should plant more t…………………to protect the environment.
8. Jenny has dirty clothes. She is w……………………..at the moment.
9. Does she prefer apple juice or o……………..…….?
Ex XII: Write thing/activity in the column on the right
breakfast, watching T.V, fast food, diseases, washing clothes, wash the face, have a rest
Key words Thing/activity
1.face, clean water, soap
2.pizza, hamburger, spaghetti
3. clothes, washing power, washing machine
3.T.V, sofa,
4. bed, pillow
5. headache, cough, flu, temperature

6.bread, milk, eggs, dining room
Ex XIII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word
weight activities fresh regularly
clothes allergy flu light
1. You should stay outdoors more and do more physical ………………….
2. The children shouldn’t read books or study when there is not enough…………….
3. If you want to lose ……………………., you should eat less high – fat food.
4. My mother has an ………………..when she eats crab.
5. Look! His nose is running. He has……………….
6. They should wear warm……………. to keep the body, especially their feet warm.
7. People like living in the countryside because the air is so …………..
8. I wash my face ………………….to keep it clean.
Ex XIV: Write the correct form of the word given
1. My father decided to quit …………………..many times but he wasn’t successful. SMOKE
2. Some young people have a bad habit of ………………in public places. LITTER
3. If you want to have a good ……………., you should do exercise regularly. HEALTHY
4. The ………………..in my village drink fish sauce before they get down to the sea. FISH
5. The more you laugh, the ………………you are. HAPPY
6. Please wash these clothes immediately. They are so …………….DIRT
7. People in this area have a problem with ……………….OBESE
8. I hate winter because I like …………………climate. WARMTH
Ex XV: Choose the best answer
1. Does your father like …………………….photos?
A. doing B. making C taking D. having
2. The children love being …………….with the trees and flowers.
A. indoors B. outdoors C. inside D. outside
3. My father ……………………a lot of fish from the river this afternoon.
A. has B. brings C. carries D. catches
4. Nick prefers making models to ………………….wood.
A. carving B. using C. cutting D. doing
5. What do they ………………….about making pottery?
A. have B. worry C. think D. take
6. My daughter is ………………..She can make new things easily.
A. creative B. careful C. serious D. happy
7. The man ……………up this hobby when he returned to his country.
A. added B. had C. took D. saw
8. We ……………….the rubbish and put it into the bin over there.
A. get B. collect C. use D. provide
9. Carved eggshells can be ……………….as gifts for your family and friends.
A. taken B. bought C. sold D. used
10.My mum does exercise every day to ……………fit.
A. keep B. do C. take D. turn
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG SKILLS
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
TOXIC THINGS
• Many things people put in their bodies are downright toxic. Some, such as cigarettes, alcohol and abusive drugs, are also highly addictive, making it hard for people to
give them up or avoid them.
• If you have a problem with one of these substances, then diet and exercise are the least of your worries.
• While alcohol is fine in moderation for those who can tolerate it, tobacco and abusive drugs are bad for everyone.
• But an even more common problem today is eating unhealthy, disease-promoting junk foods. If you want to gain optimal health, you need to minimize your
consumption of these foods.
I - Read the following passage about the importance of water, then choose the best answer to each of the following questions.
THE IMPORTANCE OF WATER
Some doctors think that you should drink a glass of water each morning. You should drink this water before doing anything else. The temperature of the water should be similar to body
temperature, neither too hot nor too cold.
Why should you drink this water? It helps clean out your kidneys. It prepares your stomach for digestion. Water can also help your intestines work better. After drinking water, the intestines can
more easily take out nutrients from our food.
Scientists suggest that people take in 1,600 milliliters of water each day. But don’t drink all of that water in one sitting. It’s better to drink some in the morning and some in the afternoon. Some
people think it’s better to drink between meals and not during meals. They think water dilutes the juices produced in our stomachs.
Are you drinking enough water every day? Check the color of your urine. If it is light yellow, you are probably drinking enough. If your urine is very dark yellow, you probably need to drink
more water.
(Reading Challenge 1)
1. What could be another title for this reading?
A. “Drink Water, Not Soft Drinks” B. “Drink During Meals”
C. “Drink Between Meals” D. “Drink Enough Water”
2. Why is it helpful to drink water in the morning?
A. Your kidneys will work harder. B. Your intestines will work well
C. Your juices will be diluted. D. Your urine will be pale yellow.
3. Which of the following is NOT a reason to drink water?
A. To enable your intestines work well B. To get more nutrients
C. To clean out your kidneys D. To dilute your stomach juices
4. Why is it better to drink between meals?
A. You eat enough food. B. You don’t dilute stomach juices.
C. Your urine will not smell bad. D. You don’t overwork your kidneys.
5. Why is dark-colored urine a sign to drink more water?
A. It shows our body is healthy. B. It means our kidneys are working too hard.
C. Less water makes the color darker. D. It is the same color as our digestive juices.
II - Read the passage and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False (F)
Mental health refers to a person’s emotional, social, and psychological well-being. Mental health is as important as physical health to a full, active lifestyle. It is harder to define mental health
than physical health, because, in many cases, diagnosis depends on the individual’s perception of their experience.
With improvements in testing, however, some signs of some types of mental illness are now becoming “visible” in CT scans and genetic testing. Mental health is not only the absence of
depression, anxiety, or another disorder. It also depends on the ability to enjoy life, bounce back after difficult experiences, achieve balance...etc.
Physical and mental health are linked. If chronic illness affects a person’s ability to complete their regular tasks, this may lead to depression and stress, for example, due to money problems. A
mental illness such as depression or anorexia nervosa can affect body weight and function. It is Important to approach “health” as a whole, rather than its different types.
1. Mental health is even more important than physical health. ❑
2. Diagnosis of mental health depends on perception of experience.

❑
3. Mental illness is so complex that genetic testing cannot identify its signs.
❑
4. Uncompleted regular tasks may lead to depression and stress.
❑
5. People shouldn’t approach health by understanding its different types.
❑
Exerci EXERCISE 1. Listen and choose the best option to complete the sentence. (Track 03)
1. What are doctors in Britain worried about?
A. health of teenagers B. health of the older
C.health of children D. health of the doctors themselves
2. What do teenagers not eat much?
A. chips B. crisps
C. fast food D. vegetable
3. Why do teenagers not eat good food?
A. they do not like It B. it is expensive
C. it is unhealthy D. it is dirty
4. Where did fast food originate?
A. England B. Australia
C. America D. Vietnam
5. What is not one of the fast food brands?
A. McDonald’s B. Pizza Hut
C. Tom and Jerry D. Burger King
6. What is not a type of fast food?
A. hamburgers B. apples
C. fries D. sandwiches
7. Why is fast food unhealthy?
A.it does not contain salt and fat
B.it is made dirtily
C. it does not contain vitamins and minerals
D.it has too much vitamins and minerals
8. Why do teenagers need a good diet?
A. to live healthily B. to live longer
C.to live better D. all of the above are correct
Exer EXERCISE 2: Listen and decide if each statement is true or false or not given. (Track 04)
No. Statements T F NG
1. Sheila is a student.
◻ ◻ ◻
2. Sheila takes a bath after school.

◻ ◻ ◻
3. Sheila has vegetables and meat for lunch.

◻ ◻ ◻
4. Sheila does not like juice, but she likes mineral water.
◻ ◻ ◻
5. Sheila plays tennis In the afternoon.

◻ ◻ ◻
6. Sheila does not do any sport activities.

◻ ◻ ◻
7. Sheila eats many fruits.

◻ ◻ ◻
8. Sheila usually goes to bed after 11 p.m.
◻ ◻ ◻
KỸ NĂNG NÓI (SPEAKING SKILLS)
Describe a time when you were ill.
• When were you ill?
• What were your symptoms?
• What did you do to cure it?
• How long did the illness last?
Useful languages:
last week, last month, 2 days ago, last year The last time I was ill was...
coughed, had a runny nose, had a headache, had a sore throat I was ill when...
went to see a doctor, took medicines, stayed in bed, ... caused me...
ate a lot of fruits I couldn’t..., so 1 had to...
5 days, a week, until now It’s impossible for me to...
The doctor advised me to...
I also had to...
Finally after...days, I felt better and...
It took me...days to recover and...
Complete the notes:
When were you ill? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What were your symptoms? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What did you do to cure it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How long did the illness last? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. The last time I was ill was...
2. ... caused me...
3. I couldn’t..., so I had to...
4. The doctor advised me to...
5. I also had to...
6. Finally after...days, I felt better and...
Now you tick!
Did you ...

Let’s compare!
1. I/ usually/ put/ wet towel/ forehead/ when/ have/ fever.

________________________________________________________
2. You/ should/ cycle/ or/ go/ jog/ at least/ 30/ minute/ a day/ keep fit.
________________________________________________________
3. Molly/ feel/ tired/ today/ because/ couldn’t/ sleep/ last night.

________________________________________________________
4. Vitamins/ be/ essential/ our/ health.

________________________________________________________
5. Give up/ smoke/ right now/ protect/ your/ lungs.

________________________________________________________
II - Write a shod paragraph (60 - 80 words) about things we should do to have a healthy life.
• What food should we eat?
• What outdoor activities should we take part in?
• What good habits should we have?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2: HEALTHY LIVING-(STUDENTS)
VOCABULARY
GETTING STARTED
1.boat /bəʊt/ (v): chèo thuyền
- That’s my dad and I boating at Yen Son Park.(Đó là ba tôi và tôi cùng chèo thuyền tại công viên Yến Sơn.)
2.exercise /ˈeksəsaɪz/ (v): tập thể dục
- I also see a lot of people exercising there.(Tôi cũng nhìn thấy nhiều người tập thể dục ở đây.)
3.popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/
(adj): phổ biến
- Yes, it’s a popular place for people in my neighbourhood.(Vâng, đây là một nơi phổ biến cho mọi người ở các vùng lân cận.)
4.outdoor activity /ˈaʊtdɔːr/ /ækˈtɪvɪti/
(n): hoạt động ngoài trời
5.go cycling /gəʊ ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ (v.phr): đạp xe
- My family often goes cycling in the countryside.(Gia đình tôi thường đạp xe ở miền quê.)
6.quiet /ˈkwaɪət/ (adj): yên tĩnh
- It’s quiet, and there’s a lot of fresh air.(Miền quê thì yên tĩnh và có nhiều không khí trong lành.)
7.interesting /ˈɪntrəstɪŋ/ (adj): thú vị
- It sounds interesting.(Nghe thật thú vị.)
8.lunchbox /ˈlʌnʧbɒks/ (n): hộp đựng đố ăn trưa
- We also bring fruit, water, and a lunchbox with us.(Chúng tôi cũng mang theo trái cây, nước và một hộp đựng đồ ăn trưa.)
9.sunscreen /ˈsʌnskriːn/ (n): kem chống nắng
- Bring along a hat and sunscreen.
(Hãy mang theo một cái nón và kem chống nắng nhé.)
10.get sunburn /gɛt ˈsʌnbɜːn /
(v.phr): bị cháy nắng
- It’s really hot and sunny at noon, so you might get sunburn.(Trời thật sự nóng và nắng vào giữa trưa, vì vậy bạn có thể bị cháy nắng đấy.)
11.run /rʌn/ / (v): chạy bộ
- Activities like running and cycling are good for health.(Những hoạt động như chạy bộ và đạp xe tốt cho sức khỏe.)
12.walk /wɔːk/ (v): đi bộ
- I walk to school.(Tôi đi bộ đến trường.)
13.eat breakfast /iːt ˈbrɛkfəst/ (v.phr): ăn sáng
- I rarely eat breakfast.(Tôi ít khi ăn sáng.)
14.be good / bad for health /biː gʊd / bæd fɔː hɛlθ / (v.phr): tốt/ xấu cho sức khỏe
be good / bad for health /biː gʊd / bæd fɔː hɛlθ /
(v.phr): tốt/ xấu cho sức khỏe- Outdoor activities are good for our health.(Hoạt động ngoài trời có lợi cho sức khỏe.)
A CLOSER LOOK 1
15.dim light /dɪm laɪt/ (n.phr): ánh sáng mờ
- We shouldn’t read books in dim light.(Chúng ta không nên đọc sách dưới ánh sáng mờ.)
16.lip balm /lɪp bɑːm/ (n.): son dưỡng môi
- Most girls use lip balm.(Đa phần con gái đều dùng son dưỡng môi.)
17.chapped lips /ʧæpt lɪps/ (n.phr): môi bị nứt
- If you also get chapped lips, use lip balm to help with that.(Nếu bạn cũng bị nứt môi, hãy sử dụng son dưỡng môi để khắc phục điều này.)
18.coloured vegetables /ˈkʌləd ˈvɛʤtəb(ə)lz /
/ˈkʌləd ˈvɛʤtəb(ə)lz / (n.phr): rau màu
- Please name some coloured vegetables.
(Vui lòng kể tên một số loại rau màu.)
19.red spots /rɛd spɒts/
(n.phr): những đốm đỏ
- If you touch your face with your dirty hands, you face can appear red spots.
(Nếu bạn dùng tay dơ chạm lên mặt, mặt bạn có thể xuất hiện những đốm đỏ.)
20.wash your hands /wɒʃ jɔː hændz/
(v.phr): rửa tay
- Children should often wash their hands.
(Trẻ em nên thường xuyên rửa tay.)
21.tofu /ˈtəʊfuː/ (n): đậu hủ
- I like eating tofu.(Tôi thích ăn đậu hủ.)
22.brush your teeth /brʌʃ jɔː tiːθ/ (v.phr): chải răng- I brush my teeth twice a day.
(Tôi chải răng hai lần mỗi ngày.)
23.touch your face /tʌʧ jɔː feɪs/ (v.phr): chạm lên mặt
- Do not touch your face with your dỉty hands.(Không dùng tay dơ chạm lên mặt.)
24.skin condition /skɪn kənˈdɪʃən/ (n): tình trạng da
- The weather may affect our skin condition.(Thời tiết có thể gây hại cho da.)
25.soft drinks /sɒft drɪŋks/ (n): nước ngọt
- Soft drinks are not good for health.(Nước ngọt không tốt cho sức khỏe.)
26.keep fit /kip fɪt/ (v.phr): giữ dáng
- Being active helps you keep fit.(Tích cực hoạt động giúp bạn giữ dáng.)
27.vitamin /ˈvɪtəmɪn/
(n): vitamin
- We need vitamin A for our eyes.(Chúng ta cần vitamin A cho đôi mắt.)
28.avoid /əˈvɔɪd/ (v): tránh khỏi
- To avoid getting sunburn, you should use suncream.(Tránh bị sạm da, bạn nên dùng kem chống nắng.)
29.affect /əˈfekt/ (v): gây hại
- Reading books in dim light can affect our eyes.(Đọc sách dưới ánh sáng mờ có thể gây hại cho mắt chúng ta.)
A CLOSER LOOK 2
30.acne /ˈækni/ (n): mụn trứng cá
- Acne causes black and white pimples on the face.(Mụn trứng cá gây ra nốt mụn đầu đen và trắng trên mặt.)
31.fast food /fɑːst/ /fuːd/ (n): thức ăn nhanh
- I’m addicted to fast food.(Tôi nghiện thức ăn nhanh.)
32.vegetarian /ˌvedʒəˈteəriən/ (n): người ăn chay
- Is she a vegetarian?(Cô ấy có phải người ăn chay không?.)
33.healthy /ˈhelθi/ (adj): khỏe mạnh
- Stay healthy by eating well and exercising regularly.(Giữ sức khỏe bắng cách ăn uống đầy đủ và tậo thể dục thường xuyên.)
34.pimple /ˈpɪmpl/
(n): mụn nhọt
- Acne causes black and white pimples on the face.
(Mụn trứng cá gây ra nốt mụn đầu đen và trắng trên mặt.)
35.sports centre /spɔːts ˈsɛntə /
(n.phr): trung tâm thể thao
- My brother often spends two hours exercising at the sports centre.
(Anh trai tôi thường dành 2 giờ tập thể dục tại trung tâm thể thao.)
36.cheesecake /ˈtʃiːzkeɪk/
(n): bánh phô mát
- My mother didn’t buy my favorite cheesecake.
(Mẹ tôi không mua bánh phô mát ưa thích cho tôi.)
37.clean up / kli:n ʌp / (phr.v): dọn dẹp
- We are not cleaning up our community library.
(Chúng tôi không dọn dẹp thư viện cộng đồng.)
38.sweetened food /ˈswiːtnd fuːd/ (n): đồ ngọt
- We should avoid sweetened food.(Chúng ta nên hạn chế đồ ăn ngọt.)
39.soybean / ˈsɔɪbiːn/ (n): đậu nành
- Soybean is good for health.(Đậu nành tốt cho sức khỏe.)
COMMUNICATION
40.protein /ˈprəʊtiːn/ (n): đạm

- Tofu has vegetable protein and vitamin B.(Đậu hũ chứa đạm thiên nhiên và vitamin nhóm B.)
41.fat /fæt/ (n): chất béo
- It doesn’t have any fat.(Chúng không chứa nhiều chất béo.)
42.diet /ˈdaɪət/ (n): chế độ ăn uống
- The Japanese live long lives because of their diet.(Người Nhật sống lâu nhờ chế độ ăn uống hợp lý.)
KILLS 1
44.special soap /ˈspɛʃəl səʊp/ (n.phr): xà phòng đặc biệt
- Wash your face with special soap for acne, but no more than twice a day.
(Rửa mặt bằng xà phòng dành riêng cho mụn trứng cá nhưng không quá hai lần một ngày.)
44.pop /pɒp/ (v): bóp, nặn
- Do not touch or pop spots, especially when your hands are dirty.(Đừng chạm hoặc nặn mụn khi tay dơ.)
45.cause /kɔːz/ (v): gây nên
- Acne causes small, red spots.
(Mụn trứng cá gây nên những đốm đỏ nhỏ)
46.get serious /gɛt ˈsɪərɪəs/ (v.phr): trở nên nghiêm trọng
- If it gets serious, see a doctor.( Nếu nó trở nên nghiêm trọng, hãy đến gặp bác sĩ.)
47.disease /dɪˈziːz/ (n): bệnh
- It is not a serious disease but young people want to avoid it.(Nó không phải là một bệnh đáng ngại những người trẻ muốn tránh khỏi chúng.)
48.take care of /teɪk keər ɒv/ (v.phr): chăm sóc
- Here are some tips for taking care of skin with acne.(Dưới đây là một số mẹo giúp chăm sóc da mụn trứng cá.)
49.put on weight /pʊt ɒn weɪt/ (v.phr): lên cân
- I’m putting on weight.(Tôi đang lên cân.)
50.flu /fluː/Ư (n): cúm- I have the flu.(Tôi bị cúm.)
SKILLS 2
51.wear a mask /weər ə mɑːsk/ (v.phr): đeo khẩu trang
- We should wear a mask in public.(Chúng ta nên đeo khẩu trang ở nơi công cộng.)
52.keep your surroundings clean /kiːp jɔː səˈraʊndɪŋz kliːn/ (v.phr): giữ khu vực xung quanh sạch sẽ
- You should keep your surroundings clean to avoid viruses.(Bạn nên giữ khu vực quanh mình sạch sẽ để tránh vi rút.)
LOOKING BACK
53.harmful /ˈhɑːmfl/ (adj): có hại- Going to bed late can be harmful for health.(Ngủ trễ có hại cho sức khỏe.)
54.hard-working people /ˈhɑːdˌwɜːkɪŋ ˈpiːpl/ (n): người khỏe mạnh
- Hard-working people often stay fit.(Những người làm việc chăm chỉ thường khỏe mạnh.)
55.Physical activity /ˈfɪzɪkl ækˈtɪvəti/ (n): hoạt động thể chất
- Physical activities are good for health.(Hoạt động thể chất tốt cho sức khỏe.)
56.tidy /ˈtaɪdi/ (adj): gọn gàng
- She keeps her flat very tidy.(Cô ấy giữ căn hộ rất gọn gàng.)
PROJECT
57.campaign /kæmˈpeɪn/ (n): chiến dịch
- Your class is starting a campaign to make your school a healthier place.
(Trường học của bạn đang thực hiện một chiến dịch biến trường học thành một nơi sạch sẽ hơn.)
58.bad habits /bæd ˈhæbɪts/
(n.phr): thói quen xấu
- I should change my bad habits.

(Tôi nên thay đổi những thói quen xấu.)
59.1illustrate /ˈɪləstreɪt/ (v): minh họa
- Find and draw a picture to illustrate your idea.(Tìm và vẽ một bức tranh để minh họa ý tưởng của bạn.)
60.advice /ədˈvaɪs/ (n): lời khuyên
- Write a paragraph of some advice to avoid viruses.(Viết về một đoạn văn về một số lời khuyên để phòng tránh vi rút.)
61.cooking oil /ˈkʊkɪŋ ɔɪl/ (n: dầu ăn
- They cook fish with little cooking oil.(Họ chiên cá với ít dầu ăn hơn.)
62.eyedrops /aɪ drɒps/ (n): thuốc nhỏ mắt
- You can use eyedrops.(Bạn có thể dùng thuốc nhỏ mắt.)
GRAMMAR
Simple Sentences (câu đơn)
Chỉ có 1 mệnh đề chính, nghĩa là có 1 chủ ngữ và 1 động từ.
Có thể chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ nối bằng 'and' hoặc có 2 động từ nối bằng 'and' nhưng vẫn là 1 câu đơn thôi.
Ví dụ:
I went to the supermarket yesterday.
Mary and Tom are playing tennis.
My brother ate a sandwich and drank beer.
I like coffee.
Mary likes tea.
The earth goes round the sun.
Mary did not go to the party.
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG
Grammar: Simple sentences
(Ngữ pháp: Câu đơn)
1. Tick ( ) the simple sentences.
(Đánh dấu ( ) vào câu đơn.)
1. The Japanese eat a lot of tofu.
2. She drinks lemonade every morning.
3. I don’t eat fast food, and I don’t drink soft drinks.
4. I am fit.
5. I like fish, but my sister likes meat.
2. Write S if the subject is missing from the sentence and V if the verb is.
(Viết S nếu thiếu chủ ngữ trong câu và V nếu động từ.)
1. Vegetarians a lot of vegetables and fruit.
2. Causes red spots on the face.
3. On Saturday morning, my brother two hours of exercising at the sports center.
4. In the past, had a healthier diet.
5. At the moment, we our surroundings.
3. Rearrange the words and phrases to make simple sentences.
(Sắp xếp lại các từ và cụm từ để tạo thành những câu đơn.)
1. soft drinks / never / my sister / drinks /…………………………………………………..
2. affects / acne / 80% of young people /.…………………………………………………..
3. has / he / for breakfast / bread and eggs /.…………………………………………………..
4. don’t eat / we / much fast food /.…………………………………………………..
5. a lot of vitamins / fruit and vegetables / have /.…………………………………………………..

4. Write complete sentences from the prompts. You may have to change the words or add some.
(Viết các câu hoàn chỉnh từ gợi ý. Bạn có thể phải thay đổi các từ hoặc thêm một số từ.)
1. tofu / be / healthy. …………………………………………………..
2. many Vietnamese / drink / green tea. …………………………………………………..
3. she / not / use / suncream. …………………………………………………..
4. father / not / exercise / every morning. …………………………………………………..
5. most children / have / chapped lips and skin / winter. …………………………………………………..
5. Work in pairs. Discuss and write a simple sentence from the two given sentences.
(Làm việc theo nhóm. Thảo luận và viết một câu đơn từ 2 câu đã cho.)
Example:
Many people are running. (Nhiều người đang chạy.)
Many people are exercising. (Nhiều người đang tập thể dục.)
=> Many people are running and exercising.
1. We avoid sweetened food. We avoid soft drinks.
=> We avoid ______________________________ .
2. My dad loves outdoor activities. I love outdoor activities.
=> My _________________________________ love outdoor activities.
3. You should wear a hat. You should wear suncream.
=> You should wear _____________________________.
4. My mother read the health tips. My mother downloaded the health tips.
=> My mother ____________________________________________.
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
1. PHỤ ÂM /f/
• friend /frend/ n. bạn bè
• laugh /lɑːf/ v. cười
Đẩy luồng hơi qua nơi tiếp xúc giữa răng trên với môi.
Khi phát âm, dây thanh không rung.
2. PHỤ ÂM /v/
• van /væn/ n. xe tải
• save /seɪv/ v. tiết kiệm

Đẩy luồng hơi qua nơi tiếp xúc giữa răng trên với môi (ít hơi hơn so với âm /f/).
Khi phát âm, dây thanh rung lên.
Health problems:
Toothache Sore throat Backache Stomach ache
Earache Headache Flu Fever
Cold Cough Broken leg Cut in the finger
Sunburn Allergy Spots Put on weight
Health tips:
1.do exercise Tập thể dục 2. stay in shape Giữ dáng
3. get rest Nghỉ ngơi 4. keep clean Giữ sạch sẽ
5. sleep more Ngủ nhiều hơn 6.wash hands Rửa tay
7. eat more fruit Ăn nhiều trái cây 8.watch less TV Xem ít ti vi
9.avoid junk food Tránh đồ ăn vặt 10.limit the time Hạn chế thời gian
11.wear a hat Đội mũ 12.wash the face Rửa mặt
13. stay in bed Nằm nghỉ 14.have a diet Ăn kiêng
15.do aerobics Tập thể dục nhịp điệu 16.reduce weight Giảm cân
17.set the alarm Đặt đồng hồ báo thức 18.take up sports Chơi thể thao
1. A. thousand B. thick C. month D. then
2. A. tutor B. duck C. cube D. music
3. A. tiny B. light C. continue D. blind
4. A. island B. artist C. silent D. house
5. A. healthy B. system C. easy D. ugly
Ex II: Label the pictures
put on weight sunburn broken leg fever
backache headache cough allergy

1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex III: Odd one out
A. headache B. earache C. backache D. regular
A. exercise B. reduce C. problem D. limit
A. vegetable B. computer C. junk food D. sweet
A. important B. sunburn C. allergy D. cough
A. spots B. sore throat C. toothache D. medicine
A. flu B. cold C. hot D. fever
A. strong B. vegetarian C. healthy D. weak
A. vitamin B. cousin C. children D. adult
Ex IV: Add more words to each list
Health problems: cough, …………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Health tips: eat more vegetables,………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Ex V: Choose the best answer
1. Backache 2. Stomachache
Earache Headache
Cough Toothache
Flu Earache
3. Allergy 4. Put on weight
Fever Sickness
Spots Broken leg
Sunburn Sore throat
5. Sunburn 6. Earache
Allergy Toothache
Cold Headache
Temperature Backache
7. Cough 8. Flu
Spots Sore throat
Broken leg Sunburn
Fever Stomachache
9. Toothache 10. Allergy
Backache Flu
Earache Sickness
Headache Spots
Ex VI: Match the problems with the advice
1. He has a sore throat. a. You should wear a hat.

2. Jack is tired. b. She shouldn’t eat seafood.
3. He loves computer games. c. She should eat less junk food.
4. The boy has a toothache. d. He should have a rest.
5. I get sunburn. e. He shouldn’t eat many sweets.
6. She has some spots on the face. f. He should limit the time.
7. She puts on weight. g. He shouldn’t drink cold water.
8. Jane has an allergy. h. She should keep her face clean.
dizzy, cough, headache, sick, stomachache, flu, weak, sore throat, fever, tired, spots, backache, temperature, cold
Have a Have feel
Ex VIII: Add more words to each list
/f/: fresh,………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
/v/: avoid, …………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Ex IX: Put the words in the correct column
laugh, van, wife, have, fight, leaf, fail, tough, four, save, cough, dive, far, calf, give, knife, move, life,
/f/ /v/
Ex X: Put the words/phrases in the correct column
vegetable, rubbish, watching T.V, coffee, littering, pizza, fast food, jogging, washing clothes, trees, public place, orange juice, taking a bath, dumping site
Food and drinks Activities Environment
Ex XI: Fill in the gap with a suitable word from Ex X

This c………………..is too hot for me to drink.
Some people have a bad habit of l………………………….in public places.
My son is t………………………in the bathroom now.
My mother likes j……………………in a park near our house in the morning.
Pleases put the r…………………….into the rubbish bin over there, boy!
If you eat too much f……………………, you will put on weight.
Human beings should plant more t…………………to protect the environment.
Jenny has dirty clothes. She is w……………………..at the moment.
Does she prefer apple juice or o……………..…….?
Ex XII: Write thing/activity in the column on the right
breakfast, watching T.V, fast food, diseases, washing clothes, wash the face, have a rest
Key words Thing/activity
1.face, clean water, soap
2.pizza, hamburger, spaghetti
3. clothes, washing power, washing machine
3.T.V, sofa,
4. bed, pillow
5. headache, cough, flu, temperature
6.bread, milk, eggs, dining room
Ex XIII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word
weight activities fresh regularly
clothes allergy flu light
You should stay outdoors more and do more physical ………………….
The children shouldn’t read books or study when there is not enough…………….
If you want to lose ……………………., you should eat less high – fat food.
My mother has an ………………..when she eats crab.
Look! His nose is running. He has……………….
They should wear warm……………. to keep the body, especially their feet warm.
People like living in the countryside because the air is so …………..
I wash my face ………………….to keep it clean.
My father decided to quit …………………..many times but he wasn’t successful. SMOKE
Some young people have a bad habit of ………………in public places. LITTER
If you want to have a good ……………., you should do exercise regularly. HEALTHY
The ………………..in my village drink fish sauce before they get down to the sea. FISH
The more you laugh, the ………………you are. HAPPY
Please wash these clothes immediately. They are so …………….DIRT
People in this area have a problem with ……………….OBESE
I hate winter because I like …………………climate. WARMTH
Does your father like …………………….photos?
doing B. making C taking D. having
The children love being …………….with the trees and flowers.
indoors B. outdoors C. inside D. outside

My father ……………………a lot of fish from the river this afternoon.
has B. brings C. carries D. catches
Nick prefers making models to ………………….wood.
carving B. using C. cutting D. doing
What do they ………………….about making pottery?
have B. worry C. think D. take
My daughter is ………………..She can make new things easily.
creative B. careful C. serious D. happy
The man ……………up this hobby when he returned to his country.
added B. had C. took D. saw
We ……………….the rubbish and put it into the bin over there.
get B. collect C. use D. provide
Carved eggshells can be ……………….as gifts for your family and friends.
taken B. bought C. sold D. used
10.My mum does exercise every day to ……………fit.
A. keep B. do C. take D. turn
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG SKILLS
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
TOXIC THINGS
• Many things people put in their bodies are downright toxic. Some, such as cigarettes, alcohol and abusive drugs, are also highly addictive, making it hard for people to
give them up or avoid them.
• If you have a problem with one of these substances, then diet and exercise are the least of your worries.
• While alcohol is fine in moderation for those who can tolerate it, tobacco and abusive drugs are bad for everyone.
• But an even more common problem today is eating unhealthy, disease-promoting junk foods. If you want to gain optimal health, you need to minimize your
consumption of these foods.
I - Read the following passage about the importance of water, then choose the best answer to each of the following questions.
THE IMPORTANCE OF WATER
Some doctors think that you should drink a glass of water each morning. You should drink this water before doing anything else. The temperature of the water should be similar to body
temperature, neither too hot nor too cold.
Why should you drink this water? It helps clean out your kidneys. It prepares your stomach for digestion. Water can also help your intestines work better. After drinking water, the intestines can
more easily take out nutrients from our food.
Scientists suggest that people take in 1,600 milliliters of water each day. But don’t drink all of that water in one sitting. It’s better to drink some in the morning and some in the afternoon. Some
people think it’s better to drink between meals and not during meals. They think water dilutes the juices produced in our stomachs.
Are you drinking enough water every day? Check the color of your urine. If it is light yellow, you are probably drinking enough. If your urine is very dark yellow, you probably need to drink
more water.
(Reading Challenge 1)
1. What could be another title for this reading?
A. “Drink Water, Not Soft Drinks” B. “Drink During Meals”
C. “Drink Between Meals” D. “Drink Enough Water”
2. Why is it helpful to drink water in the morning?
A. Your kidneys will work harder. B. Your intestines will work well
C. Your juices will be diluted. D. Your urine will be pale yellow.
3. Which of the following is NOT a reason to drink water?
A. To enable your intestines work well B. To get more nutrients

C. To clean out your kidneys D. To dilute your stomach juices
4. Why is it better to drink between meals?
A. You eat enough food. B. You don’t dilute stomach juices.
C. Your urine will not smell bad. D. You don’t overwork your kidneys.
5. Why is dark-colored urine a sign to drink more water?
A. It shows our body is healthy. B. It means our kidneys are working too hard.
C. Less water makes the color darker. D. It is the same color as our digestive juices.
II - Read the passage and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False (F)
Mental health refers to a person’s emotional, social, and psychological well-being. Mental health is as important as physical health to a full, active lifestyle. It is harder to define mental health than
physical health, because, in many cases, diagnosis depends on the individual’s perception of their experience.
With improvements in testing, however, some signs of some types of mental illness are now becoming “visible” in CT scans and genetic testing. Mental health is not only the absence of
depression, anxiety, or another disorder. It also depends on the ability to enjoy life, bounce back after difficult experiences, achieve balance...etc.
Physical and mental health are linked. If chronic illness affects a person’s ability to complete their regular tasks, this may lead to depression and stress, for example, due to money problems. A
mental illness such as depression or anorexia nervosa can affect body weight and function. It is Important to approach “health” as a whole, rather than its different types.
1. Mental health is even more important than physical health. ❑
2. Diagnosis of mental health depends on perception of experience.

❑
3. Mental illness is so complex that genetic testing cannot identify its signs.
❑
4. Uncompleted regular tasks may lead to depression and stress.
❑
5. People shouldn’t approach health by understanding its different types.
❑
Exerci EXERCISE 1. Listen and choose the best option to complete the sentence. (Track 03)
1. What are doctors in Britain worried about?
A. health of teenagers B. health of the older
C.health of children D. health of the doctors themselves
2. What do teenagers not eat much?
A. chips B. crisps
C. fast food D. vegetable
3. Why do teenagers not eat good food?
A. they do not like It B. it is expensive
C. it is unhealthy D. it is dirty
4. Where did fast food originate?
A. England B. Australia
C. America D. Vietnam
5. What is not one of the fast food brands?
A. McDonald’s B. Pizza Hut
C. Tom and Jerry D. Burger King
6. What is not a type of fast food?
A. hamburgers B. apples
C. fries D. sandwiches
7. Why is fast food unhealthy?
A.it does not contain salt and fat
B.it is made dirtily
C. it does not contain vitamins and minerals
D.it has too much vitamins and minerals
8. Why do teenagers need a good diet?
A. to live healthily B. to live longer

C.to live better D. all of the above are correct
Exer EXERCISE 2: Listen and decide if each statement is true or false or not given. (Track 04)
1. Sheila is a student.
◻ ◻ ◻
2. Sheila takes a bath after school.

◻ ◻ ◻
3. Sheila has vegetables and meat for lunch.

◻ ◻ ◻
4. Sheila does not like juice, but she likes mineral water.
◻ ◻ ◻
5. Sheila plays tennis In the afternoon.

◻ ◻ ◻
6. Sheila does not do any sport activities.

◻ ◻ ◻
7. Sheila eats many fruits.

◻ ◻ ◻
8. Sheila usually goes to bed after 11 p.m.

◻ ◻ ◻
Describe a time when you were ill.
• When were you ill?
• What were your symptoms?
• What did you do to cure it?
• How long did the illness last?
Useful languages:
last week, last month, 2 days ago, last year The last time I was ill was...
coughed, had a runny nose, had a headache, had a sore throat I was ill when...
went to see a doctor, took medicines, stayed in bed, ... caused me...
ate a lot of fruits I couldn’t..., so 1 had to...
5 days, a week, until now It’s impossible for me to...
The doctor advised me to...
I also had to...
Finally after...days, I felt better and...
It took me...days to recover and...
Complete the notes:
When were you ill? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What were your symptoms? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What did you do to cure it? __________________________________________

__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How long did the illness last? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. The last time I was ill was...
2. ... caused me...
3. I couldn’t..., so I had to...
4. The doctor advised me to...
5. I also had to...
6. Finally after...days, I felt better and...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. I/ usually/ put/ wet towel/ forehead/ when/ have/ fever.

________________________________________________________
2. You/ should/ cycle/ or/ go/ jog/ at least/ 30/ minute/ a day/ keep fit.
________________________________________________________
3. Molly/ feel/ tired/ today/ because/ couldn’t/ sleep/ last night.

________________________________________________________
4. Vitamins/ be/ essential/ our/ health.

________________________________________________________
5. Give up/ smoke/ right now/ protect/ your/ lungs.

________________________________________________________
II - Write a shod paragraph (60 - 80 words) about things we should do to have a healthy life.
• What food should we eat?
• What outdoor activities should we take part in?
• What good habits should we have?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE (-STUDENTS)
VOCABULARY
ETTING STARTED
1.board game /bɔːd ɡeɪm / (n): trò chơi bàn cờ
I bought you a board game(Tôi đã mua cho bạn một bộ trò chơi bàn cờ .)
2.meet up /miːt ʌp/ (phr.v): gặp
Can we meet up this Sunday morning?
(Chúng ta có thể gặp nhau vào sáng chủ nhật này không?)
3.community activity /kəˈmjuːnɪti ækˈtɪvɪti/ (n.phr): hoạt động cộng đồng
We will have some community activities tomorrow.(Chúng ta sẽ có nhiều hoạt động cộng đồng vào ngày mai.)
4.pick up litter /pɪk ʌp ˈliːtə/ (v.phr): nhặt rác
We pick up litter around our schoolyard.
5.donate books /dəʊˈneɪt bʊks/ (v.phr): quyên góp sách
We donate books to homeless children.(Chúng tôi quyên góp sách cho trẻ em vô gia cư.)
6.plant vegetables /plɑːnt ˈvɛʤtəb(ə)lz/ (v.phr): trồng rau
We plant vegetables in our school garden.
(Chúng tôi trồng rau trong vườn trường.)
7.fantastic /fænˈtæstɪk/ (adj): tuyệt
That’s fantastic!(Việc đó thật tuyệt!)
8.nursing home /ˈnɜːsɪŋ həʊm/ (n): viện dưỡng lão
We donate the vegetables to a nursing home.(Chúng tôi quyên góp rau cho viện dưỡng lão)
9.homeless children /ˈhəʊmlɪs ˈʧɪldrən/ (n): trẻ em vô gia cư
We donate books to homeless children.(Chúng tôi quyên góp sách cho trẻ em vô gia cư.)
10.recycle /ˌriːˈsaɪkl/ (v): tái chế
We recycle plastic bottles to plant vegetables.(Chúng tôi tái chế chai nhựa để trồng rau.)
11.playground /ˈpleɪɡraʊnd/ (n): sân chơi
We clean the playground on Sundays.(Chúng tôi dọn sân chơi vào mỗi chủ nhật.)
12.primary student /ˈpraɪməri ˈstjuːdənt/ (n): học sinh tiểu học
The club members taught maths to primary students during school holidays.
(Những thành viên trong câu lạc bộ dạy toán cho học sinh tiểu học trong suốt những ngày lễ tạ trường.)
13. old people /əʊld ˈpiːpl/ (n.phr): người già
We helped old people in the nursing home last Sunday.(Chúng tôi giúp đỡ người già ở viện dưỡng lão chủ nhật tuần trước .)
A CLOSER LOOK 1
14.exchange /ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ/ (v): trao đổi
Children in our village exchange used paper for notebooks every school year.(Trẻ em ở làng trao đổi giấy tập đã dùng mỗi năm học.)
15.tutor /ˈtjuːtə(r)/ (v): dạy kèm
Minh and his friends often tutor small children in their village.(Minh và bạn anh ấy thường dạy kèm cho các em nhỏ trong làng.)
16.water /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ (v): tưới cây
Tom and his friends water the plants in their neighbourhood every weekend.(Tom và bạn anh ấy tưới cây trong khu phố mỗi cuối tuần.)
17.collect /kəˈlekt/
(v): thu nhặt
We collected clothes and gave them to homeless children.

(Chúng tôi thu nhặt quần áo và cho trẻ em vô gia cư.)
18.volunteer /ˌvɒlənˈtɪə(r)/ (v): tình nguyện
Teenagers volunteered to clean streets.(Thanh thiếu niên tình nguyện dọn đường.)
19.provide /prəˈvaɪd/ / (v): cung cấp
We provided food for homeless children last Tet holiday.(Chúng tôi cung cấp thức ăn cho trẻ vô gia cư hồi kỳ nghĩ Tết vừa rồi.)
A CLOSER LOOK 2
20.orphanage /ˈɔːfənɪdʒ/ (n): trại trẻ mồ côi
Green School grew vegetables for an orphanage last spring.(Green School trồng rau cho trại trẻ mồ côi mùa xuân rồi.)
21.glove /ɡlʌv/ (n): găng tay
Our school club made gloves for old people in nursing homes last winter.
(Câu lạc bộ trường học làm găng tay cho người già tại viện dưỡng lão mùa đông năm ngoái.)
22.reuse /ˌriːˈjuːz/ (v): tái sử dụng
Please reuse your envelopes.(Vui lòng tái sử dụng những con tem của bạn.)
23.rural village /ˈrʊərəl ˈvɪlɪʤ/ (n): miền quê
I lived in the rural village when I was six.(Tôi sống ở miền quê khi tôi sáu tuổi.)
24.patient /ˈpeɪʃnt/ (n, adj): bệnh nhân
The club members cooked food for patients every Sunday.(Thành viên câu lạc bộ nấu thức ăn cho bệnh nhân mỗi chủ nhật.)
25rubbish /ˈrʌbɪʃ/ (n): rác
Nick and his friends are picking up rubbish on the beach now.(Nick và bạn anh ấy đang nhặt rác trên bãi biển bây giờ.)
26.thank-you cards /θæŋk-juː kɑːdz/ (n.phr): thiệp cảm ơn
Children sent thank-you cards to us a week ago.(Trẻ em gửi thiệp cảm ơn đến chúng tôi cách đây một tuần.)
27.flooded area /ˈflʌdɪd ˈeərɪə/
(n): khu vực nước ngập
We helped people in flooded areas last year.
(Chúng tôi giúp đỡ người dân trong khu vực nước ngập năm rồi.)
COMMUNICATION
28mountainous area /ˈmaʊntɪnəs ˈeərɪə/ (n.phr): miền núi
We collected books and warm clothes for our friends in the mountainous areas.
(Chúng tôi đã thu nhặt sách và quần áo ấm cho những người bạn của tôi ở miền núi.)
29raise money /reiz 'mʌni/ (v.phr): ủng hộ tiền
Students make and sell podcasts to raise money for local children.
(Học sinh làm và bán chương trình âm thanh để ủng hộ trẻ em địa phương.)
30.decorate /ˈdekəreɪt/ (v): trang trí
Tom and his friends cleaned and decorated parts of their neighbourhood.(Làm vườn cũng hữu ích vì mọi người trong gia đình có thể tham gia và làm một việc gì đó cùng nhau.)
31.street children / stri:t 'tʃɪldrən / (n.phr): trẻ em cơ nhỡ
You can teach street children to read and write.(Bạn có thể dạy trẻ em cơ nhỡ tập đọc và viết.)
SKILLS 1
32.allow someone to do something /laʊ ˈsʌmwʌn tuː duː ˈsʌmθɪŋ/ (v.phr): cho phép ai đó làm việc gì
Community service allows students to develop themselves.(Dịch vụ cộng đồng cho phép học sinh phát triển bản thân họ.)
33.give and receive /gɪv ænd rɪˈsiːv/ (v.phr): cho và nhận
Giving means receiving.(Cho đi là nhận lại .)
34.podcast /ˈpɒdkɑːst/ (n): chương trình âm thanh
Students make and sell podcasts
(Học sinh làm và bán chương trình âm thanh để ủng hộ trẻ em địa phương.)
35.be good at /biː gʊd æt (v.phr): giỏi về
Ann is good at maths and literature.(Ann giỏi toán và văn học.)
36.nature /ˈneɪtʃə(r)/ (n): thiên nhiên
Minh loves nature.(Minh yêu thiên nhiên.)
37.programme /ˈprəʊɡræm/
(n): chương trình TV
He likes watching programmes about plants.
(Anh ấy thích xem chương trình TV về thực vật.)
SKILLS 2
38.proud /praʊd/ (adj): tự hào
They feel useful and proud because they do good things.(Họ cảm thấy hữu ích và tự hào vì họ đã làm việc tốt.)
39.grow up /grəʊ ʌp/ (phr.v): phát triền, lớn lên
It was ẹnjoyable to watch the trees grow up.
( Thật là thích thú khi nhìn cây phát triển.)
40.have fun /hæv/ /fʌn/ (v.phr): vui vẻ
We also had a lot of fun and learnt some skills.
(Chúng tôi đã vui vẻ và học hỏi một vài kỹ năng)
LOOKING BACK
41sell /sel/ (v): bán
The group sold clothes and sent them to poor people in rural areas.
(Cả nhóm bán quần áo và gửi chúng cho người nghèo ở miền quê.)
42.famous /ˈfeɪməs/
(adj): nổi tiếng
Warm Clothes is a famous volunteer group in Viet Nam.
(Warm Clothes là một nhóm tình nguyện nổi tiếng ở Việt Nam.)
43.bamboo /ˌbæmˈbuː/
(n): tre
The parents taught their children to make things from bamboo and bottles.
(Ba mẹ dạy con làm ra một thứ gì đó từ tre và chai nhựa.)
44.bring /brɪŋ/ (v): mang lại
They really brought love to those small villages.(Họ thật sự mang lại tình cảm cho những vùng quê nhỏ kia.)
45.set up /sɛt ʌp/ (phr.v): thành lập
Mark set up a community library.(Mark thành lập thư viện cộng đồng.)
PROJECT
46.solution /səˈluːʃn/ (n): giải pháp
Think about some solutions to protect the environment.(Hãy nghĩ về một số giải pháp để bảo vệ môi trường.)
47.environmental problems /ɪnˌvaɪərənˈmɛntl/ /ˈprɒbləmz/ (n.phr): vấn đề môi trường
Think about some environmental problems in your neighbourhood.(Hãy nghĩ về một số vấn đề môi trường ở khu vực sống của bạn.)
48.solve /sɒlv/
(v): giải quyết
What do you want to solve the problems?
(Bạn muốn làm gì để giải quyết các vấn đề?)
GRAMMAR
I. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN (PAST SIMPLE TENSE)
1. Cách dùng
- Diễn tả hành động hay sự việc đã xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ.
E.g. I met her last summer. (Tôi đã gặp cô ấy vào mùa hè năm ngoái.)
- Diễn tả hành động thường làm hay quen làm trong quá khứ.
E.g. She often went swimming every day last year. (Cô ấy thường đi bơi mỗi ngày vào năm ngoái.)
2. Dạng thức của thì quá khứ đơn
a. Với động từ to be (was/ were)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số was I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít was not/ wasn’t
ít
You/ We/ They/ Danh từ were + danh từ/ tính từ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số were not/ weren’t + danh từ/ tính từ
số nhiều nhiều
Examples: Examples:
1. He was tired. (Anh ấy đã rất mệt.) 1. He wasn’t at school yesterday.
2. They were in the room. (Anh ấy đã không ở trường ngày hôm qua.)
(Họ đã ở trong phòng.) 2. They weren’t in the park.
(Họ đã không ở trong công viên.)
Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn
Was I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Yes. was.
+ danh từ/ tính từ I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít

Were You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều No. wasn't.
Yes. You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều were.
No. weren't.
Examples:
1. Were they tired yesterday? (Hôm qua họ đã mệt phải không?)
=> Yes, they were./ No, they weren’t.
2. Was he at home? (Anh ấy đã ở nhà phải không?)
=> Yes, he was./ No, he wasn’t.
* Lưu ý: Khi chủ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “you” (bạn) thì câu trả lời phải dùng I (tôi) để đáp lại.
b. Với động từ thường (Verb/ V)
I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số
nhiều nhiều
He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít + V-ed He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít + did not/ didn’t + V (nguyên mẫu)
Examples: Examples:
1. She went to school yesterday. 1. My mother didn’t buy me a new computer last year.
(Hôm qua cô ấy đã đi học.) (Năm ngoái mẹ tôi đã không mua cho tôi một chiếc máy tính mới.)
2. He worked in this bank last year. 2. He didn’t meet me last night.
(Năm ngoái anh ấy đã làm việc ở ngân hàng này.) (Anh ấy đã không gặp tôi tối qua.)
3. Mr Nam disn’t watch TV with me.
(Ông Nam đã không xem TV với tôi.)
Did I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều + V (nguyên mẫu) Yes, I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều did.
He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít No, He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít didn't.
Examples:
1. Did she work there? (Có phải cô ấy đã làm việc ở đó không?)
Yes, she did./ No, she didn’t.
2. Did you go to Ha Noi last month? (Có phải bạn đã đi Hà Nội tháng trước không?)
Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t.
II. WH- QUESTION
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-word (từ để hỏi) như Who, What, When, Where, Why, Which, How, ta đặt chúng lên đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trả lời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/ No mà
cần đưa ra câu trả lời trực tiếp.
Cấu trúc:
Wh- word + was/ were + S? Wh – word + did + S + V?
Examples: Examples:
1. Where were they? 1. What did Ba do at the weekend?
(Họ đã ở đâu thế?) (Ba đã làm gì vào ngày cuối tuần vậy?)
=> They were in the playground. => He studied English.
(Họ đã ở trong sân chơi.) (Anh ấy đã học Tiếng Anh.)
Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn thường có sự xuất hiện của các trang từ chỉ thời gian như:
- yesterday (hôm qua)
- last night/ week/ month/ … (tối qua/ tuần trước/ tháng trước/ …)
- ago (cách đây), (two hours ago: cách đây 2 giờ; two weeks ago: cách đây 2 ngày, …)
- in + thời gian trong quá khứ (e.g. in 1990)
- when: khi (trong câu kể)
4. Cách thêm –ed vào sau động từ
a. Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn, động từ bắt buộc phải thêm đuôi –ed. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi thêm đuôi – ed vào sau động từ.
Thêm –ed vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ Examples: want – wanted want – wanted
look – looked look – looked
Động từ kết thúc bằng đuôi “e” hoặc “ee”, chúng ta chỉ việc thêm “d” vào live – lived live – lived
cuối động từ Examples:
love – loved love – loved
Đối với những động từ tận cùng là “y” play – played play – played
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (a, e, u, i, o), ta thêm “ed” bình thường.
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm, ta đổi “y” thành “i” + “ed”
Examples: stay - stayed stay - stayed
enjoy - enjoyed enjoy - enjoyed
Động từ một âm tiết, tận cùng bằng một nguyên âm + một phụ âm (trừ
những từ kết thúc bằng h, w, x, y), ta phải gấp đôi phụ âm trước khi thêm stop – stopped stop – stopped
“ed”
Examples: plan – planned plan – planned
Động từ bất quy tắc:
- Là những động từ được chia ở cột 2 trong “Bảng động từ bất quy tắc” (học thuộc lòng)
Examples:
V V- ed Nghĩa
go went đi
have had có
teach taught dạy
buy bought mua
drink drank uống
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ ở dạng quá khứ (V2) và quá khứ phân từ (V3), dùng bảng động từ bất quy tắc nếu cần.
V V2 V3
be (là)
bring (mang đến)
buy (mua)
cut (cắt)
do (làm)
eat (ăn)
find (tìm)
found (thành lập)
go (đi)
have (có)
keep (giữ)
lie (nằm)
lie (nói dối)
lose (mất)
make (làm)
move (di chuyển)
play (chơi)
provide (cung cấp)
put (đặt)
read (đọc)
see (nhìn)
sleep (ngủ)
spend (dành)
study (học)
take (mang đi)
think (nghĩ)
travel (du lịch)
visit (thăm)
work (làm việc)
write (viết)
EX2: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. (+) They decided to leave soon.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
2. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) There were not many homeless people here ten years ago.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
3. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) _________________________________________________________________.
(?) Did Tom’s grandfather use to be a soldier?

4. (+) My teacher started teaching here 6 years ago.
(-)_________________________________________________________________.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
5. (+) Jane often went to school on foot 3 years ago.
(-) _________________________________________________________________.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
6. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) The cat didn’t want to eat yesterday.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
7. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) __________________________________________________________________.
(?) Did the train arrive late yesterday?
8. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) There wasn’t anything left in the fridge.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
EX3. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. Last week, my mother (take) _____________ me to the zoo.
2. When we (arrive) _____________ at the party, there (not be) _____________ many people there.
3. My mother (say) _____________ that she (buy) _____________ me a new dress.
4. Last summer, my father (teach) _____________ me to drive.
5. I (start) _____________ doing charity when I (be) _____________ a first year student.
6. Many rich people (donate) _____________ money for this volunteer program.
7. My friend (ring) _____________ me yesterday and (invite) _____________ me to his party.
8. What (you/ watch) _____________ on TV last night?
9. When my father (be) _____________ young, he (use to) _____________ be the most handsome boy in the village.
10. _____________ (you/ go) to see the concert yesterday?
11. My performance (not be) _____________ really good. I (not feel) _____________ happy about it.
12. Jim (spend) _____________ the whole day taking after his brother.
13. I (write) _____________ a letter to my foreign friend but he (not write) _____________ back.
14. _____________ (they/ be) students of our school?
15. Yesterday, I (see) _____________ Jim at a bookstore.
EX4. Gạch lỗi sai trong các câu sau rồi sửa lại cho đúng.
1. My friend and I was at the hairdresser’s yesterday.
________________________________________________________________________
2. My sister in law used to had long hair but now she has short hair.
________________________________________________________________________
3. Did your father worked in a tobacco factory before he retired?
________________________________________________________________________
4. Why you didn’t come to the meeting last week?
________________________________________________________________________
5. My best friend and I use to hated each other when we first met.
________________________________________________________________________
6. Was Anna be successful with her project last week?
________________________________________________________________________
7. Yesterday morning I readed several chapters of the book “The little prince”.
________________________________________________________________________
8. Last summer we involved in community service in our neighborhood, so we did go on holiday.

________________________________________________________________________
EX5. Hoàn thành câu với những động từ cho sẵn ở thì quá khứ đơn (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ định).
disturb put like be hold
have decide sleep stay cost
1. It was freezing outside, so I ___________ on my coat.
2. My mother was very busy yesterday, so I ___________ her.
3. Yesterday was Mary’s birthday but she ___________ a party.
4. We were exhausted, so we ___________ to leave the party early.
5. The bed was very uncomfortable. Tim ___________ well.
6. The musical wasn’t very good. I ___________ it much.
7. The restaurant wasn’t very expensive. It ___________ much to have dinner there.
8. I had to look after my little sister yesterday, so I ___________ time to call you.
9. It ___________ hard to lift the boxes. They weren’t very heavy.
10. It was raining heavily, so I ___________ in.
EX6. Sắp xếp các từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. many/ went/ to/ volunteer/ ,/ Last year/ the/ and/ flooded area/ free food/ people/ gave to/./
________________________________________________________________________
2. rebuild/ helped/ houses/ They/ trees/ also/ plant/ and/ people/./
________________________________________________________________________
3. people/ donated/ generous/ for/ people/ Many/ poor/ money/./
________________________________________________________________________
4. I/ joined/ a student/ ,/ was/ When/ charitable work/ I/ often/ in/./
________________________________________________________________________
5. my friends/ used to/ remoted areas/ travel/ help/ to/ to/ people there/ I/ with/./
________________________________________________________________________
6. mountainous/ for/ areas/ weeks/ We/ in/ stayed/ the/./
________________________________________________________________________
7. the chidren/ read/ there/ We/ taught/ and/ write/ to/./
________________________________________________________________________
8. a volunteer/ was/ a/ experience/ wonderful/ Being/./
________________________________________________________________________
9. I/ busy/ graduated/ was/ After/ ,/ I/ very/./
________________________________________________________________________
10. I/ Now/ do/ still/ charity/ my/ in/ hometown/./
________________________________________________________________________
Quy tắc và cách phát âm đuôi -ED
Có 3 cách phát âm đuôi -ED là: /ɪd/ , /t/ hay /d/. -ED sẽ được đọc là /t/ (vô thanh) hoặc /d/ (hữu thanh) phụ thuộc vào âm kết thúc của động từ là âm vô thanh hay âm hữu thanh.
m vô thanh: Nghĩa là những âm mà cổ họng bạn không rung khi bạn nói. Bạn đặt tay lên cổ họng và phát âm chữ P. Bạn sẽ nhận thấy âm này bật ra bằng hơi từ miệng mà không phải từ cổ họng.
Âm hữu thanh: Nghĩa là những âm mà khi nói, chúng ta sẽ sử dụng dây thanh quản và tạo ra âm trong cổ. Bạn có thể đặt tay lên cổ họng và phát âm chữ L. Bạn sẽ nhận thấy cổ hơi rung rung.
Đó chính là âm hữu thanh.

Quy tắc 1: -ED đọc là /ɪd/
Một động từ tận cùng bằng /t/ hay /d/ thì -ed sẽ được đọc là /ɪd/. Vì một chữ đã tận cùng là ‘t’ và ‘d’ thì chúng ta không thể đọc là /t/ hoặc /d/ được. Bởi lẽ người nghe sẽ rất khó nhận biết. Hơn
nữa khó có thể đọc 2 âm ‘t’ hoặc 2 âm ‘d’ kế bên nhau.
– Ví dụ: Wanted /ˈwɒn.tɪd/, Needed /ˈniː.dɪd/, Added /ædɪd/,…
Quy tắc 2: -ED đọc là /t/
Nếu một từ kết thúc bằng một âm vô thanh, thì -ed sẽ được đọc theo cách vô thanh. Nghĩa là chúng ta sẽ đọc thành /t/. Cụ thể, những từ kết thúc bằng các âm: //, /s/, /k/, /f/, /p/, //, // thì -ed sẽ
được đọc là /t/.
– Ví dụ: Watched /wɒtʃt/, Missed /mɪst/, Hoped /hoʊpt/, Coughed /kɔːft/, Fixed /fɪkst/,…
Quy tắc 3: -ED đọc là /d/
Nếu một từ kết thúc bằng một âm hữu thanh, thì -ed sẽ được đọc theo cách hữu thanh. Nghĩa là những âm đuôi không thuộc quy tắc 1 và quy tắc 2 thì ta sẽ đọc là /d/.
– Ví dụ: Lived /lɪvd/, Allowed /əˈlaʊd/,…
Các trường hợp ngoại lệ về phát âm đuôi ED
Đuôi -ED trong các động từ sau khi sử dụng như tính từ sẽ được phát âm là /ɪd/. Một số từ ngoại lệ như: aged, blessed, crooked, dogged, learned, naked, ragged, wicked, wretched.
í dụ: An aged man /ɪd/, A blessed nuisance /ɪd/, A dogged persistence /ɪd/,…
Nhưng khi sử dụng như động từ, ta áp dụng quy tắc phát âm thông thường như các quy tắc ở trên nhé.
Ví dụ: He aged quickly /d/, He blessed me /t/, They dogged him /d/, He has learned well /d/.
Lưu ý:
Một số từ kết thúc bằng -ed được dùng làm tính từ/danh từ, đuôi -ed được phát âm là /id/:
1. aged /eɪdʒid/ (a): cao tuổi, lớn tuổi
aged /eɪdʒd/ (Vpast): trở nên già, làm cho già cỗi
2. blessed /blesid/ (a): thần thánh, thiêng liêng
3. crooked /krʊkid/ (a): cong, oằn, vặn vẹo
4. dogged /dɒɡdi / (a): gan góc, gan lì, bền bỉ
5. naked /neikid/ (a): trơ trụi, trần truồng
6. learned /lɜːnid/ (a): có học thức, thông thái, uyên bác learned /lɜːnd/ (Vpast): học
7. ragged /ræɡid / (a): rách tả tơi, bù xù
• wicked /wikid/ (a): tinh quái, ranh mãnh, nguy hại
8. wretched /ˈretʃɪd/ (a): khốn khổ, bần cùng, tồi tệ
9. beloved /bɪˈlʌvɪd/ (a): yêu thương
10. cursed /kɜːst/ (a): tức giận, khó chịu
11. rugged /ˈrʌɡɪd/ (a): xù xì, gồ ghề
12. sacred /ˈseɪkrɪd / (a): thiêng liêng, trân trọng
13. legged /ˈleɡɪd / (a): có chân

14. hatred /ˈheɪtrɪd / (a): lòng hận thù
15. crabbed /ˈkræbid / (a): càu nhàu, gắt gỏng
Exercise 1: Say the following words out loud and the put them in the correct column according to the sound of the adjective or regular past “ed”
amazed listened danced stopped reiterated pleased
boasted looked delighted wanted pointed packed
asked naked drained tripped shouted played
covered opened laughed wasted screamed placed
/t/ /d/ /id/
Exericse 2: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
1. A. arrived B. believed C. received D. hoped
2. A. opened B. knocked C. played D. occurred
3. A. rubbed B. tugged C. stopped D. filled
4. A. dimmed B. travelled C. passed D. stirred
5. A. tipped B. begged C. quarrelled D. carried
6. A. tried B. obeyed C. cleaned D. asked
7. A. packed B. added C. worked D. pronounced
8. A. watched B. phoned C. referred D. followed
9. A. agreed B. succeeded C. smiled D. loved
10. A. laughed B. washed C. helped D. weighed
11. A. walked B. ended C. started D. wanted
12. A. killed B. hurried C. regretted D. planned
13. A. visited B. showed C. wondered D. studied
14. A. sacrificed B. finished C. fixed D. seized
15. A. needed B. booked C. stopped D. washed
16. A. loved B. teased C. washed D. rained
17. A. packed B. punched C. pleased D. pushed
18. A. filled B. naked C. suited D. wicked
19. A. caused B. increased C. practised D. promised
20. A. washed B. parted C. passed D. barked
21. A. killed B. cured C. crashed D. waived
22. A. imagined B. released C. rained D. followed
23. A. called B. passed C. talked D. washed
24. A. landed B. needed C. opened D. wanted
25. A. cleaned B. attended C. visited D. started
26. A. talked B. fished C. arrived D. stepped
27. A. wished B. wrapped C. laughed D. turned
28. A. considered B. rescued C. pulled D. roughed
29. A. produced B. arranged C. checked D. fixed
30. A. caused B. examined C. operated D. advised

31. A. discovered B. destroyed C. developed D. opened
32. A. repaired B. invented C. wounded D. succeeded
33. A. improved B. parked C. broadened D. encouraged
34. A. delivered B. organized C. replaced D. obeyed
35. A. painted B. provided C. protected D. equipped
36. A. tested B. marked C. presented D. founded
37. A. used B. finished C. married D. rained
38. A. allowed B. dressed C. flashed D. mixed
39. A. switched B. stayed C. believed D. cleared
40. A. recommended B. waited C. handed D. designed
41. A. annoyed B. phoned C. watched D. remembered
42. A. hurried B. decided C. planned D. wondered
43. A. posted B. added C. managed D. arrested
44. A. dreamed B. neglected C. denied D. admired
45. A. admitted B. advanced C. appointed D. competed
46. A. announced B. apologized C. answered D. argued
47. A. complained B. applied C. compared D. polished
48. A. booked B. watched C. jogged D. developed
49. A. contributed B. jumped C. introduced D. vanished
50. A. whispered B. wandered C. sympathized D. sentenced
51. A. worked B. wanted C. stopped D. asked
52. A. opened B. knocked C. played D. occurred
53. A. talked B. watched C. lived D. stopped
54. A. covered B. installed C. described D. decorated
55. A. claimed B. warned C. occurred D. existed
56. A. carried B. looked C. managed D. opened
57. A. pleased B. smoked C. stopped D. missed
58. A. waited B. mended C. objected D. faced
59. A. pleased B. erased C. increased D. amused
60. A. arrived B. believed C. received D. hoped
VOCABULARY
1. A. carrot B. candy C. patience D. cook
2. A. keep B. know C. knife D. knight
3. A. watch B. chemistry C. change D. children
4. A. healthy B. weather C. together D. these
5. A. invite B. find C. mind D. chin
6. A. luck B. trumpet C. curious D. hug
7. A. rubbish B. huge C. mug D. sum
8. A. horror B. actor C. lorry D. mirror
9. A. recycle B. elderly C. daily D. dizzy
10. 10.A. kangaroo B. goose C. choose D. flood
Ex II: Choose the phrases that match the pictures below
Homeless people Clean the streets Plant trees Disabled people
Volunteer work Elderly people Flooded area Donate blood

1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex III: Put the words in the right groups
environment, benefit, provide, activity, donate, homeless, encourage, charitable, protect, community, project, problem, disabled, traffic, organization, public,
program, wonderful
Noun Verb Adjective
Ex V: Match
1.plant a. the health
2.recycle b. clothes and money
3.improve c. relatives and friends
4.clean d. rubbish
5.collect e. old and weak people
6.donate f. trees
7.help g. the streets
8.visit h. old bottles
Ex VI: Add more words to each list
1. Recycle: glass,……………………………………………………………………………….
2. Donate: money,…………………………………………………………………………….
3. Collect: stamps,…………………………………………………………………………….
4. Help: elderly people,……………………………………………………………………..
5. Visit: grandparents,……………………………………………………………………….
6. Clean: the house,…………………………………………………………………………..
Ex VII: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the word provided
1. We have just seen an ………………….……film. INTEREST
2. George looks ………………….because he has a bad mark. HAPPY
3. Does he enjoy………………….stamps? COLLECT

4. …………………people have no home to stay in. HOME
5. He is a volunteer because he is willing to help other people without…………………….PAY
6. My idol is a famous …………………….in the world. ACT
7. Be ……..…………! The dishes are going to fall. CARE
Ex VIII: Choose one word that has different word form from others
1. A. environment B. protect C. encourage D. donate
2. A. rubbish B. litter C. recycle D. garbage
3. A. benefit B. service C. program D. provide
4. A. community B. charitable C. project D. service
5. A. clothes B. money C. donate D. medicine
6. A. amazing B. organization C. individual D. member
7. A. careful B. transport C. homeless D. disabled
Ex IX: Fill in the gaps with the words in the box
project flooded offer donating
transport homeless reduce areas
1. We are helping people in …………………areas in Vietnam.
2. What can the government do to …………………..traffic jam in big cities?
3. The government can encourage people to use more public………..……….to reduce traffic jams.
4. How about ………..books and clothes to the children in remote areas?
5. Our class started a community …………..….…..in Hanoi last year.
6. The group plant more trees in public ………..…..where the whole neighborhood can enjoy them.
7. Last week my friends and I cooked a meal at a shelter for ………..………youths and families.
8. Some young people …………………. meals at 15,000 VND for the poor people in their province.
Ex X: Make a sentence with the given word
1. Donate
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Recycle
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Plant
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Clean
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Encourage
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Help
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Ex XI: Choose the best answer
1. Community service is the work you do for the ……………..of the community.
A. problems B. solutions C. benefits D. causes
2. I’m a member of a …………………..that helps street children.
A. organization B. show C. talk D. programme
3. I’m sure that the project will ………………..a big difference.
A. make B. have C. do D. take
4. It is a non-profit organization that ………………..the environment.
A. provides B. protects C. helps D. supports
5. My classmates and I have ……………..books and old clothes for street children.
A. used B. had C. collected D. carried

6. There are many activities that individuals or organizations ……………..to benefit the community.
A. do B. have C. take D. make
7. The young people love doing volunteer…………………..in the countryside.
A. task B. job C. work D. responsibility
8. My brother sometimes …………………blood at a local hospital.
A. raises B. provides C. helps D. donates
9. Traditional volunteer activities include ………………money for people in need.
A. raising B. helping C. making D. borrowing
10.She loves ……………………postcards and selling them in the market.
A. having B. giving C. cutting D. making
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG KỸ NĂNG
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
WHAT US COMUNITY SERVICE
• Community service is a non-paying job performed by one person or a group of people for the benefit of their community or its institutions. Community service is
different from volunteering, since it is not always performed on a voluntary basis.
• Community service is a non-paying job performed by one person or a group of people for the benefit of their community or its institutions.
• It may be performed for a variety of reasons like citizenship requirements, a substitution of criminal justice punishments, requirements of a school or class, and
requirements for the receipt of certain benefits.
I - Choose the best answer to each of the following questions.
VOLUNTEERING TO HELP DESERT ANIMALS
Cameron Oliver had a passion for the welfare of desert animals. He received the Abu Dhabi Award as a com¬munity hero for his contributions to society. However, the biggest reason for his
fame may be that he was very small. He was only 11 years old when he began his own campaign to save camels from eating plastic. “I found out that camels are eating rubbish people leave
behind and it’s killing them,” says the South African boy. “I love animals, so when I saw how the camels were dying, I thought I had to do something and make a difference to save them.”
He was very excited about receiving this award. He said, “My life changed after I received the award, because it opened a lot of doors for me. Many people contacted and helped me promote my
campaign.”
(ESL Printables)
1. What did Cameron Oliver start when he was 11 years old?
A. the Abu Dhabi Award B. being a community hero
C. a campaign to save camels D. a camel farm
2. In line 2, what does the word “contributions” mean?
A. changes in something that make it worse
B. awards that somebody gets
C. things that are added to something else
D. actions that help to cause or increase something
3. The main reason why Cameron Oliver became famous was that_________.
A. he was very intelligent B. he was very young
C. he was very handsome D. he was very friendly
4. According to the text, the main goal of his campaign is to_________.
A. protect camels from eating plastics
B. keep the desert clean
C. create a camel farm
D. protect the environment
5. How did Cameron’s life change after he received the award?
A. He became rich.
B. He did not have to open doors anymore.

C. He was known by more people.
D. He did not have to go to school.
II - Read the passage and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False (F).
Community service is when you work for free to help benefit the public or your community. Usually, students who choose to do community service do so as volunteers, meaning that they choose
to help out because they want to do so. Community service can have a lot of positive effects on students, such as helping them to develop skills, making contacts, and allowing them to improve
the quality of life of others.
You probably know some students In your school who choose to volunteer their free time through community service. There are many ways that you can do this, such as joining a non-profit
organization, working with a church group, or you can choose a cause and create your own service project.
Volunteer work can range from the relatively simple, like helping coach the football team at your old junior high, to the much more complex, like starting a non-profit that helps homeless people
in your area.
1. Students often do community service as volunteers. ❑
2. Community service allows them to improve the quality of life of others.

❑
3. No students choose to volunteer their free time through community service.
❑
4. Joining a non-profit organization is the only way to do community service.
❑
5. There are many types of volunteer work, both simple and complex ones.
❑
Exercise 1: Listen and complete the text. (Track 05)
VOLUNTEERING IS GOOD FOR YOUR MIND AND BODY
Volunteering provides many (1) ............................ to both mental and (2) ............................ health.
Volunteering combats (3) ............................ . Volunteering keeps you in regular contact with others and helps you develop a solid support system, which (4) ............................ you
against depression.
Volunteering makes you happy. By measuring hormones and (5) ............................ activity, researchers have discovered that being (6) ............................ to others delivers
immense pleasure. Human beings are hard-wired to give to others. The more we give, the happier we feel.
Volunteering increases (7)......................... . You are doing good things for others and the community, which provides a natural sense ofaccomplishment. Your (8) ............................ as
a volunteer can also give you a sense of (9) ............................ and identity. And the better you feel about yourself, the more likely you are to have a (10) ............................ view of your life and
future goals.
Exercise 2: Listen and complete the sentences with no more than 3 words. (Track 06)
1. The shop is called “Tinh Thuong ............................”
2. If you do volunteer work at Tinh Thuong Charity, you can meet ............................ and have ............................
3. Tinh Thuong Charity has more than 10,000 ............................
4. Tinh Thuong Charity has 500 ............................
5. Tinh Thuong Charity fund is to help ............................ and ............................ children and young people.
6. Some volunteers do their volunteer work ............................ hours a week, some do ............................ hours a week.
7. One of the volunteer work at Tinh Thuong Charity is to ask and answer the phone for ............................ questions.
8. As a volunteer of Tinh Thuong Charity, you can improve your ............................ skills such as problem solving ability, and customer service skill.
Think about a problem in your city/ the city nearby. Then talk about volunteer activities that you can do to help solve the problem.
• What is the problem?
• What are the effects of the problem?
• What volunteer activities can you do to solve the problem?
Useful languages:
• so much litter on streets, uneducated children, too many cars on the road, heavy floods • There is so much...on/at...
• pollute the environment, affect their development, traffic jams, destroyed houses • This is a...because...
• clean up streets and recycle rubbish, donate books and tutor children, direct the traffic, • ...is the cause of...
raise money to build houses for homeless people

• ...can encourage..., so it also affects...
• To deal with it, I want to...
• I will...to deal with it.
• I can also ask if...can...to...
• I will...to...
Complete the notes:
What is the problem? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are the effects of the problem? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What volunteer activities can you do to solve the problem? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. There is so much...on/at...
2. This is a...because...
3. ...can encourage..., so it also affects...
4. To deal with it, I want to...
5. I can also ask if...can...to...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. We/ take/ part/ a clean-up campaign/ last week.

________________________________________________________
2. We/ removed/ litter/ public areas/ such as/ streets/ parks.

________________________________________________________
3. We/ also/ planted/ many/ tree/ along the roads/ the city.
________________________________________________________
4. This/ volunteer activity/ help/ keep the environment/ safe/ clean/ healthy.
________________________________________________________
5. I/ like/ do/ this activity/ because/ it/ give/ me/ a chance/ contribute/ the community.
________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60-80 words) to talk about the volunteer activity you took part in.
* What volunteer activity did you take part in?
* How did you do it?
* What are the benefits of it?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS (STUDENTS ’S FILE)
VOCABULARY
GETTING STARTED
1.listening to music /ˈlɪsnɪŋ tuː ˈmjuːzɪk/ (v.phr): nghe nhạc
I'm listening to music.(Tôi đang nghe nhạc.)
2.classical music /ˈklæsɪkəl ˈmjuːzɪk/ (n): nhạc cổ điển
I like classical music.(Tôi thích nhạc cổ điển)
3.play the piano /pleɪ/ /ðə/ /pɪˈænəʊ/ (v.phr): chơi đàn piano
I often play the piano in my spare time.(Tôi thường chơi đàn piano trong lúc rảnh rỗi.)
4.play musical instruments /pleɪ ˈmjuːzɪkəl ˈɪnstrʊmənts/ chơi nhạc cụ
Wow. I can't play musical instruments.(Ôi, tôi không thể chơi nhạc cụ.)
5.taking photos /ˈteɪkɪŋ ˈfəʊtəʊz/ (v.phr): chụp hình
I like painting and taking photos.(Tôi thích vẽ và chụp hình.)
6.different from /ˈdɪfrənt frɒm (adj.phr): khác nhau
They seem quite different from each other(Chúng dường như khá khác nhau.)
7.landscapes /ˈlænskeɪps/ (n): phong cảnh
Landscapes and animals, just for pleasure, you know.(Phong cảnh và động vật chỉ để vui bạn biết không.)
8.art gallery /ˈɑːt ˌɡæl.ər.i/ (n.phr): triễn lãm nghệ thuật
Um, maybe we should go to an art gallery next weekend?
(Lẽ ra chúng ta nên đi triễn lãm nghệ thuật vào tuần tới?.)
9.paintbrush /ˈpeɪntbrʌʃ/ (n): cọ vẽ
We use the paintbrush to paint the picture.(Chúng tôi sử dụng cọ sơn để sơn bức tranh.)
10.talented /ˈtæləntɪd/ (adj): tài năng
My friend David is very talented.(Bạn của tôi David rất tài năng.)
11.artistic /ɑːˈtɪstɪk/ (adj): nghệ thuật
How artistic are you?(Bạn có tài nghệ nào?)
12.playing computer games /ˈpleɪɪŋ kəmˈpjuːtə geɪmz/ (v.phr): chơi trò chơi điện tử
My hobby is playing computer games.(Sở thích của tôi là chơi trò chơi điện tử.)
13playing sports /ˈpleɪɪŋ spɔːts/ (v.phr): chơi thể thao
Do you like listening to music or playing sports?(Bạn thích nghe nhạc hay chơi thể thao?.)
14.book fair / bʊk feə/ (n.phr): hội chợ sách
I prefer going to a book fair.(Tôi thích đi hội chợ sách hơn.)
15.hard-working /ˌhɑːd ˈwɜːkɪŋ/ (adj): siêng năng

I describe myself as hard-working.(Tôi là một người siêng năng.)
16.creative /kriˈeɪtɪv/ (adj): sáng tạo
I describe myself as creative.(Tôi là một người sáng tạo.)
17.musician /mjuˈzɪʃn/ (n): nhạc sĩ
I want to be a musician when I grow up.(Tôi muốn trở thành nhạc sĩ khi tôi lớn lên.)
18.engineer /ˌendʒɪˈnɪə(r)/ (n): kỹ sư
I want to be an engineer when I grow up.(Tôi muốn trở thành kỹ sư khi tôi lớn lên.)
A CLOSER LOOK 1
19.concert hall /ˈkɒnsə(ː)t hɔːl/ (n): phòng hòa nhạc
She goes to the concert hall every Sunday.(Cô ấy đến phòng hòa nhạc mỗi chủ nhật.)
20.actress /ˈæktrəs/ (n): nữ diễn viên
I want to be an actress when I grow up.(Tôi muốn trở thành một nữ diễn viên khi tôi lớn lên.)
21.composer /kəmˈpəʊzə(r)/ (n): nhà soạn nhạc
She wants to be a famous composer when she grows up.(Cô ấy muốn trở thành một nhà soạn nhạc nổi tiếng khi cô ấy lớn lên.)
22orchestra /ˈɔːkɪstrə/ (n): dàn nhạc
The orchestra will perform its final concert of the season tomorrow.(Dàn nhạc sẽ biểu diễn buổi hòa nhạc cuối cùng vào ngày mai.)
23.photography /fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ (n): nghề chụp ảnh
Her hobbies include hiking and photography.(Sở thích của cô ấy bao gồm đi bộ đường dài và chụp ảnh)
24.share /ʃeə(r)/ (v): chia sẻ
Let’s share the picture we took last week.(Cùng nhau chia sẻ bức tranh mà chúng ta chụp vào tuần trước nào.)
25visual /ˈvɪʒuəl/ (adj): nhìn thấy
I have a very good visual memory.(Tôi có một trí nhớ về hình ảnh rất tốt.)
26.come to a decision /kʌm tuː ə dɪˈsɪʒən/ (v.phr): đưa ra quyết định
We finally came to a decision.(Chúng tôi cuối cùng đã đưa ra quyết định.)
27.perform /pəˈfɔːm/ (v): biểu diễn
It was a pleasure to listen to the musicians performing yesterday.(Thật là vinh dự khi được nghe nhạc sĩ biểu diễn hôm qua.)
28.portrait /ˈpɔːtreɪt/ (n): chân dung
I like your portrait.(Tôi thích ảnh chân dung của bạn.)
29.scientist /ˈsaɪəntɪst/ (n): nhà khoa học
She is a talented scientist.(Cô ấy là một nhà khoa học tài ba.)
30.poet /ˈpəʊɪt/ (n): nhà thơ
He was also a painter and a poet.(Anh ta còn là họa sĩ và nhà thơ.)
A CLOSER LOOK 2
31.exciting /ɪkˈsaɪtɪŋ/ (adj): sôi nổi
Classical music is not as exciting as rock.(Nhạc cổ điển thì không mấy sôi nổi bằng nhạc rock.)
32.folk music / fəʊk 'mju:zɪk / (n.phr): nhạc dân gian
You like folk music, don’t you?(Bạn thích nhạc dân gian đúng không?.)
33.pop music /pɒp ˈmjuːzɪk/ (n): nhạc pop
I like pop music.(Tôi thích nhạc pop.)
34.country music / 'kʌntri 'mju:zɪk / (n): nhạc đồng quê
It is not like country music.(Nó không giống như nhạc đồng quê.)
35.works of art /wɜːks ɒv ɑːt/ (n.phr): tác phẩm nghệ thuật
The Vatican Museum has excellent works of art.(Vi

ện bảo tàng Vatican có những tác phẩm nghệ thuật xuất sắc)
36.relaxing /rɪˈlæksɪŋ/ (adj): thư giãn
A vacation on the beach is relaxing, while a vacation in a big city may not be.(Kỳ nghỉ trên biển thì thư giãn trong khi kỳ nghỉ ở các thành phố lớn thì không như thế.)
37.peaceful /ˈpiːsfl/ (adj): yên bình
City life is busy, but country life is peaceful.(Cuộc sống thành thị thì bận rộn nhưng cuộc sống nông thôn thì yên bình.)
38.friendly /ˈfrendli/ (adj): thân thiện
He is very friendly.(Anh ấy rất thân thiện.)
39.comedy /ˈkɒmədi/ (n): phim hài
I think action films are more interesting than comedies.(Tôi nghĩ phim hành động thì thú vị hơn phim hài.)
40.music contest /ˈmjuːzɪk ˈkɒntɛst/ (n.phr): cuộc thi âm nhạc
This year's music contest is different from last year's. .
(Cuộc thi âm nhạc năm nay thì khác với cuộc thi năm ngoái.)
41.character /ˈkærəktə(r)/ (n): nhân vật
The characters in the film are not the same as the ones in the play.
(Những nhân vật trong phim thì không giống nhân vật trong vở kịch.)
COMMUNICATION
42. opera /ˈɒprə/ (n): nhạc kịch
I do not quite like opera.(Tôi không mấy thích nhạc kịch.)
43.beat /biːt/ (n): nhịp
I prefer folk music. It has a better beat.(Tôi thích nhạc dân gian hơn. Nó có nhịp hay hơn.)
44.compulsory /kəmˈpʌlsəri/ (adj): bắt buộc
Music and dancing are compulsory.( Âm nhạc và nhảy là môn bắt buộc.)
45.choir /ˈkwaɪə(r)/ (n): hợp xướng
The school even has a choir, and they perform every month.(Trường học cũng có hợp xướng và họ biểu diễn hàng tháng.)
SKILLS 1
47.water puppetry /ˈwɔːtə ˈpʌpɪtri/ (n.phr): múa rối nước
Where in Viet Nam did water puppetry originate?(Múa rối nước đã bắt nguồn ở đâu?.)
48.art form /ɑːt fɔːm/ (n.phr): loại hình nghệ thuật
Is water puppetry a traditional Vietnamese art form?
(Múa rối nước có phải là loại hình nghệ thuật truyền thống của Việt Nam hay không?)
49.rice farming /raɪs ˈfɑːmɪŋ/ (n.phr): trồng lúa
The show was about rice farming and a festival in a village.(Chương trình nói về việc trồng lúa và một lễ hội ở làng quê)
SKILLS 2
50.street painting /striːt ˈpeɪntɪŋ/ (n): nghệ thuật vẽ đường phố
What do you know about street painting?(Bạn biết gì về nghệ thuật vẽ đường phố?)
51.make a complaint /meɪk ə kəmˈpleɪnt/ (v.phr): phàn nàn
This letter is to make a complaint.(Lá thư này là để phàn nàn.)
52.artist /ˈɑːtɪst/ (n): họa sĩ
I love being an artist.(Tôi thích làm một họa sĩ.)
LOOKING BACK
53.exhibition /ˌeksɪˈbɪʃn/ (n): triễn lãm
Have you seen the Picasso exhibition?(Bạn đã xem triễn lãm của Picasso chưa?)
54.art collections /ɑːt kəˈlɛkʃənz/ (n): bộ sưu tập nghệ thuật

The museum displays 35,000 art collections.(Bảo tàng trưng bày hơn 35,000 bộ sưu tập nghệ thuật.)
55.visitor /ˈvɪzɪtə(r)/ (n): khách du lịch
About 25,000 visitors come to see it per day.(Khoảng 25,000 khách du lịch đến xem mỗi ngày.)
56.play the cello /pleɪ ðə ˈʧɛləʊ/ (v.phr): chơi đàn cello
He likes playing the cello.(Anh ấy thích chơi đàn cello.)
PROJECT
57.charity /ˈtʃærəti/ (n): từ thiện
All money will go to charity to help poor children.(Toàn bộ tiền sẽ được dùng làm tiền từ thiện để giúp đỡ trẻ em nghèo.)
58.musical performance /ˈmjuːzɪkəl pəˈfɔːməns/ (n.phr): buổi biểu diễn âm
I like to talk about a musical performance at school.(Tôi muốn bàn bề một buổi biểu diễn âm nhạc tại trường?)
GRAMMAR
I. SO SÁNH (COMPARISONS) VỚI “AS….AS”, “THE SAME AS”, “DIFFERENT FROM”
1.So sánh sự giống nhau: “as…as”, “the same as” (giống như)
Cách sử dụng like, as
- like để chỉ sự vật này giống với sự vật khác, theo sau luôn phải là 1 danh từ hoặc 1 đại từ (me, this,…)
- as + tính từ + as để chỉ hai sự vậ tương tự nhau
trúc câu so sánh ngang bằng được dùng để so sánh 2 người, vật, … có tính chất gì đó tương đương nhau.
Cấu trúc S + to be + as + adj + as + noun/ pronoun/ clause. S + V + the same + noun + as + noun/ pronoun.
Ghi chú S: chủ ngữ, adj: tính từ, noun: danh từ, pronoun: đại từ, clause: mệnh đề.
Ví dụ 1. Folk music is as melodic as pop music. 1. She is the same height as me.
(Nhạc dân gian thì du dương như là nhạc pop.) (Cô ấy có chiều cao như tôi.)
2. My paiting is as expensive as hers. 2. She has the same book as me.
(Bức họa của tôi thì đắt bằng bức họa của cô ấy.) (Cô ấy có cuốn sách giống tôi.)
3. This camera is as good as it was before.
(Cái máy ảnh này vẫn tốt như ngày nào.)
BT
1. Write like, as, or different in the gaps.
(Điền like, as hoặc different vào chỗ trống.)
1. This camera is not as expensive _______I thought at first.
2. Her room is lovely. It is _______a princess's room.
3. You like folk songs; I like pop music. Your taste is _______ from mine.
4. My dad is not always as busy _______my mum.
5. Some of us think that Spiderman 2 is not too_______ from Spiderman 1.
2. Finish the second sentence in each pair, using like, as... as, or different from.
(Hoàn thành câu thứ hai trong mỗi cặp câu, sử dụng like, as... as, hoặc different from.)
1. Rock is very exciting. It is not like country music.
(Rock là rất thú vị. Nó không giống như nhạc đồng quê.)
2. Composer Hoang Long wrote many good songs for children. Composer Pham Tuyen also wrote many good songs for children.
=> Composer Hoang Long _______ Pham Tuyen, wrote many good songs for children.
3. The Vatican Museum has excellent works of art. The Louvre Museum has excellent works of art too.
=> The Vatican Museum's works of art are _______ excellent _______ the Louvre Museum's works of art.
4. A vacation on the beach is relaxing, while a vacation in a big city may not be.
=> A vacation on the beach is _______ a vacation in a big city.
5. City life is busy, but country life is peaceful.
=> City life is not _______ peaceful ________ country life.

- Cấu trúc câu so sánh không ngang bằng được dùng để so sánh 2 người, vật, … khác nhau ở một mặt nào đó.
Cấu trúc S + to be + not + so/as + adj + as + noun/ pronoun/ clause. S+ to be + different from + noun/ pronoun.
Ví dụ 1. Black and white movies are not as interesting as colour movies. 1. Life in the city is different from life in the countryside.
(Những bộ phim đen trắng thì không hấp dẫn bằng những bộ phim (Cuộc sống trong thành phố khác cuộc sống ở vùng quê.)
màu.) 2. His house is different from my house.
2. My hometown is not as noisy as yours. (Ngôi nhà của anh ấy khác ngôi nhà của tôi.)
(Quê tôi không ồn ào như quê bạn.)
3. She is not as famous as she was before.
(Cô ấy không còn nổi tiếng như trước nữa.)
Lưu ý Ở cấu trúc “not as…as”, ta có thể thay thế “as” đầu tiên bằng “so”.
EX1. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “as…as” và tính từ trong ngoặc.
1. I am not ___________________ you. (tall)
2. This book is not ___________________ that one. (interesting)
3. This summer is ___________________ last summer. (hot)
4. Yesterday is was ___________________ today. (sunny)
5. I think my essay is ___________________ yours. (good)
6. My dog isn’t ___________________ it appears to be. (fierce)
7. Children nowadays are not ___________________ they used to be. (active)
8. Watching movie is not ___________________ reading books. (entertaining)
9. Jane is ___________________ as a doll. (pretty)
10. Cats are not ___________________ dogs. (friendly)
11. My brother said that going abroad was not ___________________ he thought. (amusing)
12. She didn’t want to be late, so she run ___________________ she could. (fast)
13. Please call me ___________________ possible. (soon)
14. Sleeping on the sofa is not ___________________ in bed. (comfortable)
15. This hotel is ___________________ the one near the beach but it is much better. (expensive)
16. My grandmother is ___________________ fairy godmother. (warm-hearted)
17. Do you think learning Japanese is ___________________ learning English? (difficult)
18. This musician is not ___________________ that one. (popular)
19. Ann looks ___________________ princess in her new dress. (gorgeous)
20. The river isn’t ___________________ it looks. (deep)
EX2. Dùng cấu trúc so sánh “different from” để hoàn thành những câu dưới đây.
1. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern.
=> My house is ____________________________________________________.
2. My mother’s favourite food is noodle. My favourite food is rice.
=> My mother’s favourite food ________________________________________.
3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality.
=> My best friend’s personality ________________________________________.
4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful. Life in the city is exciting.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
5. Lan’s school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother’s hobby is playing the piano.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
7. My answer for this equation is “4” but Tom thinks it should be “5”.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
EX3. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “the same….as” và danh từ trong ngoặc.
1. My sister has ___________________ me. (height)
2. Jim pursues ___________________ Jane. (hobby)
3. My best friend is at ___________________ me. (age)
4. My friends went to see ___________________ me. (movie)
5. This musician plays ___________________ me. (musical instrument)
6. Critics say that this paiter has ___________________ with that one. (style)
7. My brother is interested in ___________________ me. (subject)
8. This class has ___________________ that one. (number of students)
9. Anne bought ___________________ me yesterday. (dress)
10. She cut her hair ___________________ mine. (length)
11. My best friend likes ___________________ my brother. (books)
12. I bought my car at ___________________ hers. (price).
13. My mother likes ___________________ me. (TV programs)
14. He had ___________________ a famous actor. (appearance)
15. He puts on ___________________ usual. (old coat)
EX4. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và viết lại câu đúng.
1. My boyfriend is as strong like a horse.
_______________________________________________________________.
2. This exercise isn’t hard as I thought.
_______________________________________________________________.
3. Life in foreign countries is different life in home country.
_______________________________________________________________.
4. My parents share the same hobby as.
_______________________________________________________________.
5. His cat isn’t the same pretty as mine.
_______________________________________________________________.
6. This art museum is definitely different as the historical museum.
_______________________________________________________________.
7. Roses don’t have the same fragrance like lotuses.
_______________________________________________________________.
8. My essay is as length as yours.
_______________________________________________________________.
9. This island isn’t as beautiful than those I have visited.
_______________________________________________________________.
10. My mother is different appearacne from me.
_______________________________________________________________.
EX5. Sắp xếp những từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. difficult/ as/ Playing/ is/ piano/ guitar/ playing/ as/./
_______________________________________________________________.
2. horse/ run/ a/ Can/ fast/ as/ a/ as/ train/?/
_______________________________________________________________.
3. try/ as/ can/ you/ hard/ as/ should/ You.
_______________________________________________________________.
4. Tom’s/ totally/ is/ from/ My/ writing style/ different/./

_______________________________________________________________.
5. car/ same/ runs/ the/ speed/ at/ His/ mine/ as/./
_______________________________________________________________.
6. I/ went/ My/ school/ friend/ same/ the/ best/ and/ to/./
_______________________________________________________________.
7. good/ This/ fridge/ modern/ isn’t/ as/ my/ one/ as/ old/./
_______________________________________________________________.
8. Spending time/ isn’t/ with/ as/ computer/ as/ friends/ entertaining/ on/ spending time/./
_______________________________________________________________.
BT VOCABULARY AND PRONUNCIATION
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
1. PHỤ ÂM /ʃ/
* shirt /ʃɜːt/ n. (áo sơ mi)
* flash /flæʃ/ n. (tia chớp)
Khi phát âm, dây thanh không rung
2. PHỤ ÂM /ʒ/
* television /ˈtelɪvɪʒn/ n. (ti vi)
* massage /ˈmæsɑːʒ/ v. (mát xa)
Khi phát âm, dây thanh rung lên
I - Put the following words in the correct columns.
share usual action leisure vision Asia
national musician measure wish television competition
/ʃ/ /ʒ/
share,
II - Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
Eg.: A. ensure B. closet C. noise D. season
1. A. essential B. condition C. fantastic D. station
2. A. machine B. children C. kitchen D. chair
3. A. measure B. occasion C. musical D . usual
4. A. leisure B. sure C. pleasure D. closure

5. A. musician B. special C. exciting D. ocean
6. A. nation B. education C. creative D. air-conditioner
7. A. closure B. sugar C. vision D. leisure
8. A. inconvenient B. country C. barbecue D. delicious
9. A. character B. schedule C. machine D. school
10. A. decorate B. calendar C. educate D. musician
III - Underline the words with the sounds /ʃ/, and circle the words with the sounds /ʒ/. Then read the sentences.
E.g.: I’ve never seen her worried or anxious in any way.
1. Car exhaust is the main reason for the city’s pollution.
2. It is a great pleasure to welcome you all here this evening.
3. We met on several occasions to discuss the issue.
4. We have a clear view of the ocean from our hotel window.
5. He was too shy to ask her to dance with him.
VOCABULARY IN Music and arts:
Portrait Museum Camera Painting Musical instruments
Paintbrush Crayon Microphone Art gallery Music room
Jobs
Painter Artist Singer Actress
Musician Dancer songwriter puppet
Ex I: Label the picture
song writer, actress, singer, painting, museum, portrait, painter, musical instruments
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex II: Complete the sentence with words in Ex I
1. I love this ………………….because she has a beautiful voice.
2. This ……..………….displays a lot old objects and pictures in the previous century.
3. My brother is a talent. He can play so many ……………………..
4. Look at that………………………! It’s one of the most famous artworks by Picasso.
5. My father is a ………………………He’s got about 100 songs in his career.
6. The ………………..works so hard to complete the tasks before May.
7. My daughter has a dream of becoming a well-known …………..….. in the future.
8. He enjoys drawing his father’s ……………………in the afternoon.
Ex III: Choose the best answer
1. a. driver 2. a. musician
b. artist b. dancer
c. song writer c. singer
d. musician d. artist
3. a. singer 4. a. paintbrush
b. painter b. paper
c. worker c. doll
d. dancer d. puppet
5. a. classroom 6. a. museum
b. IT room b. art gallery
c. music room c. market
d. library d. post office
7. a. camera 8. a. mop
b. television b. umbrella
c. headphone c. paintbrush
d. remote control d. comb
Ex IV: Write a word below each picture
Piano Guitar Saxophone Violin
Flute Drum Trumpet cello
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex V: Match
1.play a.as a teacher
2.take b. the piano
3.make c. the housework
4.draw d. a song
5.work e.an art lesson
6.write f. a portrait
7.have g. a photo
8.do h. the bed
Ex VI: Put the word in the correct column
decision, rubbish, pressure, television, usually, sheep, version, luxury, action, special, patient, mission, Asian, garage, fashion, shout
/ ʃ/ / ʒ/
Ex VII: Choose a word that has a different sound in the part underlined
1. A. decide B. musician C. painting D. cinema
2. A. favorite B. crayon C. gallery D. paper
3. A. excellent B. museum C. lemon D. television
4. A. parents B. care C. fair D. opera
5. A. saxophone B. ocean C. portrait D. piano
6. A. chop B. machine C. change D. choose
Ex VIII: Odd one out
1. A. singer B. trumpet C. painter D. artist
2. A. occasion B. drum C. flute D. saxophone
3. A. guitar B. piano C. cello D. portrait
4. A. clown B. paintbrush C. microphone D. camera
5. A. theatre B. cinema C. performance D. museum
6. A. exciting B. excellent C. dedicated D. opera
Ex IX: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
Guitar Festival Concert Exhibition
Artist Gallery Camera Performance
1. We are going to the ………………………..to listen to our idol’s latest music hits.
2. I have learnt to play the ……………….for about 2 months and now I can perform well in front of a large audience.
3. Can you adjust the lens of the ………………..? I want to take a photo of the field over there.
4. The music ………………..this year is as good as it was two years ago.
5. Let’s go to the art ………………..to see our favorite paintings now.

6. This is the best ……………………I have ever seen.
7. That ………………………has old paintings by different artists in the world.
8. Do you know any famous………………………in the concert tonight?
Ex X: Solve the crossword puzzle
5 6
ACROSS:
1. 2. 3.
DOWN:
4. 5. 6.
Ex XI: Write the correct form of the word given
1. Do they like eating …………………..food? TRADITION
2. We suggest ………………….a show to raise money for our poor children. ORGANIZE
3. My ………………….sister loves reading comics books. YOUNG
4. The …………………is very anxious about the next performance on the stage. MUSIC
5. Mary doesn’t like …………………films and neither does him. HORRIBLE
6. The small boy is interested in …………………….robots. DRAW
7. The story is about rice farming, ………………………and Vietnamese village festivals. FISH
8. Picasso received artistic ………………….from his father. TRAIN
9. The comedy show last night was a great ……………….SUCCESSFUL
10.It is a ……………………..to watch his musical performance. PLEASED
Ex XII: Choose the best answer
1. Can you pass me the ………………..? I want to paint a picture.
A. micro phone B. camera C. paintbrush D. crayon
2. We are going to the ………………….this afternoon to see an interesting film.

A. theatre B. cinema C. museum D. supermarket
3. Bui Xuan Phai is an artists ………………for his paintings of the old Ha Noi streets.
A. careful B. crazy C. famous D. prepared
4. I rarely listen to rock music because I can’t ……………….the words they sing.
A. understand B. know C. make D. see
5. Have you ever ………………in that music festival?
A. joined B. had C. listened D. participated
6. There have been so many ………………….in my hometown since I was ten years old.
A. benefits B. changes C. stories D. programs
7. Can you ……………….me how to operate this machine?
A. show B. help C. take D. give
8. People now can enjoy many different …………………..of food in the city center.
A. ways B. forms C. things D. kinds
9. Some students who are good at music and arts actually do better in more academic …………….
A. programs B. projects C. subjects D. jobs
10…………………is your favorite Vietnamese musician?
A. What B. Who C. When D. Why
KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
BENEFITS OF MUSIC
• Listening to music can be entertaining and some research suggests that it might even make you healthier.
• Music can be a source of pleasure and contentment, but there are many other psychological benefits as well.
• The notion that music can influence your thoughts, feelings, and behaviors probably does not come as much of a surprise.
• If you’ve ever felt pumped up while listening to your favorite fast-paced rock anthem or been moved to tears by a tender live performance, then you easily understand the
power of music to impact moods and even inspire action.
I - Read the following passage and do the tasks below.
Much of the music we listen to today is a mixture of styles from various countries and time periods. A lot of music has roots in older traditional songs heard in many different countries around the
world. Traditional, or folk music is collected over decades. Younger generations learn these songs from their elders through practice and repetition.
Many people fear that traditional and older types of music are slowly disappearing, partly because they are less likely to be written down or recorded. Also, younger generations may not find such
music very appealing, so once older generations pass away, the music may die out with them. Whole genres of music may go extinct.
Nowadays, there is a growing effort to preserve music in its many forms. Some researchers create field recordings to capture live performances, others try to write out the music so that it can be
studied and played by modem musicians.
(Active skills for reading 2)
Part 1: Find the words in bold which mean:
1. the origins of something or someone____________.
2. interesting or attractive____________
3. type or style of music, art, or literature____________
4. to make sure that something is kept____________
5. to record in order to preserve it____________
Part 2: Decide whether the statements below are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
1. Traditional music is collected over many years. ❑
2. Young people can’t learn traditional music because no one teaches them.
❑
3. Younger generations are less likely to care about traditional songs and music than older generations.
❑
4. The purpose of writing out music is to pass it down to modern musicians.
❑
❑
II - Read the passage and choose the best option to answer each of the following questions.
Insomnia is a serious problem that affects people of all age groups. While there are many approaches to treating this problem as well as other common sleep disorders, research has demonstrated
that listening to relaxing classical music can be a safe, effective, and affordable remedy.
In a study looking at college students, participants listened to classical music, an audio book, or nothing at all. One group listened to 45 minutes of relaxing classical music while another group
listened to an audiobook at bedtime for three weeks. Researchers assessed sleep quality both before and after the intervention.
The study found that participants who had listened to music had significantly better sleep quality than those who had listened to the audiobook or received no intervention.
Since music is an effective treatment for sleeping problems, it could be used as an easy and safe strategy for treating insomnia.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Ways to listen to music B. Points in time to listen to music
C. Benefits of music D. Music and insomnia
2. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a benefit of music remedy?
A. safe B. flexible C. effective D. affordable
3. The purpose of the study looking at college students is to understand________ .
A. students’ hobby of music B. classical music and students
C. music at bedtime D. effects of music on sleep quality
4. Who did the study find to have significantly better sleep quality?
A. researchers B. participants who listened to music
C. participants who listened to audiobook D. participants with no intervention
5. What does the word “it” refer to?
A. music B. treatment C. problem D. strategy
Michael Jackson was born on August 29, 1958. He was born in Gary, Indiana, an industrial (1) ........................ of Chicago. He was and is known as the “(2) ........................ of pop”. He was an
American musician. He started a solo career in 1971. His 1982 album (3) ........................ remains the (4) ........................ album of all times. He popularized dance moves, such as the robot and the
(5) ........................ He was very successful in his music career. He won 13 (6) ........................ He earned millions of dollars and donated them to (7) ........................ In the 1980’s Michael’s
(8) ........................ started to change because of a disease called vitiligo, and that was a (9) ........................ for everyone. He got married twice, first in 1994 with Lisa Marie Presley, Elvis
Presley’s (10) ........................ and again in 1996 with Deborah Jeanne Rowe, a dermatology nurse. Michael had three (11) ........................ He died in 2009, it is said that an overdose of the
(12) ........................ Demerol was the cause of his death but it is not confirmed.
Exercise 2: Listen and decide if each statement is true or false or not given. (Track 08)
1. Dina Paucar is a famous singer and she comes from Peru.

◻ ◻ ◻
2. Dina Paucar did not get married, but she adopted two kids.
◻ ◻ ◻
3. In addition to singing, Dina Paucar writes songs.

◻ ◻ ◻
4. Dina Paucar has worked in 10 concerts.

◻ ◻ ◻
5. Dina Paucar works on television in her free time.

◻ ◻ ◻
6. Although Dma Paucar is not so rich, she stills helps poor people.
◻ ◻ ◻
7. Every year, 1000 sick children are helped by Dina Paucar.

◻ ◻ ◻
8. Dina isconsidered as the symbol of the generosity and success.

◻ ◻ ◻
Talk about your favourite kind of music.
• What kind of music do you like?
• When and how often do you listen to it?
• Why do you like it?
Useful languages:
• country music, folk music, Jazz, pop music • I am very fond of...
• when I’m sad, before going to bed, when I have free time, when I’m tired • I like...very much
• amazing lyrics and catchy beats, calm down and sleep better, express myself, be • I listen to..., but...
happy and more comfortable • I listen to it when...
• I often listen to it in...
• Listening to...helps me...because...
• It makes me...
• I feel...when listening to...
Complete the notes:
What kind of music do you like? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
When and how often do you listen to it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Why do you like it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. I am very fond of...
2. I listen to..., but...
3. I listen to it when...
4. Listening to...helps me...because...
5. It makes me...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
Finally, compare with the sample answer
1. I/ very/ happy/ hear/ that/ you/ be/ Viet Nam/ again.
________________________________________________________
2. I/ want/ invite/ you/ see/ an exhibition/ modern sculptures.

________________________________________________________
3. Be/ Sunday morning/ suitable/ you?

________________________________________________________
4. The exhibition/ begin/ 9 a.m./ so/ let’s meet/ 8.45 a.m./ outside the Arts Centre.
________________________________________________________
5. I/ hope/ we/ have/ a happy time/ there.

________________________________________________________
II - Write a letter of invitation (60-80 words) to one of your friends.
• What event do you want to invite your friend to?
• Where does the event take place?
• When does the event start?
• When is the best time for you and your friend to meet?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 5: FOOD AND DRINK (TEACHER’S FILE)
VOCABULARY
Getting Started
1.tofu / 'təʊfu / (n) đậu phụ
2.noodles / 'nudlz / (n) mì, mì sợi
3.warm / wɔːm / (v) hâm nóng
4.green tea / ,ɡrin 'ti / (n) chè xanh
5.turmeric / 'tɜːmərɪk / (n) củ nghệ
6.beef / bif / (n) thịt bò
7.soup / sup / (n) súp, canh, cháo
8.shrimp / ʃrɪmp / (n) con tôm
9.omelette / 'ɒmlət, 'ɒmlɪt / (n) trứng tráng
10.sweet soup / swit sup / (n) chè
11.eel / il / (n) con lươn
12.bitter / 'bɪtə / (adj) đắng
13.delicious / dɪˈlɪʃəs / (adj) ngon, thơm ngon
14.tasty / 'teɪsti / (adj) đầy hương vị, ngon
15.sweet / swit / (adj) ngọt
16.salty / 'sɔːlti / (adj) mặn, có nhiều muối
17.spicy / 'spaɪsi / (adj) cay, nồng

18.fragrant / 'freɪɡrənt / (adj) thơm, thơm phức
19.sour / saʊər / (adj) chua
A Closer Look 1
20.pour / pɔː / (v) rót, đổ
21.fold / fəʊld / (n) gấp, gập
22.beat / bit / (v) khuấy trộn, đánh trộn
23.serve / sɜːv / múc/ xới/ (v) gắp ra để ăn
24.salt / 'sɔːlt / (n) muối
25.pepper / 'pepər / (n) hạt tiêu
26.flour / flaʊə / (n) bột
27.pancake / 'pænkeɪk / (n) bánh kếp
28.spring rolls / sprɪŋ rəʊlz / (n) nem rán
29.pork / pɔːk / (n) thịt lợn
30.sandwich / 'sænwɪdʒ / (n) bánh xăng-đúych
31.sauce / sɔːs / (n) nước xốt
Communication
32. slice / slaɪs / (n) miếng mỏng, lát mỏng
33.sausage / 'sɒsɪdʒ / (n) xúc xích
34.tuna / 'tjunə / (n) cá ngừ
Skills 1
35.broth / brɒθ / (n) nước xuýt
36.recipe / 'resɪpi / (n) công thức làm món ăn
GRAMMAR
A. Cách dùng Some/Many/Any/A Few/ A Little/ A Lot Of/ Lots Of trong tiếng Anh
1. Cách dùng Some
Some là một từ định lượng rất phổ biến và được sử dung rộng rãi trong Tiếng Anh, có 3 điểm cần nhớ về cách sử dụng từ định lượng này như sau:
 Dùng trong câu khẳng định
 Đứng trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được
 Some cũng được dùng trong câu hỏi
VD:
1. I have some friends
2. Can you give me some flowers?
3. Where can I find some water?
Lưu ý:
Some không được dùng để mô tả cả một hệ thống hoặc một nhóm lớn sự vật hiện tượng, ví dụ với câu sau:
We need to rebuild the house and get rid the old furniture.
Babbies is the most vulnerable thing in the world.
Có thể sử dụng some trước số từ cụ thể để thể hiện nghĩa “gần bằng”. Lúc này, some sẽ được phát âm là /sʌm/. Ví dụ: Some fifty percent of all students disagree with the new rules.
(=Approciatemately 50% students...)
2. Cách dùng Any
Ngược lại với Some, Any thường được dùng với nghĩa phủ định, không chắc chăn. Cách sử dụng của từ định lượng này như sau:
 Dùng trong câu phủ định và câu hỏi
 Đứng trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được
 Thường được sử dụng trong các trường hợp mà tình hình không rõ ràng.
VD: There aren’t any books in the shel
Lưu ý: Any rất hay đi sau giới từ "before" hoặc trong câu so sánh.
Ví dụ:
 She is the most beautiful person than anything I have met in the world.
 Get ready for trouble before anything happens.
3. Cách dùng Many
Khác với Some và Any có thể dùng cho cả danh từ đếm được không đếm được, Many có cách sử dụng đặc biệt hơn, như sau:
 Thường dùng trong câu hỏi và câu phủ định, câu khẳng định được dùng ít hơn
 Đi với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
 Ngoài ra, trong các trường hợp nghiêm túc, đặc biệt trong văn viết học thuật, người ta sẽ ưu tiên sử dụng many (of).
VD:
 Do you have many cars?
 There is a rumor that she have many ex-es.
 Many peolple argued that this new policy is not suitable at this time.
4. Cách dùng A lot of/ lots of
Một cặp từ chỉ định lượng quan trọng trong Tiếng Anh khác mà bạn cần nắm được là A lot of và lots of.
 Được dùng trong câu khẳng đinh và câu nghi vấn
 Đi với danh từ không đếm được và danh từ đếm được số nhiều
 Thường mang nghĩa “informal”
Hãy chú ý đến chính tả, không ít người mắc phải lỗi viết sai với 2 từ đơn giản này, ví dụ như A lots of hay Lot of đều là những từ được viết sai.
VD:
 We spent a lot of money on online shoping in commercial platforms.
 Should students do lots of homework?
5. Cách dùng A few
Có 1 điều bạn cần nhớ rằng : A few là 1 từ định lượng thể hiện nghĩa tích cực, ít những vẫn đủ. Nắm được điều này sẽ giúp bạn sử dụng chính xác trong giao tiếp cũng như thi cử. 2 cách sử dụng
chính của A few là:
 Dùng với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
VD:
 She enjoys her life here. She has a few friends and they meet quite often.
-> (Cô ấy thích cuộc sống ở đây. Cô ấy có một vài người bạn và họ gặp nhau rất thường xuyên). Ở đây a few friends nói đến số lượng người bạn mà cô ấy có là một vài người chứ không phải ám
chỉ cô ấy có ít bạn.
6. Cách dùng A little
2 cách sử dụng của A little là:
 Đi với danh từ không đếm được
A little giống với a few là
VD:
 Have you got any money? - Yes, a little. Do you want to borrow some? (Bạn có tiền không? Có, một ít. Anh có muốn vay không?)
 A little ở đây hàm ý là có không nhiều nhưng đủ cho anh muợn một ít.
PRACTICE 1
B. Bài tập Some/Many/Any/A Few/ A Little/ A Lot Of/ Lots Of
Bài tập 1: Hoàn thành những câu sau với “some” hoặc “any”
1. We didn’t buy …………flowers.
2. This evening I’m going out with ………….friends of mine.
3. “Have you seen ………..good films recently?” – “No, I haven’t been to the cinema for ages”.
4. I didn’t have ……………money, so I had to borrow………..
5. Can I have ………milk in my coffee, please?
6. I was too tired to do………work.

Bài tập 2: Hoàn thành câu với “much, many, few, a few, little, a little”
1. He isn’t very popular. He has ………..friends.
2. Ann is very busy these days. She has ………..free time.
3. Did you take …………….photographs when you were on holiday?
4. The museum was very crowded. There were too………..people.
5. Most of the town is modern. There are …………..old buildings.
6. We must be quick. We have………..time.
7. Listen carefully, I’m going to give you ……….advice.
8. Do you mind if I ask you……….questions?
9. This town is not a very interesting place to visit, so …….tourists come here.
10. I don’t think Jill would be a good teacher. She’s got …………..patience.
11. “Would you like milk in your coffee?” – “yes, please. ………….”
12. This is a very boring place to live. There’s ………….to do.
PRACTICE 2
1. Bài tập 1: Chọn từ thích hợp nhất
2. There are (a few /a little) tigers at the zoo.
3. Let’s talk to Jane. She has (few/ a few) friends.
4. I have very (little/ a little) time for hanging out with my friends because of the final exam.
5. We should try to save (a little/ a few) electricity this month.
6. (A few/ A little) students passed the exam because it was very difficult
Bài tập 2: Chọn từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống: few, a few, little, a little, many, much, many of, much of
1. There wasn’t ……………. snow last night.
2. ……………the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.
3. He’s always busy. He has ………… time to relax.
4. She put so ………… salt in the soup that she couldn’t have it. It was too salty.
5. He made too ………….. mistakes in his writing.
6. How ………….. students are there in your class?
7. I feel sorry for her. She has ……………. friends.
8. I spent …………… my spare time gardening last year.
9. He doesn’t have so ………….. friends as I think.
10. There was so …………… traffic that it took me an hour to get home.
11. Learning a language needs ………….. patience.
12. …………… the shops in the city center close at 5.30.
13. We had a boring holiday. …………………….the time we lay on the beach.
14. With only………… hope, Harry didn’t know how to keep going another day.
15. How …………. money have you got?
16. There was very ………….. food at the party but I didn’t eat anything.
17. I think……………. you are very tired after your long journey.
18. We didn’t take …………… photographs when we were on holiday
19. Bài tập 3: Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống few, a few, little, a little
20. I have _______good friends. I’m not lonely.
21. There are ___________people she really trusts. It’s a bit sad.
22. Julie gave us __________apples from her garden. Shall we share them?
23. There are ________women politicians in the UK. Many people think there should be more.
24. Do you need information on English grammar? I have_____books on the topic if you would like to borrow them.
25. He has ____education. He can’t read or write, and he can hardly count.
26. We’ve got ____time at the weekend. Would you like to meet?
27. She has ____self-confidence. She has a lot of trouble talking to new people
28. There’s ____spaghetti left in the cupboard. Shall we eat it tonight?
29. We have only___ time to finish all of the reports by tomorrow.
30. Since taking office last year, the government has made____ changes in employment policy that concerns the public.
31. Oh no, we just have ____ flour left, not enough for a cake.
32. I enjoy my life here. I have ___ friends and we meet quite often.
33. We have ____ knowledge of market analysis.
34. The government has done ___ or nothing to help the poorest people in this country
35. ___ cities anywhere in Europe can match the cultural richness of Berlin.
36. Last month was a good month for the company. We found ___ new customers and also increased our profit.
37. Unfortunately, ___ of the companies which we sent offers to showed intersest in our products.
38. I had___ problems with the printer in the office, but it’s been fixed now.
39. As so___ members has turned up at the meeting, it was decided to postpone it until further notice.
40. We have to spend up – there is very___ time to finish the project. The deadline is next Wednesday.
41. I strongly recommend investing in these shares because you will get a very good return after only ___ years.
42. At the moment we are experiencing some cash flow problems because ___ money is coming in.
43. There is ___ extra added to your salary because you will benefit from the inner city allowance.
44. The postman doesn’t often come here. We receive ______ letters.
45. The snow was getting quite deep. I had ______ hope of getting home that night.
46. A: I’m having ______ trouble fixing this shelf -> B: Oh, dear. Can I help you?
47. I shall be away for _____ days from tomorrow.
48. Tony is a keen golfer, but unfortunately he has ______ ability.
49.I could speak ______ words of Swedish, but I wasn’t very fluent.
Bài tập 4: Khoanh vào đáp án thích hợp nhất trong các câu dưới đây
1.Look at these lovely little fish/ fishes.
2. My parents bought a lot of furniture/ furnitures for our new house.
3. Physics/ physic is one of my favourite subject.
4. I’d like to travel abroad to broaden my knowledge/ knowledges.
5. These umbrella/ umbrellas will be very useful for this picnic.
6. There are a lot of green tree/ trees in the garden.
7. We haven’t got much rice/ rices left.
8. We’ve got a lot of milk/ milks.
II. CÂU HỎI CÓ BAO NHIÊU “HOW MUCH/ HOW MANY? “
1. How many?
Chức năng Dùng để hỏi vè số lượng của một danh từ đếm được.
Cấu trúc How many + danh từ đếm được dạng số nhiều (+ are there) ?
 There is/ there are + từ chỉ số lượng
How many + danh từ đếm được đạng số nhiều (+ trợ động từ + S+ V) ?
 S+ V + từ chỉ số lượng
Ví dụ How many eggs? ( có bao nhiêu quả trứng)
 there is one. ( có một)
How many days are there in January ? ( Tháng một có bao nhiêu ngày?)
 There are 31 days. ( có 31 ngày.)
How many tomatoes do we have?
( chúng ta có bao nhiêu quả cà chua? )
 we have 5 tomatoes. ( chúng tôi có 5 quả cà chua. )

2. How much?
Chức năng Dùng để hỏi về số lương của một danh từ không đếm được
Cấu trúc How much + danh từ không đếm được dạng số nhiều ( + is there) ?
 There is/ are + từ chỉ số lượng.
( Động từ to be chia là “is” hay “ are” tùy thuộc vào danh từ đứng đằng sau nó.)
How much+ danh từ không đếm được dạng số nhiều (+ trợ động từ + S+ V) ?
 S + V + từ chỉ số lượng.
Ví dụ How much money is there in the wallet? ( Có bao nhiêu tiền ở trong ví? )
 There is $ 200 ( có 200 đô)
How much bread is there ? ( có bao nhiêu bánh mì ở đó?)
 There are two loaves ( có 2 ổ)
How much rice does she need? ( cô ấy cần bao nhiêu gạo)
 she need five kilos ( cô ấy cần 5 cân)
BÀI 1: Điền “ how much/ how many” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. _____________people are there in the meeting room?
2. _____________bread do you have?
3. _____________Countries are there in the world?
4. _____________ time do we have ?
5. _____________fish did you catch?
6. _____________cakes you are going to make?
7. _____________flour do we need to make this cake?
8. _____________players are there in a football team?
9. _____________pocket money did your father give you?
10. _____________siblings does Jane have?
11. _____________water is in this bottle?
12. _____________lemonade did they buy for the party?
13. _____________salt will you add into the soup?
14. _____________mice has your cat caught?
15. _____________sheep are there in the farm?
16. _____________milk do you have for breakfast?
17. _____________cats are there in this pet shop?
18. _____________ information about him did you get?
19. _____________ comic books have you collected?
20. _____________men are there in the room?
Bài 2: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. How much/ sugar/ we/ buy/ yesterday ?
________________________________________________________
2. How many/ kid/you/ have?
________________________________________________________
3. How much/ time/ you/ usually / spend on/ your homework?
________________________________________________________
4. How many/ sheet/ of blank paper/ you / have/ now?
________________________________________________________
5. How many/ table/ there/ in your classroom?
________________________________________________________
6. How much/ money/ you/ borow/ him/ last week?

________________________________________________________
7. How much/ rice/ there/ in your kitchen?
________________________________________________________
8. How much / fruit/ you/ buy/ tomorrrow ?
________________________________________________________
9. How much/ water/ there/ in a swimming pool?
________________________________________________________
10. How many/ teaspoon/ of sugar/ we/ need?
________________________________________________________
Bài 3: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. How many sailor are there? a. I only need one sheet of it
2. How much peper will you buy? b. About haft an hour.
3. how much paper do you need? c. I have five.
4. how many types of fish are there in the lake? d. two cubes.
5. how much time will it take to do your homework? e. There are twenty –one people.
6. How many schools are there in your hometown? f. only one school.
7. how much sugar is there in your coffee? g. There are about eleven types.
8. how many spoons do you have? h. I will buy two bags of it.
1-_________ 2 -_________ 3 -_________ 4-_________
5. -_________ 6. -_________ 7. -_________ 8 -________
Bài 4: Dựa vào những câu trả lời cho sẵn , viết câu hỏi với “how much/ how many”.
1. __________________________________________________________
This book has one hundred pages.
2. __________________________________________________________
I will spend an hour on my project .
3. __________________________________________________________
There is one egg in the refrigerator.
4. __________________________________________________________
Tim read two books yesterday.
5. __________________________________________________________
There are only two waiters in the restaurant.
6. __________________________________________________________
I need two litres of milk , please.
7. __________________________________________________________
Kate has received two birthday presents.
8. . __________________________________________________________
Our family has one dog.
BT VOCABULARY AN PRONUNCIATION
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
1. PHỤ ÂM /ɒ/
* mop /mɒp/ n. (chổi lau nhà)
* hot /hɒt/ adj. (nóng)
Hạ hàm dưới xuống, môi tròn thư giãn
Đầu lưỡi hạ xuống
Đẩy hơi ra. Dây thanh rung lên
Âm /ɒ/ là nguyên âm ngắn, bạn phải phát âm nhanh và gọn
2. PHỤ ÂM /ɔ:/
* fork /fɔ:k/ n. (đĩa)
* pork /pɔːk/ n. (thịt lợn)
Hạ quai hàm, môi rất tròn
Đầu lưỡi hạ xuống
Đẩy hơi ra. Dây thanh rung lên
Âm /ɔ:/ là nguyên âm dài, bạn sẽ phải kéo dài âm ra
PRACTICE : NGỮ ÂM (PRONUNCIATION)
I - Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
E.g.: A. omelette B. cold C. folder D. roll
1. A. obesity B. broth C. compose D. photo
2. A. robot B. slot C. concentrate D. opera
3. A. slaughter B. audience C. haunt D. aunt
4. A. shortage B. perform C. forgive D. horn
5. A. smog B. explosion C. metro D. slogan
6.A. show B. open C. clothes D. cloth
7.A. clock B. hole C. shock D. plot
8.A. floppy B. shovel C. glove D. love
9.A. hot B. hobby C. slope D. top
10. A. coal B. roar C. float D. load
11. A. volunteer B. documentary C. hydro D. flop
12. A. phone B. canon C. home D. stone
13. A. compass B. sofa C. poem D. overseas
14. A. comedy B. apricot C. workshop D. judo
15. A. move B. convenient C. microwave D. conditioner
II - Put the words given in the box to the correct column according to the pronunciation of the underlined letter.
locate love poverty automated money

explosion flop prohibitive company metro
gridlocked consist hover slogan recognise
other control fossil hydro become
/ɒ/ /ʌ/ /ə/ /əʊ/
E.g.: poverty /ˈpɒvəti/
III - Put the words given in the box to the correct row according to the pronunciation of the underlined letter.
organise warm poverty salt block
shock support concentrate goggle water
/ɒ/
/ɔː/
PRACTICE :VOCABULARY
Food:
bread Cheese Rice Butter
Honey Jam Sausage Meat
Chicken Pork Beef Fish
Pizza Sandwich Soup Cookies
Turmeric Shrimp Crab Squid
Egg Chips Hamburger Chocolate
Drinks:
Coffee Tea Water Milk
coke Beer Orange juice lemonade

Adjectives :
1.Bitter Đắng 2.sweet Ngọt
3.sour Chua 4.salty Mặn
5.spicy Cay 6.tasty Ngon miệng
7.delicious Ngon 8.fragrant thơm
Verbs:
1.heat Hâm nóng 2.pour Đổ, rót
3.beat Đập 4.fold Gập
5.stir Đảo 6.steam Hầm, ninh
7. squeeze Ép 8.mix Trộn
9.chop Chặt 10.cut Cắt
11.fry Rán 12.grill Nướng
13. serve Phục vụ 14. add Thêm vào
Ex I: Choose a word that has a different sound in the part underlined
1. A. sweet B. beef C. cheese D. coffee
2. A. bored B. color C. short D. sport
3. A. uniform B. tutor C. fur D. music
4. A. salt B. pancake C. sandwich D. handmade
5. A. lemonade B. tasty C. vegetable D. paper
6. A. heat B. fear C. meat D. lean
7. A. fry B. windy C. salty D. spicy
8. A. chop B. top C. hop D. movie
9. A. banana B. fragrant C. apple D. tuna
10. A. drink B. stir C. milk D. grill
Ex II: Put the words in the correct column
horse, august, ball, water, autumn, daughter, born, walk
coffee, holiday, chocolate, lock, want, office, often, watch, forgot
/ɒ/ /ɔː/
Ex III: Match the picture with the word
sausage lemonade chocolate orange juice chicken crab
soup butter pork shrimp coffee cheese
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
9. 10. 11. 12.
Ex IV: Circle the best answer
1. a. hamburger 7. a. eggs
b. pizza b. lemon
c. cookies c. cookies
d. hot dogs d. chips
2. a. water 8. a. salad
b. milk b. soup
c. coffee c. ice cream
d. beer d. jam
3. a. banana 9. a. sandwich
b. apple b. sausage
c. orange c. butter
d. pear d. beef
4. a. water 10. a. fish
b. milk b. shrimp
c. tea c. crab
d. wine d. quid
5. a. yoghurt 11. a. pizza
b. chocolate b. rice
c. jam c. soup
d. honey d. fish
6. a. beer 12. a. bread
b. lemonade b. sandwich
c. orange juice c. hamburger
d. water d. cookies
Ex V: Odd one out
1. A. beef B. pork C. chicken D. lemonade
2. A. orange juice B. milk C. eel soup D. coffee
3. A. green tea B. noodle C. chocolate D. sandwich
4. A. shrimp B. butter C. crab D. squid
5. A. pizza B. bread C. turmeric D. hamburger
Ex VI: Put the word in the correct column

noodles, tofu, lemonade, meat, milk, shrimp, beef, green tea, egg, bread, orange juice, vegetable, soup, mineral water, apple, pork, coffee
Food Drinks
Ex VII: Complete the instructions with the verbs in the box
stir beat fold mix
boil pour fry heat
1…………..the rice so that it gets the right 2…………….water in the bottler into a 3……..…..the food in the bowl 4………………the milk so that it is warm
heat. glass enough.
5……………the vegetable using hot water 6……………….the egg so that it 7………………the shrimp in a pan 8…………….the egg to make it smaller
in a pot breaks
Ex VIII: Match the phrases in column A with the nouns in column B
1.a loaf a. of chocolate
2.a packet b. meat
3.a bottle c. of bread
4.a tin d. of soup
5.a carton e. of water
6.a slice of f. of cigarettes
7.a bar g. of milk
8.a bowl h. of tuna
Ex IX: Put the word in the correct column
A slice of, noodle, sugar, a loaf of, hamburger, pepper, a carton of, a tin of, garlic, flour, soup, fried chicken, a bowl of, vinegar, salt,
spaghetti
Dishes Ingredients Measurement phrases

Ex X: Add more words to each list
1. Food: vegetable,……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Drinks: water,………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Ex XI: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
mix water pour tea
cartons dishes glass chocolate
1. Among many special ……………….of Vietnam, my foreign friend likes beef noodle the best.
2. First, …………………..the egg into the pan and cook for about three minutes.
3. You can …………………the meat with vegetables and a little pepper.
4. He gave me a bar of …….………………on Valentine’s Day.
5. There is orange juice, lemonade, milk, mineral………………., coffee and tea. Which kind of drinks do you prefer?
6. How many …………………..of milk do you want to buy, mother?
7. I make him a …………….of lemonade because he feels so hot today.
8. This morning, I didn’t have a cup of …………………as usual.
Ex XII: Choose the correct form of the word provided
1. I can’t eat this dish. It is too ……………………SALT
2. Put the ………….…………into the pan and cook it for about half an hour. MIX
3. The mother has to ………………….the milk because it’s cold. HOT
4. Her father is a …………………….He can play many musical instruments very well. MUSIC
5. We all love our …………………….food of instant noodles for our breakfast in the morning. TRADITION
6. A funny man or woman in a film is a ……………………COMEDY
7. Why does he look so …………………….? SADNESS
8. In order to perform ……………., you have to practice a lot. SUCCESS
Ex XIII: Solve the crossword puzzle
ACROSS
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
DOWN
7. 8. 9.
1 9
7/2
3
1. The person who writes poems is called a ………………..POEM
2. My hobbies are taking photos and ……………………..old stamps. COLLECT
3. She doesn’t want to share her …………………problems with anybody. PERSON
4. Paintings and …………………..not the same. They are quite different. DRAW
5. Is he a famous …………………..in your country? COMPOSE
6. To perform ………………………., the children have to practice the play many times. SUCCESSFUL
7. Old people enjoy traditional, …………………..or country music. CLASSIC
8. His father is a good …………………..and he can play some musical instruments. PIANO
9. Learning music helps students achieve higher results in Maths and ………………..READ
10. This traffic sign prevents people from ………………….freely along the street. PASS
1. I usually …………………….bread, egg and milk for breakfast.
A. use B. have C. do D. take
2. How many ……………………of milk does your mother want?
A. cartons B. packets C. boxes D. loaves
3. She prepares a cheese sandwich and two ………………..in her bag.
A. coffee B. jam C. apples D. sugar
4. How much…………………is there in the bottle?
A. bananas B. bread C. water D. yoghurt
5. Among many special …………………in Ha Noi, instant noodle is the most popular.
A. fruit B. vegetables C. food D. dishes
6. Put the omelette on a plate and ……………….it with some vegetables.
A. serve B. have C. cook D. give
7. First, put some water in a pot and …………..it until it boils.
A. fry B. heat C. chop D. stir
8. Last Sunday, my father ……………….fishing but he didn’t catch any fish.
A. had B. did C. went D. took
9. People in my country often have three…………………a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner.
A. meals B. parts C. kinds D. forms
10. They often have rice with ………………vegetables and a lot of seafood or various kinds of meat.
A. old B. new C. cheap D. fresh
PRACTICE: SKILLS
KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
BUN CHA
• Pho might be Vietnam’s most famous dish, but bun cha is the top choice when it comes to lunchtime in the capital.
• Just look for the clouds of meaty smoke after 11 a.m. when street-side restaurants start grilling up small balls of seasoned pork and slices of marinated pork belly over a
charcoal fire.
• Once they’re charred and crispy the pieces of pork are served with a large bowl of a fish sauce-heavy broth, a basket of herbs and a helping of rice noodles.
I - Read the passage and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False (F).
Bun cha became an international attention overnight after US President Barack Obama and celebrity chef Anthony Bourdain were pictured eating the dish together in Hanoi. Their choice of this
dish is now surprise as bun cha originated from the Old Quarter in Hanoi and has been one of the city’s signature dishes for hundreds of years. What makes this dish special is the intense
preparation involved in making it; minced pork must be marinated overnight to fully absorb the flavor of herbs and shaped into balls, keeping attention to make sure the meat is tender and juicy.
The sauce is what makes the dish spectacular; a good sauce will give a balance between the sweetness of the meat and the saltiness of the fish sauce. The Hanoi traditional dish is served only at
lunchtime and comes with rice vermicelli, fresh vegies and herbs such as basils, coriander.
1. Bun cha has become more well-known since President Barack Obama’s visit. 
2. Bun cha has been a specialty of Hanoi for years. 
3. Minced pork shouldn’t be marinated in advance to keep it fresh. 
4. The sauce is an important thing to make Bun cha more special. 
5. Tourists can always find a place which serves this traditional dish at any time in a day. 
II - Read the passage and answer the following questions.
Egg coffee, called Cà Phê Trứng in Vietnamese, was first invented by Nguyen Giang in 1946. There was a shortage of milk in Hanoi due to the French War. Mr. Nguyen creatively began adding
whisked eggs to his coffee instead.
The original version was a bit, well, eggy. But over time the recipe was modified with the addition of sugar, condensed milk, and even Laughing Cow cheese. No one knows the recipe for sure
since it’s a secret recipe. These days Egg Coffee is a staple of Hanoi coffee culture and a must-try while in Hanoi!
What does it taste like? Well it’s incredibly thick and rich and creamy. Closer to a dessert than a beverage. Liquid tiramisu is the most accurate description we’ve heard.
Nguyen Giang still has a café where you can try his famous recipe, or you can grab a cup of Egg Coffee at dozens of coffee shops all over Hanoi.
1. Who invented egg coffee?
_____________________________________
2. Why did Nguyen Giang add whisked eggs to his coffee?
_____________________________________
3. What is the recipe to make egg coffee nowadays?
_____________________________________
4. What does egg coffee taste like?
_____________________________________
5. Where can we buy this type of coffee?
_____________________________________
Exer 1.Listen and decide if each statement is true (T) or false (F) or not given (NG). (Track 09)
No. Statements T/F/NG
1. Fruits and vegetables are near the entrances.
2. People buy more bread because bread is good for health
3. Near the checkout, there are many bags of sugar.
4. There are many candies in the bakery section.
5. Vegetables and fruits make people thing that all items are fresh.
6. They do not sell magazines in the supermarket.
7. The bags of sugar are near the bags of rice.

8. Bread smell makes people hungry.
Exerc 2.Listen and choose the best option to complete the sentence. (Track 10)
1. Which came first in the world?
A. Chicken B. Egg
C. Hens D. No answer
2. How long have people argued for the question which came first, the chicken or the egg?
A. For many years B. For many months
C. For many days D. For many decades
3. What birds lay eggs?
A. Male birds B. Female birds
C. Newly-born bird D. All of the birds
4. What kinds of egg do people eat much in Canada?
A. Pigeon egg B. Duck egg
C. Chicken egg D. Ostrich egg
5. How heavy is a ostrich egg?
A. 1 kg B.1.5 kg
C. 2 kg D.No answer
6. What is inside a normal egg?
A. Yolk B.White
C. Chicken D.Yolk and white
7. How does the white change when it is boiled?
A. It turns white. B. It turns black.
C. It turns to the yolk. D. It does not change.
8. What is correct?
A. Eggs are harmful to health. B. Eggs are delicious.
C. Eggs are good for health. D. Eggs are terrible.
Talk about the your favourite Vietnamese food.
• What is that Vietnamese food?
• What are the ingredients?
• When do people eat this food?
Useful languages:
• noodle soup, steamed rice cake, Chung cake, spring rolls • Vietnam has so many...and my favourite one is...
• beef, rice powder, pork, vermicelli • People can eat...at..., but...
• breakfast, any occasion, Tet holiday, family reunion • We can eat this food at/in...
• Its ingredients include...
• ...is made from...
• can be made with...
•... is prepared by...
•... makes the food...
• ...give the taste of...
• I like...very much, and I often eat it...
Complete the notes:
What is that Vietnamese food? __________________________________________

__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are the ingredients? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
When do people eat this food? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. Vietnam has so many...and my favourite one is...
2. People can eat...at..., but...
3. Its ingredients include...
4. ...is made from...
5. ... is prepared by...
6. ... makes the food...
7. I like...very much, and I often eat it...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
 answer all the questions in the task?
 give some details to each main point?
 speak slowly and fluently with only some hesitation?
 use vocabulary wide enough to talk about the topic?
 use various sentence structures (simple, compound, complex) accurately?
 pronounce correctly (vowels, consonants, stress, intonation)?
Let’s compare!
1. There/ be/ many/ tasty drink/ Vietnam/ like/ fresh coconut/ sugar cane juice.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. These drinks/ be/ cool/ it/ be/ good/ drink/ hot days.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. It/ be/ also easy/ make/ these drinks/ coconut/ sugar cane.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. cool/ tasty flavour/ make/ drinkers/ refresh quickly.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Many people/ drink/ coconut/ sugar cane juice/ regularly.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60 - 80 words) about your favourite Vietnamese drink. You can use the following questions as cues:
• What is your favourite drink?
• What are the ingredients?
• When do you drink it?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 6: A VISIT TO A SCHOOL ( TEACHER’S FILE)
VOCABULARY
build /bɪld/ (v) : xây dựng
consider /kənˈsɪdə(r)/ (v) : coi như
consist of / kən'sist əv / (v) : bao hàm/gồm
construct /kənˈstrʌkt/ (v) : xây dựng
doctor’s stone tablet / 'dɒktərz stəʊn 'tæblət /
(n): bia tiến sĩ
erect /ɪˈrekt/ (v) : xây dựng lên, dựng lên
found /faʊnd/ (v): thành lập
grow /ɡrəʊ/ (v) : trồng, mọc
Imperial Academy / ɪm'pɪəriəl ə'kædəmi / (n) : Quốc Tử Giám
Khue Van Pavilion / 'pəvɪljən / (n) : Khuê Văn Các
locate /ləʊˈkeɪt/ (v) : đóng, đặt, để ở một vị trí
pagoda /pəˈɡəʊdə/ (n) : chùa
recognize /ˈrekəɡnaɪz/ (v) : chấp nhận, thừa nhận
regard /rɪˈɡɑːd/ (v) : đánh giá
relic /ˈrelɪk/ (n) : di tích
site /saɪt/ (n) : địa điểm
statue /ˈstætʃuː/ (n) : tượng
surround /səˈraʊnd/ (v): bao quanh, vây quanh
take care of / teɪ keər əv / (v) : trông nom, chăm sóc
Temple of Literature / ’templ əv 'lɪtərɪtʃə / (n) : Văn Miếu
World Heritage / wɜːld 'herɪtɪdʒ / (n) : Di sản thế giới
TỪ VỰNG MỞ RỘNG
A. SCHOOLS
primary school : Trường tiểu học
Nursery school : Trường mầm non
Kindergarten : Trường mẫu giáo
Junior high school : Trường trung học cơ sở
High school : Trường trung học phổ thông
Service education : Tại chức (hệ vừa học vừa làm)
Junior colleges : Trường đắt đẳng
College : /ˈkɒlɪdʒ/ – Trường đắt đẳng
Private school : Trường tư thục
State school : Trường công lập
Boarding school : Trường nội trú
Day school : Trường bán trú
English school : Trường anh ngữ

Language school : Trường ngoại ngữ
Sixth-form Colloge: Trường đắt đẳng (Trường tư)
Technical College: Trường đắt đẳng kỹ càng thuật
Vocational College: Trường đắt đẳng nghề
Art College: Cao đẳng nghệ thuật
Teacher Traning College: Trường đắt đẳng sư phạm
University: /juːnɪˈvɜːsətiː/ – Đại học
B: TỪ VỰNG TIẾNG ANH VỀ CHỨC VỤ
President/ rector/ principal/ school head/headmaster/ headmistress : Hiệu trưởng
Assistant principals: Hiệu phó
Teacher : /tiːtʃə(r)/ – Giáo viên, giảng viên
Monitor: /’mɒnɪtə(ɹ)/ – Lớp trưởng
Secretary: /ˈsɛk.ɹəˌtə.ɹi/ – Bí thư
Student : /stjuːd(ə)nt/ – Sinh viên
Head boy: Nam sinh đại diện trường
Head girl: Nữ sinh đại diện trường
School governor hoặc governor: Ủy viên hội đồng quản trị trường
Head teacher: Giáo viên chủ nhiệm
C: TỪ VỰNG TIẾNG ANH THIẾT BỊ NHÀ TRƯỜNG
Register: /ˈɹɛdʒ.ɪst.ɜː(ɹ)/ – Sổ điểm danh
Desk: Bàn học
Black board: Bảng đen
White board: Bảng trắng
Chalk: /ʧɑk/ – Phấn
Marker pen hoặc marker: Bút viết bảng
Pen: /pɛn/ – Bút
Pencil: /pɛnsəl/ – Bút chì
Exercise book: Sách bài tập
Course book, textbook, teaching materials: Giáo trình
Lesson plan : Giáo án
Subject : / ˈsʌbdʒɪkt/ – Môn học
Lesson / Unit : /ˈlɛs(ə)n/ – /juːnɪt/ – Bài học
Exercise / Task / Activity : /ˈɛk.sɚ.saɪz/ – /tæsk/ – /ækˈtɪvətɪ/ – Bài tập
Homework / Home assignment : Bài tập về nhà
Academic transcript / Grading schedule / Results certificate : Bảng điểm
Qualification : /kwɒlɪfɪˈkeɪʃən/ – Bằng cấp
Certificate : /sərˈtɪfɪkət/ – Bằng, chứng chỉ
Research report / Paper / Article : Thống kê khoa học
Credit mania / Credit-driven practice : Bệnh thành tích
Develop : /dəˈvɛləp/ – Biên soạn (giáo trình)
Drop-outs : Học sinh cất học
Pupil : /pjuːpəl/ – Học sinh trường tiểu học
School fees : Học phí
School term : Học kỳ
School trip : Chuyến đi chơi do trường doanh nghiệp
Be the victim/target of bullying: Nạn nhân của bạo hành tại trường học
School uniform : Đồng phục học sinh
school holidays : Nghỉ lễ
School meals : Bữa ăn tại trường
School dinners: Bữa ăn tối tại trường
Term: /tɜːm/ – Kỳ học
Half term: Nửa kỳ học
Assembly: /əˈsɛmb.lɪi/ – Chào cờ/buổi quy tụ
Break: /bɹeɪk/ – Giờ giải lao
D: TỪ VỰNG TIẾNG ANH VỀ PHÒNG BAN
Class: /klɑːs/ – Lớp
Classroom : /ˈklaːsruːm/ – Phòng học
Computer room: Phòng máy tính
WC ( Water Closet ): Nhà vệ sinh
Changing room: Phòng thay đồ
Gym (viết tắt của gymnasium): /ʤɪm/ – Phòng thể dục
Playground: /´plei¸graund/ – Sân chơi
Library: /ˈlaɪbɹəɹɪ/ – Thư viện
Lecture hall: Giảng đường
Laboratory (thường viết tắt là lab): /ləˈbɔɹətɹi/ – Phòng thí nghiệm
Language lab (viết tắt của language laboratory): Phòng học tiếng
Hall of residence: Ký túc xá
Locker: /lɒkə(r)/ – Tủ đồ
Playing field: Sân vận động
Sports hall: Hội trường chơi thể thao
E: TỪ VỰNG TIẾNG ANH BẬC ĐẠI HỌC
Professor: /pɹəˈfɛsə/ – Giáo sư
Lecturer: /ˈlɛktʃərər/ – Giảng viên
Researcher: ri´sə:tʃə/ – Nhà phân tích
Research: / ri’sз:tʃ/ – Nghiên cứu
Undergraduate: /, ʌndərˈgrædʒuɪt/ – Cấp đại học
Graduate: /ˈɡrædʒueɪt/ – Sau đại học
Post-graduate / post-graduate student: Sau đại học
Masters student: Học viên đắt học
PhD student: Nghiên cứu sinh
Master’s degree: Bằng đắt học
Bachelor’s degree: Bằng cử nhân
Degree: /dɪˈɡɹiː/ – Bằng cấp
Thesis: /ˈθiːsɪs/ – Luận văn
Dissertation: /ˌdɪsəˈteɪʃən/ – Luận văn
Lecture: /ˈlɛk.tʃə/ – Bài giảng
Debate: /dɪˈbeɪt/ – Buổi tranh cãi
Higher education: Giáo dục đại học
Semester: /sɪˈmɛstɚ/ – Kỳ học
Student loan: Khoản mượn cho sinh viên
Student union: Hội sinh viên
Tuition fees : Học phí
University campus: Khuôn viên trường đại học

F: TỪ VỰNG CHỦ ĐỀ MÔN HỌC
Art : /ɑːt/ -Nghệ thuật
Classics : Văn hóa cổ điển (thời Hy Lạp và La Mã)
Drama : /drɑː.mə/ – Kịch
Fine art : Mỹ thuật
History of art: Lịch sử nghệ thuật
History : /ˈhɪstri/ – Lịch sử
Literature : /ˈlɪt.ɚ.ɪ.tʃɚ/ – Văn học
Modern languages : Ngôn ngữ hiện đại
Music : /ˈmjuːzɪk/ – Âm nhạc
Philosophy : /fɪlˈɒsəfi/ – Triết học
Theology : /θi.ˈɑ.lə.dʒi/ – Thần học
Astronomy : /əˈstɹɑnəˌmi/ – Thiên văn học
Biology : /baɪˈɒlədʒi/ – Sinh học
Chemistry : /ˈkɛm.ɪ.stri/ – Hóa học
Computer science : Tin học
Dentistry : /dentɪstrɪ;/ – Nha khoa học
Engineering : /ˌen.dʒɪˈnɪə.rɪŋ/ – Kỹ thuật
Geology : /dʒiːɑlədʒɪ/ – Địa chất học
Medicine : /ˈmɛd.sən/ – Y học
Physics : /ˈfɪz.ɪks/ – Vật lý
Science : /ˈsaɪɛns/ – Khoa học
GRAMMAR -PREPOSITION
Giới từ là gì?
Trong ngữ pháp, giới từ (preposition) là những từ chỉ thời gian, vị trí… chỉ sự liên quan giữa các từ khác trong cụm, trong câu văn. Giới từ được sử dụng trong câu với vai trò gắn kết các từ,
cụm từ để giúp bạn hiểu rõ hơn câu văn, ngữ cảnh.
Ví dụ: I was born in 2000: Tôi được sinh ra vào năm 2000
Câu này có giới từ là in, và bạn không thể bỏ từ này đi được nếu muốn câu có nghĩa đúng.
Vị trí của Giới từ
Trước danh từ, ví dụ: at present, by car, for sale,…
Vài trường hợp có mạo từ ở giữa: in a hurry, at the front,…
Sau danh từ, ví dụ: reason for…, belief in…, effect on…
Sau tính từ, ví dụ: afraid of, identical to, different from, …
Sau động từ, think of, forget about, pull out,…
Giới từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn trong tiếng Anh
Các giới từ thường gặp
– At: vào lúc (thường đi với giờ) – I get up at 6.00
– On: vào (thường đi với ngày) – The book on the table
– In: vào (thường đi với tháng, năm, mùa, thế kỷ) – On my birthday, on Saturday
1) Giới từ chỉ thời gian:
– Before: trước – Before my mother came home, my father had watered all the plants in the garden
– After: sau – After David had gone home, we arrived
– During: (trong khoảng) đi với danh từ chỉ thời gian – I fell asleep during the film
2) Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn: -AT: Được sử dụng khi có – Một điểm: at the beginning, at the end, at the top, at the bottom, … – Một điểm dừng chân tạm thời: at the bus stop, hotel,
airport, party, …
-ON: Được sử dụng khi có: – Sự tiếp xúc bề mặt: on the table, on the wall, on the page, on Earth, … – Phương tiện chở khách hàng chục người trở lên: on
bus, on plane, train, airport, ….
-IN: – Sử dụng giới từ in khi danh từ phía sau là không gian 3 chiều bao phủ danh từ phía trước: VD: in the room, in a box, in a wallet, in the garden, in the
city, in the world, ….
Thơ về giới từ chỉ thời gian
bài thơ về giới từ chỉ thời gian nhằm giúp những bạn nhanh thuộc bài hơn, hãy cùng tham khảo nhé
“ IN ” năm, “ IN ” tháng, “ IN ” mùa
Sáng, chiều, và tối thì vừa ba “ IN ”
Đổi giờ lấy “ AT ” làm tin
Tính ngày, tính thứ phải rinh đến “ ON ”
Chính trưa, đêm tối hỏi dồn
Xin thưa “ AT ” đúng hoàn toàn cả hai
Còn như ngày tháng thêm dài
Thì “ ON ” đặt trước không sai chỗ nào
Quy tắc hình tam giác trong giới từ
Quy tắc hình tam giác được biết tới như là 1 quy tắc giúp ghi nhớ cách dùng giới từ in, on, at và cách sử dụng của chúng.
Ba giới từ chỉ thời gian, vị trí “in”, “on”, “at” rất dễ gây nhầm lẫn. Quy tắc hình phễu được khá nhiều người sử dụng để giúp bạn giải quyết vấn đề này. Tưởng tượng cách sử dụng “in”,”on”,
“at” như một tam giác ngược, hoặc chiếc phếu. Chiếc phễu này lọc dần các cụm từ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm với quy tắc giảm dần mức độ chung chung, tăng dần mức độ cụ thể.
GIẢI THÍCH QUY TẮC HÌNH TAM GIÁC TRONG GIỚI TỪ
 In
To nhất của phễu là giành cho giới từ in – chỉ những thứ lớn nhất, chung chung nhất. Với thời gian, “in” dùng trước những từ chỉ thời gian khái quát nhất như “century” (thế kỷ) cho đến “week”
(tuần).
Ví dụ: in the 20th century, in the 1980’s, in March, in the third week of April, in the future.
Ngoại lệ: in + buổi: in the morning, in the evening, in the afternoon
Về địa điểm, “in” dùng cho những địa điểm lớn như country (quốc gia), cho đến village, neighborhoods (làng, vùng).
Ví dụ: In the United States, in Miami, in my neighborhood. “In” dùng thời gian từ chung nhất cho đến week (tuần), địa điểm từ chung nhất cho đến thị trấn, làng xóm ngoại trừ in the morning,
afternoon, evening.
 On
Phần giữa của phễu giành cho “on”, tương ứng với địa điểm cụ thể hơn, thời gian chi tiết hơn so với “”in”. Về thời gian, “on” dùng cho ngày cụ thể, hoặc một dịp nào đó.
Ví dụ: on my birthday, on Saturday, on the weekend (United States), on June 8th.
Ngoại lệ: on my lunch break. Về địa điểm, “on” dùng cho một vùng tương đối dài, rộng như đường phố, bãi biển…
Ví dụ: on Broadway Street, on the beach, on my street.
 At
Phần chóp phễu, tương ứng với thời gian địa điểm cụ thể nhất, giành cho giới từ “at”. Về thời gian, “at” dùng cho mốc thời gian cụ thể, thời điểm, khoảnh khắc.
Ví dụ: at 9:00 PM, at lunch, at dinner, at the start of the party, at sunrise, at the start of the movie, at the moment.
Ngoại lệ: at night. Về địa điểm, “at” dùng cho địa chỉ, địa điểm cụ thể.
Ví dụ: at 345 broadway street, at the store, at my house. Như vậy, cách dùng giới từ về thời gian, địa điểm của ba giới từ “in”, “on”, “at” tuân theo quy tắc hình phễu, ngoại trừ một vài ngoại lệ
như trên.
PRACTICE
Bài tập về Giới từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn
Exercise 1: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất.
1.Her next birthday will be _______ Monday.
A.in B. on C. at D. by
2. My family must leave ________ a few minutes.
A.in B.at C.on D.since
3. We’re getting married ________ three month’s time.
A.onB.at C.for D.in
4. He often eats bread _______ lunch.
A.onB.by C.in D.at
5.It arrives_________ New York at ten o’clock.
A.at B.in C.near D.on
6. Kim usually works _______ the weekend.
A.onB.at C.for D.above
7. The 12.00 train left _______ time.
A.onB.in C.for D.near
8. Nam want to get home ______ time to see my parents.
A.onB.at C.for D.in
9. Do you go to school _____ Sundays?
A.onB.in C.by D.with
10. Phong’s not home ______ present.
A.onB.at C.near D.in
11. Wind couldn’t decide where to go for his birthday. ______ the end, he decided to go to Korea.
A.with B.on C.at D.in
12. His father was born _____ 1963.
A.onB.at C.in D.among
13. Mr.Jun will meet me at the restaurant _______ 8 o’clock.
A.onB.at C.for D.in

14. Lin’s grandmother is _______ hospital.
A.onB.at C.for D.in
15. Hoa works _____ PCC.
A.onB.at C.for D.in
Exercise 2: Điền các giới từ in, on, at vào các câu sau:
1.Will she be home _____ time for lunch?
2. The week will begin _____ Sunday.
3. They got to the station just _____ time to catch the train.
4. Thy left school ______ the end of 15.
5. This restaurant will close _____ midnight.
Exercise 3: Tìm và sửa lỗi sai trong các câu dưới đây:
1. Lan wants to live and work on Japan.
2. Hung’s birthday is in 2nd of July.
3. We will arrive in Saigon on 9 a.m.
4. This cat jumped in his face and scared me.
5. It is his birthday in the 22nd.
PRACTICE 2
I) Fill in the missing prepositions:
1. I shall meet you _____ the corner _____ the street.
2. I always come _____ school _____ foot.
3. It never snows here _____ Christmas.
4. The country looks beautiful _____ spring.
5. I can see you _____ Monday.
6. I live _____ the country, but she lives _____ the seaside.
7. Have you any money _____ you?
8. He always come _____ bus.
9. I don't like getting up _____ the morning.
10. He had learned the whole poem _____ heart.
11. This book is _____ Dickens.
12. Is Miss Smith _____ home?
13. I have breakfast _____ 7:30 every morning.
14. Can you translate that _____ German?
15. My birthday is _____ May 5th.
16. My birthday is _____ the 5th.
17. They come _____ the room.
18. I like swimming _____ Summer.
19. We get a lot of rain _____ November.
20. He never comes _____ time for the class.
21. I'm very busy _____ present.
22. I have no time _____ the moment.
23. He was standing _____ the middle of the room.
24. Please write your name _____ the top of the page.
25. There is vocabulary _____ the end of the book.
26. I shall see her _____ the beginning of the week.
27. What would that be _____ German?
28. _____ my opinion, it is a very good book.
29. She is _____ the garden.

30. We are going _____ the theatre this evening.
31. The train arrives _____ Victoria station _____ 4: 30.
32. Please tell me _____ once.
33. I waited for half an hour, and _____ last the came.
34. The book is _____ the table.
35. He is sitting _____ an armchair.
36. The picture is _____ the wall.
37. I put my hands _____ my pockets.
38. She is drinking _____ a cup.
39. She took ten shillings _____ her bag.
40. For the last few days I haven't been able to sleep _____ night.
41. She always agree _____ everything he says.
42. Are you acquainted _____ the lady?
43. You will soon get accustomed _____ English cooking.
44. She is very angry _____ me.
45. I apologize _____ keeping you waiting.
46. The dog begged _____ a piece of cake.
47. Does this belong _____ you?
48. She is always borrow money _____ me.
49. My cat is very fond _____ fish.
50. I'm very grateful _____ her _____ her help.
51. The room was full _____ people.
52. I'm quiet different _____ her.
53. She insists _____ coming.
54. He is quiet incapable _____ such a thing.
55. I should like to be independent _____ everyone.
56. May I introduce you _____ Miss Brown?
57. I'm afraid _____ this dog.
58. Are you interested _____ literature?
59. She is very jealous _____ her sister.
60. Won't you joint _____ the game?
61. Clean air provides us _____ a health supply of oxygen.
62. I'm very sorry _____ what I have dne.
63. His son succeeded _____ the throne.
64. My hat is quite similar _____ yours.
65. I'm tired _____ waiting for her.
66. I'm so worried _____ my sister who is ill.
67. It is very bad _____ you to eat so quickly.
68. I'm not good _____ tennis.
69. My birthday is _____ the first _____ the month.
70. This will come in very useful _____ her .
71. Out _____ sight, out _____ mind.
72. The sun rises _____ the east, and sets _____ the west.
73. Were your friends successful _____ getting a loan from the bank.
74. I'm sure the explanation in the book will be quite clear _____ you.
75. Miss White was upset _____ the news of her father's death.
76. I'm not familiar _____ his name.

77. We were very grateful _____ our friends _____ all of their assistance.
78. Don't you think you should try to be friendly _____ your classmates?
79. Mr Green is responsible _____ hiring employees.
80. That type of music is quite popular _____ teenage boys and girls.
81. My daily expenses are just about equal _____ my income.
82. Fred is capable _____ doing better work than he is doing at present.
83. We were very doubtful _____ his ability.
84. Ken was proud _____ his good marks on English.
85. My plan is similar _____ yours, but it is different _____ Ken's.
86. Piere said he had become quite fond _____ American hamburgers.
87. We are still hopeful _____ hearing from our friends before Saturday.
88. That fashion magazine is full _____ advertising for women's clothes.
89. This gloves aren't very suitable _____ that kind of work.
90. They were happy _____ the results of the election.
91. It was certainly kind _____ you to help me.
92. Mrs. Brown is often worried _____ money.
93. Her parents are very pleased _____ her French.
94. I'm not interested _____ politics.
95. She was sad because he was rude _____ her.
96. She was angry _____ Tom.
97. Traveling by air is preferable _____ traveling by train.
98. Thank you. You are kind _____ me.
99. Everybody was surprised _____ the news.
100. I was delighted _____ the present you gave me.
PRACTICE – VOCABULARY AND PRONUNCIATION
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
1. PHỤ ÂM /tʃ/
* church /tʃɜːtʃ/ n. (nhà thờ)
* armchair /ˈɑːmtʃeə(r)/ n. (ghế bành)
2. PHỤ ÂM /dʒ/
* jam /dʒæm/ n. mứt
* message /ˈmesɪdʒ/ n. tin nhắn
PRACTICE
I - Make words with the sound /tʃ/ and /dʒ/. Then read them aloud
1. cheap 6. -ob
2. --ildren 7. -uice
/tʃ/ 3. ques--on /dʒ/ 8. oran--
4. architec--re re 9. -ym
5. wat-- 10. --ant
II - Put the following words into the correct columns according to the pronunciation of the underlined parts.
teacher village cultural heritage jeans luggage
engineer nature cherry jam chicken engine
achievement researcher challenger approach suggestion average
imagine origin ginger region advantage
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
Teacher
III - Find the word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined.
E.g.: A. glorious B. great C. girlfriend D. giant
1. A. researcher B. challenger C. architect D. achievement
2. A. cheapness B. exchange C. approach D. brochure
3. A. tradition B. condition C. location D. suggestion
4. A. average B. heritage C. together D. advantage
5. A. engineer B. imagine C. origin D. beginner
6. A. children B. chemist C. anchor D. school
7. A. chicken B. cherry C. teacher D. machine
8. A. question B. nation C. option D. action
9. A. target B. village C. orange D. luggage
10. A. engine B. begin C. ginger D. region
VOCABLARY
Historical places:
Temple of literature Van Mieu Gate Thien Quang Tinh well Khue Van Pavilion
Doctor’s stone tablets The Huc bridge Hoan Kiem lake Huong pagoda
Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum Ba Dinh Square One pillar pagoda The Opera House
Ex I: Choose the word that has different sound in the underlined part
1. A. literature B. silent C. winter D. invite
2. A. temple B. tent C. lend D. because
3. A. clothes B. with C. think D. tooth
4. A. wanted B. needed C. acted D. stopped
5. A. cube B. umbrella C. tuna D. pupil
6. A. advice B. about C. garden D. camera
7. A. chorus B. chalk C. chicken D. cheese
Ex II: Label the picture
chicken, match, rich, bridge, church, jeans, lunch, joke, chair, orange, jungle, agency, choose, arrange, furniture, stage, jam
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
Ex III: Label the picture
Van Mieu Gate The Huc bridge Doctor’s stone tablets Thien Quang Tinh Well
One pillar pagoda Khue Van Pavilion The Opera House Hoan Kiem lake
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex IV: Read the passage and put the word in the correct column
Richard was a soldier. He joined the army in March, right after his birthday. He liked to make jokes, watch movies and listen to jazz. His friend Charlie and he spent their days off in a local bar.
They were all real gentlemen and always tried to help the elderly, women and children whenever they had a chance. The two of them also enjoyed teaching Japanese to junior high school children
when they were off duty.
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
Ex V: Choose the correct form of the word
1. They sell tickets to …………………..at the gate of the site. TOURISM
2. Tourists can see many …………………………Cham Towers in Binh Dinh province. BEAUTY
3. Tan Ky House in Hoi An was…………………………two centuries ago. BUILD
4. He is one of the most ………………………teachers in our school. FAME
5. What is the ………………….of this river, Jack? LONG
6. The book is used to …………………….young men for the nation. EDUCATION
7. Many foreign and Vietnamese tourists …………………..the Temple of Literature each year. VISITOR
Ex VI: Odd one out
1. A. temple B. pagoda C. mausoleum D. culture
2. A. century B. television C. mobile phone D. camera
3. A. interesting B. beautiful C. university D. historic
4. A. literature B. architect C. geography D. physics
5. A. tourist B. gardener C. visitor D. cinema
6. A. heritage B. wall C. roof D. floor
7. A. importantB. careful C. transport D. famous
8. A. motorbike B. helicopterC. ambulance D. local
Ex VII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
ranked located bikes famous
oldest supported market world
1. Our house is ………………….right in the center of the city.
2. Many kinds of fruit are sold at the floating ……………….in Can Tho.
3. I like to study in Havard because it is a ……………….university in the USA.
4. Oxford University is regarded as the ……………..university in the English speaking world.
5. The students are taught and ……………….by famous lecturers in many faculties and departments.
6. The university of Cambridge was ranked ……………after Havard in the United States of America.
7. It is the most prestigious institution of higher education in the ………………..
8. Where are the teachers’ motorbikes and students’ ………………..kept?
Ex VIII: Read the passage and fill each gap with a suitable word in the box
follow literature program independent
because methods serious century
1. The ………….…..provides a chance for students to bring their personal experiences to the classroom.
2. I love the subject ……………….it allows me to meet people with similar interests.
st
3. The author sold more than 50 million copies of in 20 languages by the end of the 21 ………………
4. My father taught English language and ……………..at a university in Germany two years ago.
5. There are many ……………….of learning and ways to help students improve their skills.
6. High school students have to ……………..the rules and obey their teachers.
7. University students are more stressed because their exams are …………….
8. They have to be more ……………………in the real world.
Ex IX: Use the correct form of the words given to complete the passage
Albert Einstein was one of the most famous (1. science)………..…….of all time. He developed the special and general theories of relativity and made many other (2. importance)……..
……………discoveries. He was born on in 1879 in Germany. His father was a (3. sale)…………..……and his mother was a housewife. Einstein had one elder sister. He didn’t like (4.study)
………………… in Munich. One teacher told him that he would never get anywhere. At this time, he became (5. interest)…..……..…….in classical music and he learnt to play the violin. He
finished his university (6. educate) ……..…….…..and found work in an office. In his free time, he continued studying physics. In 1921 he won the Nobel Prize for Physics. He died in 1955 in
New Jersey.
Ex X: Solve the crossword puzzle
1.The Golden ………………….of Ba Na Hills Resort is a famous tourist attraction in Vietnam.
2. Hoi An Ancient Town is a lovely little …….…… on the coast of Vietnam.
3. At university, students have to study many ……………….for four years.
4. Have you ever been to Huong …….………..? It is in Ha Tay province.
5. They grow a lot of trees and flowers inside the Temple of ……………….
Ex XI: Write the correct form of the word given
1. These records became ………………….and popular in the 1070s. SUCCESS
2. This library attracts a lot of ………………..in the area. READ
3. We decided not to go ………………….yesterday because it rained heavily. CAMP
4. You can turn the TV off because it didn’t work ………………PROPER
5. Do you have any …………………..oil for this dish? COOK
6. You can cook the egg ……………….into the fan and cook it for three minutes. MIX
7. Please pour the oil over high heat in a ………………pan. FRY
8. The Imperial Academy is …………………..the first university in Vietnam. CONSIDER
9. This is the most important ……………………..and historic site of our country. CULTURE
10.People ………………….a lot of beautiful flowers in Da Lat. GROWTH
Ex XII: Choose the best answer
1. Jim’s house is …………………..in the south of the city centre.
A. surrounded B. located C. supportedD. based
2. The students in this university are ……………..by famous lecturers and professors.
A. learnt B. played C. taken D. taught
3. Many kinds of fruits are ………………….at the floating market.

A. brought B. caught C. sold D. gave
4. The souvenirs and postcards inside this place are sold to tourists at a …………………..price by the shopkeeper than in other places.
A. higher B. low C. expensiveD. good
5. A new university will be ……………….in my town next June.
A. provided B. built C. bought D. had
6. Students in our university are very ……………and hard-working.
A. lazy B. careless C. impatient D. active
7. All the……………………… for the football match were sold out yesterday morning.
A. tickets B. cards C. bags D. flags
8. Havard university is the most ………………..university in the world.
A. noisy B. famous C. happy D. clean
9. Our university …………………….of over 30 faculties and departments.
A. has B. makes C. consists D. supports
10.The Imperial Academy is ……………….the first university in Vietnam.
A. considered B. worked C. based D. constructed
SKILLS
KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
THE TEMPLE OF LITERATURE
*The Temple of Literature or Temple of Culture is a Temple of Confucius in Hanoi, northern Vietnam.
* The temple hosts the Imperial Academy, Vietnam’s first national university. The temple was built in 1070 at the time of Emperor Ly Thanh Tong.
* It is one of several temples in Vietnam which is dedicated to Confucius, sages and scholars. The temple Is located to the south of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long.
* The various pavilions, halls, statues and stelae of doctors are places where offering ceremonies, study sessions and the strict exams of the Dai Viet took place.
THE IMPERIAL ACADEMY OF HUE
Under the reign of Emperor Gia Long, along with the construction of the Temple of Literature In the new capital, an Imperial Academy was built to replace the Imperial Academy in Thang Long.
By that time, the number of students was increasing each day, which required the expansion of the Academy. In 1821, an auditorium and three rows of houses for student residence were
additionally constructed. In 1825, yet another row of 20 apartments were added.
In 1908, in the reign of Duy Tan, the Imperial Academy was moved to its present-day site in the Forbidden City. The Imperial Academy consists of Di Luan Mansion, located in the center and
two rows of classrooms on either side. Behind the Academy stands the Tan Tho Museum (Imperial Fine Arts Museum) and the former houses of principals and vice-principals to either side. The
Imperial Academy, a historic and cultural vestige of remarkable value, is one of the two oldest tertiary training insitutions of the monarchist regime in our country.
(www. huefestival, com)
1. The Impreial Academy of Hue was built following Emperor Minh Mang’s order. 
2. As of 1826, the Imperial Academy had been renovated twice. 

3. There were accomodations for students inside the Academy.

4. In 1908, it was relocated into its modern-day location.

5. The Imperial Academy of Hue is the oldest tertiary training insitutions in Viet Nam.

II - Read the passage and fill in the blank ONE or TWO words to complete the statements.
Sprawling across an area of 54,000 square meters, the complex of the Temple of Literature comprises of Van lake, Giam park, and five interior courtyards. The authentic Vietnamese style
architecture of it resembles the temples in China, set in a perfectly preserved state.
The courtyards in the temple are edged with brick walls and each of these unfolds surprises for every history expert or a master of beauty and art. The first two courtyards are decorated with
perfectly manicured gardens posing against a backdrop of majestic landscapes. The third courtyard surrounds a large pond which was chris¬tened as the Well of Heavenly Clarity. The fourth
courtyard is marked by the statue of Confucius and a house of ceremonies, and finally, the fifth courtyard, famous as Thai Hoc, features a bell tower and a large drum.
1. The complex of the Temple of Literature_________an area of 54,000 square meters.
2. The authentic Vietnamese style_________is perfectly preserved.
3. Each of the courtyards in the temple unfolds_________for every master of beauty and art.
4. There is a large pond in the third courtyard, which was_________as the Well of Heavenly Clarity.
5. Thai Hoc that features a bell tower and a large drum is in the_________courtyard
1. Van Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam is located in Hanoi.
2. Van Mieu and Quoc Tu Giam were built at the same time.
3. Van Mieu is considered as the first university of Vietnam.
4. 10,000 talented people were trained in Quoc Tu Giam between from 1076 to 1779.
5. Since 1482, no people have been trained in Van Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam.
6. Van Mieu is a place to memorialize the most brilliant scholars of the nation.
7. Name of top students in local examinations were engraved on the stone stelae.
8. Visitors are attracted by the stelae carried on the backs of giant tortoises.
Van Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam is a historical and cultural (1) .................... of Vietnam, which attracts a great number of (2) .................... every year, Van Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam was originally built
by the (3) .................... in 1070 in Hanoi. Quoc Tu Giam was considered the first (4) .................... of Vietnam, which was established on the grounds of Van Mieu. (5) .................... used to take
place here and the first comers were honored by having their names carved on the (6) .................... These stelae were carried on the backs of (7) .................... , are still standing today and they
attract great interest from visitors.
After more than 900 years of existence, Van Mieu is an example of well-preserved traditional Vietnamese (8) .................... The banyan trees in Van Mieu, which witnessed festivals and
examinations during (9) .................... times, continue to flourish. Van Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam is a site of national (10) .................... for Vietnamese people.
Talk about a historical place in your hometown.
You can use the following questions as cues.
• What is the name and location of the place?
• When was it built?
• What are its attractions?
• What do people often do when visiting it?
Useful languages:
• Perfume pagoda, Hue Imperial City, Independence Palace, Notre- • ...is located in...
Dame cathedral • ...is in..., and it... Many people say that it...
• under the reign of, 19th century, 60 years ago, French colonial era • It actually consists of..., and...
• natural landscape, Meridian Gate, President’s Office, Virgin • There are..., and...
Mary statue • ... are natural beauty, for...
• religious festival, going sightseeing, taking pictures, praying • From...to..., thousands of people come there to...
Complete the notes:
What is the name and location of the place? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
When was it built? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are its attractions? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What do people often do when visiting it? __________________________________________

__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. The Perfume pagoda is located in...
2. Many people say that it...
3. It actually consists of..., and...
4. ...are natural beauty, for...
5. From...to..., thousands of people come there to...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. Thien Mu pagoda/ regard/ as/ symbol/ Hue city.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. Notre-Dame Cathedral of Saigon/ cathedral/ locate/ downtown/ Ho Chi Minh City.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. The Temple of Literature/ first/ build/ 1070/ and/ reconstruct/ during/ Tran dynasty.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. The Perfume pagoda/ huge/ complex/ Buddhist/ temples.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Hung/ King/ Temple/ Festival/ hold/ commemoration/ Kinh Duong Vuong.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write an e-mail (60-80 words) to a friend and remind him/ her about preparing for your next trip.
• Where do you plan to go?
• What should you and your friends bring along?
• Why do you need it?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 7: TRAFFIC (TEACHER’S FILE)

VOCABULARY
1. cycle (v) /saɪkl/: đạp xe
2. traffic jam (n) /'træfɪk dʒæm/: sự kẹt xe
3. park (v) /pɑ:k/: đỗ xe
4. pavement (n) /'peɪvmənt/: vỉa hè (cho người đi bộ)
5. railway station (n) /'reɪlwei ,steɪ∫n/: nhà ga xe lửa
6. safely (adv) /'seɪflɪ/: an toàn
7. safety (n) /'seɪftɪ/: sự an toàn
8. seatbelt (n) /'si:t'belt/: dây an toàn
9. traffic rule (n) /'træfIk ru:l/: luật giao thông
10. train (n) /treɪn/: tàu hỏa
11. roof (n) /ru:f/: nóc xe, mái nhà
12. illegal (adj) /ɪ'li:gl/: bất hợp pháp
13. reverse (n) /rɪˈvɜːs/: quay đầu xe
14. boat (n) /bəʊt/: con thuyền
15. ﬂy (v) /ﬂaɪ/: lái máy bay, đi trên máy bay
16. helicopter (n) /'helɪkɒptər/: máy bay trực thăng
17. triangle (n) /'traɪæŋɡl/: hình tam giác
18. vehicle (n) /'viɪkəl/: xe cộ, phương tiện giao thông
19. plane (n) /pleɪn/: máy bay
20. prohibitive (adj) /prə'hɪbɪtɪv/: cấm (không được làm)
21. road sign /rəʊd saɪn/: biển báo giao thông
22. ship (n) /ʃɪp/: tàu thủy
23. tricycle (n) /trɑɪsɪkəl/: xe đạp ba bánh
GRAMMAR
HỎI VÀ TRẢ LỜI VỀ KHOẢNG CÁCH ( ASK & ANSWER ABOUT DISTANCE)
Cách dùng “How far” là câu hỏi thường được dùng để hỏi về khoảng cách, quãng đường giữa 2 địa điểm.
Ta đặt “It” làm chủ ngữ trong câu để nói về khoảng cách.
Cấu trúc How far is it from A to B?
It is (about) + khoảng cách
Ví dụ How far is it from your house to Tan Son Nhat airport?
(Khoảng cách từ nhà bạn tới sân bay Tân Sơn Nhất bao xa?)
It’s about 200 km (Khoảng 200 km)
Lưu ý Trong câu trả lời về khoảng cách ta thường dùng “about” (khoảng chừng) khi không biết chính xác về khoảng cách đó.
PRACTICE 1
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. How far is it from your apartment (from/to) the city centre?
2. It is (at/ about) 1 kilometre.
3. It is not very (near/far) from my house to the post office. It is just 500 metres.
4. How far (is it/ it is) from your country to Japan?
5. How (far/ much) is it from your location to the train station?
6. My house is 2 kilometers (near/ far) from my grandparents’ bungalow.
7. How far (is it/ are they) from here to the local museum?
8. I think it is about 200 ( metres/ metre) from here to the nearest bus stop.
9. My school is not far (from/to) my house. I can walk to school every day.
10. How far is it (from/ at) your office to the supermarket?
Bài 2: Điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.

1. How_______ is it from your house to the city centre?
2. How far is it from this restaurant to the nearest __________? It is about 1 kilometer from this restaurant to the nearest bank?
3. How far__________it from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City?
4. It is about 5 kilometres from my house__________yours.
5. How far is_________from your company to your apartment?
6. It is __________3 kilometres.
7. How far is it from my school to yours? __________is about 8 kilometres
8. How far is it __________where you live to your company?
Bài 3: Dựa vào những câu trả lời cho trước, hãy viết câu hỏi về khoảng cách.
1. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 300 metres from here to the nearest post office.
2. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 3,900 kilometers from New York to California.
3. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 200 metres from my house to my family store.
4. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 4576.89 miles from Beijing to Berlin.
5. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 1 kilometer from my hotel to the beach.
6. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 500 metres from here to the place where I live.
7. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 200 kilometers from his hometown to the place where he lives now.
8. ______________________________________________________________?
It is just 200 metres from the park to the parking lot.
9. ______________________________________________________________?
It is approximately 4 kilometers from here to the airport.
10. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 60 kilometers from my parent’s house to mine
Bài 4: Đánh dấu (√ ) trước những câu trả lời đúng. Đánh dấu (X) trước những câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
_________ 1. How far is from your house to the nearest restaurant?
__________________________________________________________
_________ 2. It is at 2 kilometers from my house to La Villa French restaurant.
__________________________________________________________
_________ 3. How far is it from your university and my university?
__________________________________________________________
_________ 4. It is not far from my university to yours
__________________________________________________________
_________ 5. How far is it from here to our destination?
__________________________________________________________
_________ 6. How far it is from our school to the camp site?
__________________________________________________________
_________ 7. Its not far from our school to the camp site.
__________________________________________________________
_________ 8. How far is it at the train station to the nearest drugstore?
__________________________________________________________
Bài 5: Dựa vào gợi ý cho sẵn trong ngoặc, trả lời các câu hỏi về khoảng cách sau đây:
1. How far is it from your house to the gym? (300 metres)
__________________________________________________________
2. How far is it from where you live to where you work? (2 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________
3. How far is it from Hanoi to Hoi An? (about 800 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________
4. How far is it from from Earth to Mars? (about 34 miles)
__________________________________________________________
5. How far is it from Earth to the nearest star? (4.2 light-years)
__________________________________________________________
6. How far is it from North Pole to Equator? (about 100000 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________
GRAMMAR
1. Should (nên) và Shouldn't (không nên) dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên
Should là động từ khuyết thiếu, do đó nó không cần chia theo các ngôi và luôn cẩn một
động từ nguyên thể không "to" đi đằng sau
Thể Thể khẳng định +Thể phủ định Thể nghi vấn
Chức năng Dùng để diễn tả lời khuyên, hay ý nghĩ điều gì là đúng, nên làm hoặc không nên Dùng để hỏi ý kiến hay yêu cẩu một lời khuyên.
làm.
Cấu trúc s + should/ shouldn't + V + (các thành phần khác). Should + s + V + (các thành phẩn khác)?
Yes, s + should.
No, s + shouldn't.
Vi dụ We should brush our teeth twice a day. (Chúng ta nên đánh răng hai lẩn một Should we buy a new car?
ngày.) (Chúng ta có nên mua một chiếc ô tô mới không?)
We shouldn't waste water. Yes, we should.
(Chúng ta không nên lãng phí nước.) (Có, chúng ta nên mua.)
Bài 1: Đọc câu và điền should/shouldn't vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
1.Tom.........................eat so many lollipops. It's bad for his teeth.
2. He's fifteen. He........................ drive a car.
3. Pregnant women..............smoke as it can damage the baby.
4.We...................go somewhere exciting for our holiday.
5. People ...................drive fast in the town centre.
6. You ...................ask the teacher to help you if you don't understand the lesson.
7. I ...................buy the dress or the skirt?
8. She ...................tell lies.
9.That's a fantastic book. You...................read it
10. The doctot said: you ...................eat healthy food. You...................eat fast food.You
................... watch so much TV. You ................... walk 1 hour a day. You...................
drink fruit juice and water. You...................drink wine or beer.
11. You ................... be so selfish.
12. I don’t think you ................... smoke so much.
13. You................... exercise more.
14. I think I you ................... try to speak to her.
15. You are overweight. You ................... go on a diet.
16. Where................... we park our car?
17. You ................... never speak to your mother like this.
18. The kid ................... spend so much time in front of the TV.
19. ................... I tell her the truth or should I say nothing?
20. I think we................... reserve our holiday in advance.
Bài 2: Nối câu ở cột A (tình huâng) v6i cột B (lời khuyên) sao cho hạp lý.
Cột A Cột B
1. It's too far to walk. a. You should learn the language before you go.
2. Someone doesn't know which way to go. b. You should ask a policeman.
3. Someone is going to live overseas. c. You should wear an overcoat.
4. It's going to be a cold day. d. You should pay by cheque.
5. Someone is feeling hot and has a headache. e. You should call the police.
6. Someone has seen somebody breaking into a shop window. f. You should see a doctor.
7. Someone hasn't got any money with them. g. You should take a rest.
8. It's raining. h. You should take a taxi.
9. Someone has to get up early in the morning. i. You should set your alarm clock.
10. Someone is tired out. j. You should take an umbrella.
1........... 2........... 3........... 4........... 5...........
6........... 7........... 8........... 9........... 10...........
Bài 3: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chinh.
1. up/I / smoking/./ should/ give
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I/ not/?/ tell/ her/ or/ Should
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. think/should/I/take/you/easy/./ it
………………………………………………………………………………………
4.What/should/time/come/?/I
………………………………………………………………………………………
5.Jeff/ much/. /work/ so/ shouldn't

………………………………………………………………………………………
6.We/ our/ take/ should/ umbrellas/.
………………………………………………………………………………………
7.don't/ accept/ this/ Anita/ job/./ think /I /should
………………………………………………………………………………………
8.you/ should/ sure/ we/ Are/ it/?/ do
………………………………………………………………………………………
9.What /should/ is/ do/ home/, /go/ you
………………………………………………………………………………………
10.speak/ should/ think/ to/ Do/ police/?/ you/ the/I
………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 4: Dựa vào các gợi ý dưới đây để đưa ra lời khuyên cho mỗi tình huống sau.
Take medicine / take up swimming/ worry about it/ eat so much sweets/ do little jobs or go
babysitting/ ask your teacher to explain it again/ study harder/ watch too much television/ i
practice a lot/ get up earlier
1. We are often late for school.
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. My friends laugh at me because I don't have expensive clothes.
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My mother has a terrible headache.
………………………………………………………………………………………
4. don't understand how to give advice in English.
………………………………………………………………………………………
5.My brother gets very bad marks at school.
………………………………………………………………………………………
6.We're going to write a Maths test tomorrow.
………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My sister can’t swim and she wants to go to Greece next summer.
………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I always feel tired
………………………………………………………………………………………
9. My friends love eating and they're very fat.
………………………………………………………………………………………
1 0 . I want to buy some new clothes but I don't have any money.
………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 5: Chọn động từ thích hợp trong bảng dưới đây để điền vào chỗ trống.
clean eat fasten go stay study takex2 visit watch
1 . If you have time you should............................ the National Museum.
2. When you are driving a car, you should. .........................your seatbelt.
3. When you play football, you should .........................the ball .
4. It's late and you are tired. You should...................... to bed.
5.You should .....................your teeth at least twice a day.
6. It's too far from here. You should....................a taxi to get there.
7. If you want to pass the exam, you should....................more.
8. He wants to lose weight, so he should.................... less
9. It's raining now. I think you should....................an umbrella.
10. He is ill. He should............................ at home.

Bài 6: Dựa vào các gợi ý sau, viết câu với cấu trúc should hoặc shouldn't.
1.(eat between meals) You ........................................................................................................
2.(go on a diet) You ........................................................................................................
3.(get exercise) You ........................................................................................................
4.(drink soda) You ........................................................................................................
5.(eat mmore vegetables) You ........................................................................................................
6.(eat apple) You ........................................................................................................
7.(eat too much bread) You ........................................................................................................
8.( only drink plain water) You ........................................................................................................
9. (eat too much chocolate) You ........................................................................................................
10. (change your health habits) You ........................................................................................................
PRACTICE
1.1 Phát âm nguyên âm đôi /eɪ/
Bước 1: Bắt đầu từ âm /e/, sau đó di chuyển về phía âm /ɪ/.
Bước 2: Khi bắt đầu, miệng mở rộng thoải mái, đầu lưỡi chạm hàm răng dưới, hàm hạ. Sau đó, môi dần kéo sang hai bên về phía tai, hàm dưới nâng lên một chút.
Bước 3: Kết thúc âm, môi mở hờ.
Ví dụ:
 Later /ˈleɪtər/: sau đó
 Tasty /ˈteɪsti/: vị
 Danger /ˈdeɪndʒər/: nguy hiểm
 Explain /ɪkˈspleɪn/: giải thích
 Exchange/ ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ/: trao đổi
1.2 Phát âm nguyên âm đôi /aɪ/
Bước 1: Bắt đầu từ âm /a/, sau đó di chuyển về phía âm /ɪ/.
Bước 2: Khi bắt đầu, miệng mở hình ovan, lưỡi hạ thấp chạm hàm răng dưới. Sau đó, môi dần kéo sang 2 bên về phía tai, hàm dưới nâng lên 1 chút.
Bước 3: Kết thúc âm, môi mở hờ.
Ví dụ:
 fine /faɪn/: tốt, nguyên chất
 behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/: đằng sau
 child /tʃaɪld/: đứa trẻ
 nice /naɪs/: đẹp
Practice
Means of transport:
Bike/bicycle Motorcycle Car Bus
Truck Ambulance Train Boat

Ship Plane Taxi Helicopter
1.accident (n) Tai nạn 2. population (n) Dân số
3. rule (n) Luật lệ 4. vehicle (n) Phương tiên
5. pedestrian (n) Người đi bộ 6. pavement (n) Vỉa hè
7. footpath (n) Lối đi bộ 8. helmet (n) Mũ bảo hiểm
9. obey (v) Tuân lệnh 10. increase (v) Gia tăng
11. cross (v) Sang đường 12. narrow (a) Hẹp
13. bumpy (a) Nhấp nhô 14. crowded (a) Đông đúc
15. illegal (a) Phạm pháp 16. rush hour Giờ cao điểm
17. traffic jams Tắc nghẽn giao thông 18. traffic sign Biển báo giao thông
19. traffic light Đèn giao thông 20.cycle lane Làn đường cho xe đạp
21. parking lot Bãi đỗ xe 22. safety belt Dây an toàn
23. poor quality Chất lượng kém 24. means of transport Phương tiện giao thông
Ex I: Choose the word that has different sound in the underlined part
1. A. ship B. bicycle C. dish D. taxi
2. A. hole B. cold C. motorbike D. bowl
3. A. hand B. traffic C. cancel D. park
4. A. subject B. truck C. ambulance D. luck
5. A. illegal B. helicopte C. nest D. dentist
6. A. railway B. law C. may D. today
7. A. accident B. cookies C. traffic D. carry
8. A. entered B. loved C. kicked D. discovered
9. A. opened B. invented C. considered D. married
10.A. attacked B. stopped C. laughed D. surrounded
Ex II: Labe the picture
Traffic lights, cycle lane, Turn left ahead, Parking lot, No cycling, One way traffic, Turn right ahead, Road work
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex III: Write the words using the first letter given

1.m……………….. 2.t………………. 3.t………………….. 4.b…………………
5.h……………….. 6.s………………. 7.p……………….. 8.t………………..
Ex IV: Odd one out
1. A. ambulance B. taxi C. sign D. plane
2. A. bus B. driver C. motorbike D. bicycle
3. A. train B. yesterday C. tomorrow D. today
4. A. artist B. engineer C. painter D. transport
5. A. pavement B. sheep C. pedestrian D. footpath
6. A. crowded B. bumpy C. accident D. noisy
7. A. increase B. supermarket C. restaurant D. cinema
8. A. helmet B. vehicle C. accident D. narrow
9. A. pizza B. spaghetti C. obey D. hamburger
10.A. secretary B. rule C. nurse D. dentist
Ex V: Add more word to each list
1. Means of transport: bus,………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Road signs: stop,……………………………………………………………………………
Ex VI: Circle the correct word
1. You can/can’t park here.
2. You can/can’t turn right here.
3. You can/can’t turn left.
4. You can/can’t make a U-turn here.
5. You can/can’t go home here.

tradition, payment, train, lane, , today, May, whale, pain, taste, lake, main, rain, stay, die like why high night fighting / surprise childhood tour guide
/ ai / /eɪ/
Ex VIII: Read and choose the best answer
1. a. You must turn right. 2. a. Pedestrians can enter.
b. You must turn left. b. Pedestrians mustn’t enter.
c. You must go ahead. c. Pedestrians must enter.
3. a. Trains must stop. 4. a. You can park here.
b. Trains mustn’t enter. b. You must park here.
c. You must be careful with the train. c. You mustn’t park here.
5. a. You can turn back. 6. a. Cyclists must enter.
b. You mustn’t turn back. b. Cyclists mustn’t enter.
c. You must turn back. c. Cyclists can park here.
Ex IX: Read and underline the words with the /e/ sound and /eɪ/ sound in the following passage
For many years, Betty has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on her way to work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded causing massive
traffic jams. The situation is even worse in the evening when she drives home. All the traffic comes to a halt whenever there is an accident or a car broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the
winter, particularly when it snows, multi-car accidents with injuries can take vehicles removers a number of hours to clear the road. When Betty is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, she listens to music
on the radio to calm her nerves. Her boss and her husband know that if she is late, she is probably stuck in traffic.
Ex X: Fill in the gap with a suitable word or phrase given in the box
pollution suspension traffic environmental
factories underground busiest cheapest
1. In Dubai, the ……………..is so bad that it is quicker to walk than to go by car or bus.
2. People suggest building flyovers, tunnels and ……………..car parking.
3. There are lots of problems nowadays, mainly because of pollution.
4. The emission of smoke from ……………….and cars is a big cause of air pollution.
5. We all should act green and fight the ……………….by using the 3 R’s.
6. One of the quickest and ………………..ways travelling around the city is to take a bus.
7. Bangkok, the capital of Thailand, is one of the …………….city in the world.
8. The Golden Gate Bridge, a…………………. bridge, is one of the most internationally recognized symbols of San Francisco.
Ex XI: Choose the best answer
1. They often choose …………………cars with bigger engines to get higher speed.
A. slower B. faster C. smaller D. worse
2. The underground in Japan is much …………………than taxis or buses.
A. slow B. quick C. quicker D. more quick

3. What ………………did you use to play when you were six years old?
A. toy B. card C. ball D. game
4. There should be a ……………..limit in the playground to prevent accidents.
A. speed B. time C. engine D. cost
5. The traffic…………….tell people to do, warns people about possible dangers in the street.
A. jams B. signs C. lights D. rules
6. Always look…………………..when you cross the street.
A. quickly B. well C. carefully D. safely
7. What must you do before you turn left or right when ……………a motorbike?
A. holding B. taking C. making D. riding
8. He is driving his car too fast but he is not wearing his……………..
A. seatbelt B. helmet C. hat D. coat
9. The little boy is walking at the side of the road towards a zebra………………….
A. passing B. crossing C. taking D. doing
10. Why should pedestrians wear light colored …………….in the dark?
A. gloves B. hats C. clothes D. jeans
11. Big cities often ………………..from traffic jams every day.
A. cross B. suffer C. start D. come
12. One problem in big cities is that too many people…………the road.
A. take B. do C. make D. use
Ex XII: Write the correct form of the word given
1. A man in a silver sports car ……..……. into a lady in a big blue truck in the middle of the intersection yesterday. CRASH
2. Traffic accidents can be ……………….if people obey the rules. PREVENT
3. My father used to go ………………in the pond near our house. FISH
4. Which drivers are the ………………….on the roads? SAFE
5. Young and inexperienced ………………..are the most likely to have an accident. DRIVE
6. When young male drivers have their friends in the car, their driving usually becomes…………………BAD
7. It’s much more ………………………..for you to cross the street now. DANGER
8. You should drive more ………………….and safely when it gets dark. SLOW
9. Bells are designed to wake the ………………..motorists. SLEEP
10.There are many …………………who sell and buy things on the road every morning. VILLAGE
Ex XIII: Give the correct form of the words in brackets
There are over 700 million motor vehicles in the world and the number is (1.rise)……………….by more than 40 million each year. This dependence on motor vehicles has given rise
to major problems including (2. environment)……………………..…pollution, traffic congestion and safety. Emissions from new cars are far more (3. harm) ………..……than they used to be.
City streets and motorways are becoming more (4. crowd)………..………than ever, often with more older trucks, buses and taxis. This makes the air quality in urban areas unpleasant and
sometimes (5. danger) …………………….to breathe
SKILLS
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
STRANGE TRAFFIC LAWS FROM AROUND THE WORLD
• It’s illegal to eat or drink while driving in Cyprus.
• In South Africa, animals have the same right to the roads as motorists do. Drivers face heavy fines of up to $500 if they do not slow or stop for passing livestock.
• Road safety officials in Denmark have made it a legal requirement for drivers to check for children hiding beneath the vehicle before starting the engine.
• In Moscow, it’s all about cleanliness - police impose fines on anyone with a dirty car.
• In Jasper Gates, Canada, a dumb law forbids drivers from going faster than a horse or carriage

I - Read the passage and choose the best option to answer each of the following questions.
In the UK, bus journeys are just boring and simply a necessity. This public means of transportation is often convenient when you live or work in the city centre, as you can avoid traffic jams by
moving very quickly in the bus lanes, and do not have to pay to park the car. After all, though, taking the bus is just a necessary and tedious part of life: you board the bus, pay the driver and sit
down or find a place to stand. Very boring.
In Latin America, however, bus trips can be very lively. For a start, long-distance buses put on films so that you have entertainment for at least some of the journey. Naturally, local transport does
not show films but drivers usually switch on the radio and that can be a great way to hear new songs and new styles of music. Therefore, taking the bus doesn’t sound like fun but it is much more
exciting than any UK bus journey.
(British Council)
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Buses in the UK are very convenient.
B. Bus journeys are different in the UK and in Latin America.
C. Bus journeys in the UK are boring.
D. Films are shown on long-distance buses in Latin America.
2. Public transport in the UK is convenient because you can avoid_________.
A. traffic accidents B. policemen C. traffic jams D. bus lanes
3. The word “tedious” in line 3 means_________.
A. not interesting B. exciting C. wonderful D. important
4. The phrasal verb “put on” in the first sentence of the second paragraph can be replaced with “_________”.
A. close B. wear C. play D. open
5. Which of the following statements is NOT MENTIONED about bus journeys in Latin America?
A. Passengers can entertain during their trip by watching films.
B. Drivers play new styles of music on the radio.
C. They are more exciting than bus trips in the UK.
D. They are more expensive than bus trips in the UK.
II - Read the passage and do the tasks below.
Traffic jams in Viet Nam frequently take place in big cities, such as Ha Noi and Ho Chi Minh City.
There is no fixed rule for the time a traffic jam to happen. But It is worst during the rush hour when everyone is in a hurry to get to work or come back home. Apart from peak hours, the time
between 9 a.m. to 10 a.m. and between 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. also witnesses long lines of vehicles, mainly motorbikes. When it rains, the traffic jam gets more terrible. Taxis are extremely hard to catch
or wave during the downpour.
However, the most annoying thing about the traffic jam is the way people react to it. Most road users ride their motorbikes on the pavement rather than waiting calmly. Moreover, they constantly
use their horns to hasten riders in the front, even shouting at them from time to time.
Part 1: Choose the best answer to each of the following questions.
A. the causes of traffic jams in Viet Nam
B. the effects of traffic jams in Viet Nam
C. the reality of traffic jams in Viet Nam
D. the solutions to reduce traffic jams in Viet Nam
2. When is traffic congestion in Viet Nam the worst?
A. when everyone goes to work
B. between 9 a.m. to 10 a.m.
C. between 3 p.m. to 4 p.m.
D. at the weekend
3. It’s difficult to catch a_________during the downpour.
A. bus B. taxi C. train D. motorbike
Part 2: Decide whether the statements are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
1. There is a certain time for traffic congestion in Viet Nam. 
2. The traffic jam becomes more serious when it rains. 

3. To get through a traffic jam, road users usually break traffic rules. 
Exercise 1: Listen and complete the text about traffic. (Track 13)
TRAFFIC
There is too much traffic on our roads. In (1) ....................., it may take 20 minutes to go through a 02-kilometer road by (2) .....................
Everyone agrees that something has to be done to solve this problem. No one likes to spend much time going to school or the (3) ..................... Going home takes even more time.
It is not easy to build more or (4) ..................... the roads because it is expensive. So, the answer here is to reduce the number of vehicles.
(5) ..................... may be the solution to the traffic jam.
The problem is that time is golden, so not everyone agrees to wait for (6) ..................... of public transport such as buses or (7) ..................... Another problem is that they may not like
to be (8) .................... in a (9) .................... bus. The last problem is that the buses cannot go in a small road, so some people who work in a small road will have to walk for a while.
The answer to (10) ..................... has not been found out.
1. Garret A. Morgan lives in a rich family since he is born.
2. When he is 14, he does not study at school any more.
3. He is famous all over the world for his imagination.
4. He works in a sewing machine shop and finds it interesting.
5. In 1901, he sells the idea of a special belt at the price of $150.
6. Three years later, he invents a helmet and wins a silver medal for this idea.
7. When Morgan witnesses the car accident of his mother, he thinks of a traffic light.
8. Morgan spends the amount of money from selling the idea of traffic light on an abroad trip.
Talk about your favorite means of transportation
• What is your favourite means of transportation?
• How often do you use it?
• Where do you usually go?
Useful languages:
• bicycle • My favourite means of transportation is ...
• car • ... is my favourite means of transportation.
• helicopter • I ride a bike/ sail on a boat/ fly every day/ every weekend ...
• boat • I ride a bike/ sail on a boat/ fly to ...
• convenient • I really like this vehicle because ....
• cheap • I love this vehicle because of its + N
• safe
• environmentally friendly
• healthy
Complete the notes:
What is your favourite means of transportation? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How often do you use it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Where do you usually go? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Why do you like it? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. My favourite means of transportation is ...
2. I ride a bike/ sail on a boat/ fly by plane ...
3. I ride a bike/ sail on a boat/ fly by plane to ...
4. I really like this vehicle because ....
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. have/ trip/ hometown/ brother/ two days ago.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. 15 kilometres/ my place/ my hometown.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. go/ there/ train/ and/ it/ comfortable.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. there/ a lot of/ vehicles/ road.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. trip/ exciting/ meaningful.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60-80 words) describing a trip to your hometown.
You can answer some of the following questions:
• Where is your hometown?
• How did you get there?
• Who did you go with?
• How was the traffic?
• Did you enjoy the trip?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 8: FILMS
VOCABULARY
1. animation (n) /'ænɪˈmeɪʃən/: phim hoạt hoạ
2. critic (n) /'krɪtɪk/: nhà phê bình
3. direct (v) /dɪˈrekt/: làm đạo diễn (phim, kịch...)
4. disaster (n) /dɪˈzɑːstə/: thảm hoạ, tai hoạ
5. documentary (n) /,dɒkjə'mentri/: phim tài liệu
6. entertaining (adj) /,entə'teɪnɪŋ/: thú vị, làm vui lòng vừa ý
7. gripping (adj) /'ɡrɪpɪŋ/: hấp dẫn, thú vị
8. hilarious (adj) /hɪˈleəriəs/: vui nhộn, hài hước
9. horror film (n) /'hɒrə fɪlm /: phim kinh dị
10. must-see (n) /'mʌst si:/: bộ phim hấp dẫn cần xem
11. poster (n) /'pəʊstə/: áp phích quảng cáo
12. recommend (v) /,rekə'mend /: giới thiệu, tiến cử
13. review (n) /rɪˈvju:/: bài phê bình
14. scary (adj) /:skeəri/: làm sợ hãi, rùng rợn
15. science fiction (sci-fi) (n) /saɪəns fɪkʃən/: phim khoa học viễn tưởng
16. star (v) /stɑː/: đóng vai chính
17. survey (n) /'sɜːveɪ/: cuộc khảo sát
18. thriller (n) /'θrɪlə /: phim kinh dị, giật gân
19. violent (adj) /'vaɪələnt/: có nhiều cảnh bạo lực
GRAMMAR
TỪ NỐI (CONNECTORS): ALTHOUGH/ IN SPITE OF/ DESPITE/ HOWEVER/ NEVERTHELESS.
1. Although/ In spite of/ Despite:
Although In spite of Despite
Chức năng Chỉ mối quan hệ đối lập giữa hai thông tin trong cùng một câu
Cấu trúc Although + mệnh đề 1 (S+V), mệnh đề 2 (S+V), In spite of +danh từ/ cụm danh từ/ V-ing Despite +danh từ/ cụm danh từ/ V-ing
Ví dụ We enjoyed our camping holiday although it rained every We enjoyed our camping holiday in spite of the We enjoyed our camping holiday despite
day. rain. the rain.
(Chúng tôi đã rất thích chuyến đi cắm trại mặc dù ngày nào (Chúng tôi đã rất thích chuyến đi cắm trại mặc (Chúng tôi đã rất thích chuyến đi cắm trại
trời cũng mưa) dù trời mưa) mặc dù ngày nào trời cũng mưa)
In spite of the traffic, we arrived on time. Despite the pain in his leg, he completed
Although he worked very hard, he didn’t manage to pass the
the marathon.
exam. (Mặc dù giao thông tồi tệ, tôi vẫn đến đúng giờ)
(Mặc dù anh ấy học hành chăm chỉ, nhưng anh ấy đã không (Mặc dù đau chân nhưng anh ấy vẫn hoàn
thi đỗ) thành cuộc thi chạy)
2. However/ Nevertheless:
However/ Nevertheless:
Chức năng Chỉ mối quan hệ đối lập giữa hai câu
Cấu trúc Mệnh đề 1. However/ Nevertheless, mệnh đề 2.

Mệnh đề 1. Chủ ngữ, however/ nevertheless, động từ.
Mệnh đề 1. Mệnh đề 2, however/ nevertheless
Ví dụ I love London. However, the weather is bad.
(Tôi yêu Luân Đôn. Tuy nhiên thời tiết thì tệ)
I love London. The weather, however, is bad.
I love London. The weather is bad, however.
Bài 1: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống thích hợp.
1. ________________ she has a good look, everybody hates her.
2. Jane seldom sees Jim ______they go to the same school.
3. ________________ her illness, Jane went to work yesterday.
4. ________________ it was chilly outside, we went fishing.
5. ________________ working hard, Peter failed the test.
6. ________________ the difficulties, Sarah managed to solve the problem.
7. My grandfather was very strong __________his old age.
8. The children slept deeply ________________ the noise.
9. ________________ the high salary, Marey refused the job offer.
10. ________________earning a high salary, Sara never wastes her money.
11. I find the film boring________________ many people like it.
12. ________________the bad weather, we went on our school picnic.
13. ________________the congestion, we weren’t late for the meeting.
14. ________________ he’s rich, he is always upset.
15. I couldn’t sleep________________ I was exhausted.
Bài 2: Sử dụng liên từ “however” hoặc “nevertheless” để liên kết hai câu cho sẵn.
1. Mrs Smith loves her children so much. She’s sometimes very strict
2. We can go there by bus. It is not the only way.
___________________________________________________________________
3. Jim is good at English. He is not the best student.
___________________________________________________________________
4. My new phone costs a lot of money to buy. It isn’t as good as I expected.
___________________________________________________________________
5. It’s hard to find a parking lot near here on Sunday. I think we can find one.
___________________________________________________________________
6. My mother wants to go to Paris in this summer. My dad wants to go to Berlin.
___________________________________________________________________
7. Jane doesn’t like salads. She likes vegetables.
___________________________________________________________________
8. My father loves watching football match. He never plays football.
___________________________________________________________________
Bài 3: Hoàn thành câu với một trong những từ nối “although/ despite/ however” sao cho thích hợp.
1. _______________ the restaurant’s good reputation, the food was terrible.
_______________ the restaurant has a good reputation, the food was terrible.
The restaurant has a good reputation. _______________, the food was terrible.
2. _______________ it didn’t stop raining, we didn’t cancel our picnic.
_______________ the rain, , we didn’t cancel our picnic.
It didn’t stop raining. We didn’t cancel our picnic,______________.
3. Mary still bought the watch, __________ it had a high price.

Mary still bought the watch __________ its high price.
The watch had a high price. Mary, ___________, bought it
4. _______________ the fact that I was late for school, my teacher didn’t punish me.
_______________ I was late for school, my teacher didn’t punish me.
I was late for school. My teacher didn’t punish me, ___________.
5. _______________ I invited Jim to my party, he didn’t come.
_______________ my invitation to the party, Jim didn’t come.
I invited Jim to the party. _______________, he didn’t come.
6. I don’t want to watch this film_______________ it has many good reviews.
I don’t want to watcht this film _______________ its good reviews.
The film has many good reviews. I don’t want to watch it, _______________.
7. _______________ there are many challenges, Tom won’t give up his dream.
_______________ many challenges, Tom won’t give up his dream.
There are many challenges.__________, Tom won’t give up his dream.
8. _______________ I studied very hard, I failed the exam.
_______________ studying very hard, I failed the exam.
I studied very hard. I,__________, failed the exam.
Bài 4: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. We adore winter _________ the cold.
A. in spite of B. although C. however
2. She went to bed early_________ she didn’t finish her work.
A. despite B. although C. however
3. _________ the fact that he is 23 years old, he is so childish.
A. in spite B. despite C. however
4. I go to school by bus every day. I don’t like it much, _________.
5. _________ Jim owns two cars, he rarely drives to work.
6. The athlete completed the race _________ his pain.
A. despite B. although C. nevertheless
7. Jane looks pretty. She, _________, seems to lack personality.
A. despite B. although C. nevertheless
8. _________ we have a slim chance to win, we won’t lose hope.
9. _________ of his bad luck, he won the medal.
A. in spite B. despite C. however
10. He is friendly _________ the fact that he’s very famous.
Bài 5: Nối cột A với cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. Although I have many friends, a. However, I admire her courage.
2. I didn’t wake up late b. Nevertheless, he is good at Literature
3. I don’t really like Mary. c. Living in it, however, is very comfortable.
4. Their project was finally successful d. he didn’t skip the class.
5. Tom is not good at science subjects. e. although my alarm clock didn’t go off.
6. In spite of his headache, f. I feel lonely sometimes
7. My apartment is quite small. g. despite all the obstacles
8. I rarely go travelling h. although many friends want to travel with me.

1-_________ 2-________ 3-________ 4. -________
5-________ 6-________ 7. -________ 8-________
Bài 6: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại cho đúng.
1. Despite of the film’s amazing effects, its plot is not so appealing.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. However she doesn’t look very beautiful, she has a kind heart.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. In spite that I don’t like her way of talking, I appreciate her effort.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My brother isn’t very young, nevertheless, he talks like a middle-aged woman.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Although the fact that Mary’s recently moved to this city, she is so familiar with it.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I often eat fastfood. It is not, however, good for my health.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My brother wants to travel around the world. Although he can’t afford it.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I try to spare some time for my children. I am very busy, although.
………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 7: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng từ gợi ý trong ngoặc.
1. Although there was a traffic jam, me managed to arrive at the train station on time (despite)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I don’t want to buy a new computer although I have enough money. (having)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Both of them usually go to school late although they don’t live far away from school. (spite)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My brother still went to school yesterday although he was sick. (sickness)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Although he looks healthy, he has a weak heart. (looking)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Despite the fact that Louis is not so rich, he often does charity. (although)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. In spite of the awful weather, we enjoyed our party last night. (although)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. She goes shopping every week although she has many clothes. (having)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 8: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. _____________ Peter was not invited to the party, he was the first to come.
2. _____________ he promises he won’t tell lie again, I won’t trust him anymore.
3. This is an old car. _____________, it’s very reliable.
4. I am exhausted after school. _____________, I will help mom do housework.
5. Ted is only 6 years old. He, _____________, can play the piano very well.
6. She bought that sweater _____________ its high price.
7. They rushed to the cinema. _____________, they were too late.
8. _____________Sally hates crowded places, we’ve invited her to the prom.
9. I didn’t like her rude behavior. _____________, I said nothing.
10. _____________ working slowly, he rarely makes mistakes.

11. I do exercise every day. I haven’t lost any weight, _____________.
12. My father tried to lift the box. _____________, it was too heavy.
13. We won the game_____________ having lost two players.
14. I called Jane four times. _____________, she didn’t answer me.
15. He wants to be a famous actor. His parents, _____________, wants him to be a doctor.
Bài 9: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Although/ Anna/ not look/ serious/ she/ worried/ now.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. In spite of/ get/ up/ late/ this morning/ I not miss/ the bus
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Despite/ have/ no/ money/ we/ go/ shopping/ tomorrow.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Although/ the book/ thick/ Jane/ finish/ it/ yesterday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Jim/ have/ serious/ car/ accident/ last/ month/ howver/ he/ recover/ quickly.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Although/ I/ fascinated/ to/ know/ the result/ I/ pretend/ I not care.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Jim/ not/ usually/ like/ sci-fi movies/ nevertheless/ this one/ be/ exception.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Although/ it /sunny/ I / bring/ umbrella/ with me.
………………………………………………………………………………………
PRACTICE
1.PRONUNCIATION
Cách phát âm /ɪə/ và /eə/
I. KHẨU HÌNH MIỆNG
Hai âm là nguyên âm đôi, tức là bao gồm hai nguyên âm đơn ghép với nhau. Nguyên âm đôi được phát âm bằng cách bắt đầu bằng việc luyện phát âm từng nguyên âm đơn rồi ghép lại với nhau
(tương tự cách đánh vần trong tiếng Việt). Để luyện được nguyên âm đôi, cần biết cách phát âm nguyên âm đơn trước.
 Âm /ɪə/: Phát âm âm /ɪ/ (tương tự chữ cái “i” trong tiếng Việt), sau đó chuyển khẩu hình miệng sang phát âm âm /ə/ (để người học dễ hình dung, âm /ə/ trong tiếng Anh có phần
giống với chữ cái “ơ” trong tiếng Việt).
II. NHỮNG TRƯỜNG HỢP PHÁT ÂM LÀ /ɪə/
1. “ea” phát âm là /ɪə/ trong những từ có nhóm ear
Ví dụ:
 fear /fɪə(r)/: sợ hãi
smear /smɪə(r)/: trát, bôi lem nhem
weary /ˈwɪəri/: uể oải, mệt mỏi
2. “ee” phát âm là /ɪə/ khi đứng trước tận cùng là “r” của mỗi từ
Ví dụ:
 deer /dɪə(r)/: con nai, hoẵng
leer /lɪə(r)/: liếc trộm
steer /stɪə(r)/: lái xe, tàu
III. NHỮNG TRƯỜNG HỢP PHÁT ÂM LÀ /eə/
1. “a” phát âm là /eə/ trong những từ có một âm tiết mà tận cùng bằng “are” hoặc trong một âm tiết của một từ khi “a” đứng trước “r”
Ví dụ:
 care /keə(r)/: chăm sóc
dare /deə(r)/: dám
fare /feə(r)/: tiền vé
2. “ai” phát âm là /eə/ khi đứng trước “r”
Ví dụ:
 hair /heə(r)/: tóc
pair /peə(r)/: cặp, đôi
chair /tʃeə(r)/: cái ghế
3. “ea” phát âm là /eə/
Ví dụ:
 bearish /ˈbeərɪʃ/: hay cáu gắt
wear /weə(r)/” mặc, đội, đeo
swear /sweə(r)/: thề
4. “ei” có thể được phát âm là /eə/
Ví dụ:
 heir /eə(r)/: người thừa kế
their /ðeə(r)/: của họ (đại từ sở hữu)
LUYỆN TẬP
1. Âm /ɪə/
 The meaning isn’t really clear.
/ðə ˈmiːnɪŋ ˈɪznt ˈrɪəli klɪər/
 I have these ears a hundred years.
/aɪ hæv ðiːz ɪərz ə ˈhʌndrəd jɪərz/
2. Âm /eə/
 The fair hair man ran in the sand.
/ðə feər heər mæn ræn ɪn ðə sænd/
 Where are the spare pairs Stan and Dan wear?
/weər ər ðə speər peərz stæn ən dæn weər/
VOCABULARY
Types of films:
1.action film Phim hành động 2.comedy (n) Phim hài
3.science fiction Khoa học viễn tưởng 4.romantic comedy Phim hài lãng mạn
5.thriller (n) Phim rùng rợn 6.horror (n) Phim kinh dị
7.cartoon (n) Phim hoạt hình 8.animation (n) Phim hoạt hình
9.documentary (n) Phim tài liệu 10.discovery (n) Chương trình khám phá
Adjectives:
1.interesting Thú vị 2.boring Tẻ nhạt
3.entertaining Có tính giải trí 4.scary Đáng sợ
5.violent Bạo lực 6.hilarious Vui nhộn
7.moving Xúc động 8.shocking Gây sốc
9.gripping Thu hút 10.romantic Lãng mạn
Ex I: Choose a word that has different sound in the underlined part
1. A. bored B. acted C. lived D. combined
2. A. talked B. liked C. kicked D. needed

3. A. moving B. romantic C. exciting D. frightening
4. A. action B. scary C. romantic D. animation
5. A. fly B. crazy C. story D. comedy
6. A. professor B. lorry C. horror D. actor
7. A. careful B. date C. hate D. delay
8. A. enter B. director C. violent D. documentary
9. A. thought B. thank C. month D. these
Ex II: Match the films with their definitions
a. comedy b. romantic comedy c. action film d. documentary
e. cartoon f. science fiction g. horror i. adventure film
1. A film that has humorous drawings or characters.
2. A film that is based on scientific discoveries of the future. It deals with space travel and life on other planets.
3. A film that is intended to be funny, with a happy ending.
4. A film which combines comedy with a love story.
5. A film about strange and frightening things.
6. A film about dangerous experience, journey or series of events.
7. A film that has a lot of exciting actions.
8. A film or television program that gives facts about something.
Ex III: Fill in the gaps with a suitable adjective given in the box
scary boring romantic interesting
violent entertaining disappointing moving
1. The show was so ………………………Every one left in the middle of the program.
2. My son doesn’t like horror films because they are ………………..
3. T.V programs for small children shouldn’t include …………….scenes.
4. The film was so …………………that nearly every one cries when they see the ending.
5. VTV3 has a lot of ………………………..game shows.
6. Titanic is a film famous for its ……………….love story of the two main characters.
7. The film is so …………………..that I saw it twice.
8. Doing the same thing every day is ………………….I want to do the new things.
Ex V: Odd one out
1. A. thriller B. scary C. cartoon D. comedy
2. A. hilarious B. entertaining C. shocking D. discovery
3. A. confusing B. annoyed C. terrified D. interesting
4. A. producer B. writer C. documentary D. actor
5. A. horror B. director C. animation D. wildlife
6. A. radio B. television C. exciting D. internet
7. A. island B. actress C. director D. viewer
8. A. park B. university C. museum D. cinema
9. A. audience B. spectator C. viewer D. action
10.A. show B. science C. physics D. literature
Ex VI: Choose the best answer
1. That horror film is too …………………for me.
A. hilarious B. frightening C. romantic D. moving
2. The films was so ………………that we almost fell asleep.
A. interesting B. gripping C. boring D. violent

3. Critics were all ………………at their performance on the stage yesterday.
A. disappointedB. annoyed C. worried D. bored
4. The film is a big ………………….because the audience enjoy it a lot.
A. failure B. start C. finish D. success
5. The film is based on a book that was ………………fifteen years ago.
A. read B. opened C. written D. closed
6. They haven’t ………………..which film to see tonight.
A. decided B. wanted C. liked D. watched
7. That is a film about strange and frightening things that may ………………in real life.
A. use B. happen C. finish D. take
8. I can’t take my ……………..off the screen because the film is so interesting.
A. ears B. mouth C. nose D. eyes
9. A comedy is a film that tries to make people ………………
A. cry B. dance C. laugh D. sleep
10. In spite of ……………….preparation, they had a lot of difficulties in making the film.
A. slow B. quick C. carless D. careful
Ex VIII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
successful reviews disaster romantic
performed frightening terrible directors
1. The new film didn’t receive good ……………….from critics.
2. Many European ………………………….have gone to Hollywood to make films.
3. I love this actor because he ……………….excellently in many films.
4. The film shown on T.V yesterday begins with a ……………disaster but it has a happy ending.
5. They spent a lot of money on the film but is wasn’t as ……………….as expected.
6. The film is a bit ………………..but I really enjoy it.
7. Titanic is a ………….. film which was directed by James Cameron.
8. At the end of the film, more than a thousand people died in the ……………………………
Ex X: Complete the second sentence in each pair, using the word in brackets. The meaning of both sentences should be the same.
1. She finds doing housework is boring.
She....…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Receiving a small present from the teacher makes the boy excited.
The boy finds…………………………………………………………………………………….
3. This question is confusing to students.
Students ……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. The boys find playing games interesting.
The boys…………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. The ending of the film is quite shocking.
I was…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Ex XI: Match
1. tell a.real-life events
2.see b.games
3.attend c.a mistake
4.meet d.an interesting film
5.play e.a lot of awards

6.show f. a story
7.win g.the party
8. make h.old friends
Ex XII: Write the correct form of the word given
1. He was still …………………..when I saw him at 11 o’clock yesterday evening. WAKE
2. A crazy cat and a ………………..dog help him to find his parents. FRIEND
3. In the year 1905, astronauts……………....a life on this planet. DISCOVERY
4. This is an ……………………….story for me. I can’t believe it. BELIEVE
5. We …………………..to move to a bigger house last month. DECISION
6. The film was so interesting that Peter saw it from …………………to the end. BEGIN
7. I was …………………..with the final results of the football match. AMAZE
8. Do you like watching …………………..films? ROMANCE
9. The film is about adventures in the ……………land in America. MAGIC
10.The film they saw yesterday was …………………by a famous man. DIRECT
Ex XIII: Choose the best answer
1. Let’s …………………..a look at the film section of the paper.
A. do B. use C. spend D. take
2. The main character …………….in love with a poor man in the countryside.
A. has B. makes C. falls D. interests
3. The film……………..an exciting story about murder or crime.
A. holds B. reports C. tells D. watches
4. His father likes watching films that show real life…………..or stories.
A. events B. projects C. programs D. actions
5. The girl was so ………………by the film that she couldn’t sleep last night.
A. bored B. annoyed C. disappointed D. frightened
6. We are all …………………that he became the champion of the competition.
A. interested B. surprised C. terrified D. worried
7. How do you feel when you watch a ……………….film?
A. lazy B. hard-working C. gripping D. careful
8. Although the story of the film was good, I didn’t like the ……………..
A. script B. director C. acting D. color
9. My daughter ………………….a lot of money on her clothes but she is not satisfied.
A. has B. takes C. learns D. spends
10.I can’t hear anything because the ……………..is terrible.
A. sound B. color C. electricityD. light
1. 9. D 10.A
SKILLS
B. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
HOW TO MAKE A CARTOON
In a cartoon, instead of taking pictures of real people, the camera takes pictures of drawings. Many drawings have to be made just to show a simple action. Each drawing is
again made only slightly different from the others. The drawings are then photographed orderly. When everything is complete and the cartoon is shown, it also looks as
though the characters are really moving.
ANIMATION
The theory of the animated cartoon was introduced before the invention of the cinema by half a century. When working to create conversation pieces for Victorian shops, people discovered the
principle of persistence of vision. If drawings of the stages of an action were shown in fast succession, the human eye would perceive them as a continuous movement.
One of the first commercially successful devices, invented by the Belgian Joseph Plateau in 1832, was the phenakistoscope, a spinning cardboard disk that created the illusion of movement when
viewed in a mirror, in 1834, William Horner invented the zoetrope, a rotating drum lined by a band of pictures. The Frenchman Émile Reynaud in 1876 adapted the principle into a form that could
be projected before a theatrical audience. Reynaud became not only animation’s first entrepreneur but also the first artist to give personality and warmth to his animated characters.
(Animation by Dave Kehr- extracted from Encyclopaedia Britannica)
A. Early history of animation
B. The reason why animation is popular
C. The invention of Joseph Plateau
D. The first animation’s entrepreneur
2. When was the theory of animation developed?
A. after the introduction of the cinema
B. in 1832
C. about 50 years before the invention of the cinema
D. in 1876
3. What happens to human eyes when pictures of the stages of an action were shown in fast succession?
A. They will find the pictures more vivid.
B. They cannot see the pictures.
C. They will perceive the pictures as normal.
D. They will see the pictures as a continuous movement.
4. What is a phenakistoscope?
A. a popular form of entertainment
B. a spinning cardboard disk
C. a rotating drum lined by a band of pictures
D. a collection of Victorian drawings
5. Who is NOT MENTIONED as an inventor of an animation-making device?
A. Victoria B. William Horner
C. Émile Reynaud D. Joseph Plateau
II - Read the passage and decide whether the statements are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
Jennifer Lawrence is a famous young actress in Hollywood. When she was a child, she liked sports, especially hockey and basketball. She also worked as a model. At the age of 14, she knew she
wanted to be an actress, so she went to New York City to look for work. She appeared in advertisements for MTV and the fashion company H&M, and got work as an actress on TV and in films.
In 2010, she acted in the film Winter’s Bone and she was nominated for many awards including an Oscar. In 2012, she starred in the film The Hunger Games as Katniss Everdeen. The film went
on to become one of the highest-grossing movies ever. One contributing element to Lawrence’s success is her fun and optimism. She is often cited as being approachable, with a personality that
seems unaffected by Hollywood excesses.
1. Jennifer didn’t like sports when she was a little girl. 
2. She worked as a model before pursuing a career in acting. 
3. Jennifer was nominated for an Oscar in 2010. 
4. She starred in the film Winter’s Bone in 2012. 
5. Her personality is affected greatly by Hollywood excesses. 
Listen and decide whether the statements below are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F).
Among many programs and (1) ......................... on TV these days such as the current news programs, sport programs, entertaining programs, (2) ......................... and movie programs,
etc., I like the program “the World of Animals” (3) .........................
This program is usually shown on (4) ......................... every day at 8.30 in the evening. It often lasts about (5) ......................... minutes. In this program, stories of the life of many
animals in the world are told in a very (6) ......................... way. For example, people can watch films about (7) ........................, snakes, tigers, insects, birds, sea turtles, sharks etc. ... and even the
penguins and the polar bears. While watching these films, I find the everyday life activities and habits of these animals very (8) ....................... In addition, I also learn that it is very important to
protect these animals and their (9) ......................... Watching this program makes me very (10) ......................... after a day of work.
Exercise 2: Listen and put the phrases under the correct person. (Track 16)
- Likes watching TV in the free time - Is a student
- Likes comedies - Has a TV in the bedroom
- Likes game shows on VTV3 - Likes seeing famous people
- Is 19 years old - Learns many things through TV
- Thinks that the News is helpful
Phuong Trung Thu
Talk about a film that you have watched recently.
• What is the name of the film? What is its genre?
• What is the film about?
• Do you like the film? Why (not)?
Useful languages:
• action movie • I went to the cinema to see ...
• documentary • The film that I have watched recently is ...
• animation • The film is about...
• horror film • I really enjoy this film because ...
• hilarious
• interesting
• entertaining
• gripping
• violent
Complete the notes:
What is the name of the film? What is its genre? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What is the film about? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Do you like the film? Why (not)? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!

1. I went to the cinema to see ...
2. The film is about...
3. I really enjoy this film because ...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. Animated character/ can/ animal/ tree/ or/ any household items,/ and/ they/ can/ talk/ like/ human being.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. I/ enjoy/ watch/ film/ made/famous/ Hollywood film producers.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. My favourite/ type/ movie/ comedy/ because/ it/ could/ make/ me/ laugh/ de-stress/ after/ long/ busy day.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. Original name/ worldwide famous/ Mickey Mouse/Mortimer Mouse.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Some people/ interested/ horror movie/ because/ they/ want/ experience/ complex/ extreme emotions.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (80-100 words) about your favourite type of film. You can answer some of the following questions:
• What type of film is it?
• What are its main characters?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 9. FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD
VOCABULARY
1. festival (n) /'festɪvl/: lễ hội
2. fascinating (adj) /'fæsɪneɪtɪŋ/: thú vị, hấp dẫn
3. religious (adj) /rɪˈlɪdʒəs/: thuộc về tôn giáo
4. celebrate (v) /'selɪbreɪt/: tổ chức lễ
5. camp (n,v) /Kæmp/: trại,cắm trại

6. thanksgiving (n) /'θæŋksgɪvɪŋ/: lễ tạ ơn
7. stuffing (n) /'stʌfɪŋ/: nhân nhồi (vào gà)
8. feast (n ) /fi:st/: bữa tiệc
9. turkey (n) /'tə:ki/: gà tây
10. gravy (n) /'ɡreɪvi/: nước xốt
11. cranberry (n) /'kranb(ə)ri/: quả nam việt quất
12. seasonal (adj) /'si:zənl/: thuộc về mùa
13. steep (adj) /sti:p/: dốc
GRAMMAR : YES/NO QUESTIONS
Câu hỏi “yes”/ “no” hay còn gọi là câu hỏi đóng sử dụng be, have, do hoặc một động từ khiếm khuyết. Câu hỏi Yes/No luôn bắt đầu bằng một trong những trợ động từ trên và có thể trả lời đơn
giản là Yes hoặc No, hay có thể lặp lại câu hỏi.
Lưu ý: Không thể hỏi câu hỏi Yes/No mà không dùng một trong các trợ động từ trên.
 He want a car? —> Does he want a car?
 You going to eat with us? —> Are you going to eat with us?
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng Anh với động từ “To Be”
Dùng động từ be để hỏi về nhân dạng, hình dạng, nơi chốn và những hoạt động và tình huống ở hiện tại hoặc quá khứ.
– Nhân dạng/Hình dạng
Bạn có thể dùng be + danh từ/tính từ để hỏi về nhân dạng hoặc hình dạng của một người, một nơi chốn hoặc đồ vật nào đó.
Ví dụ:
 Is this interesting? – No, it is not. (Cái này có thú vị không? Không.)
 Are these islands part of Vietnam? – Yes, they are. (Những hòn đảo này thuộc về Việt Nam phải không? Phải.)
 Were they happy? – Yes, they were. (Họ có vui không? Có.)
– Địa điểm
Be + cụm giới từ để hỏi về địa điểm hiện tại hoặc quá khứ.
Ví dụ:
 Are we at the border yet? – No, we’re not (Chúng ta đã tới biên giới chưa?)
 Was his apartment above a store? Yes, it was. (Căn hộ của anh ấy ở phía trên một cửa hàng phải không.)
– Hoạt động/ tình huống hiện tại
Để hỏi về một hoạt động hoặc tình huống hiện tại, dùng hiện tại tiếp diễn: Hiện tại của be + hiện tại phân từ (V-ing)
Eg:
 Am I going with you and Tom? Yes, you are. (Tôi sẽ đi với bạn và Tom à?)
 Is England adopting the euro? No , it isn’t. (Nước Anh có dùng đồng euro không?)
 Are we seeing a play tonight? Yes, we are. (Chúng ta sẽ xem kịch tối nay phải không?)
– Những hoạt động/tình huống trong quá khứ
Để hỏi về một hoạt động hay tình huống trong quá khứ, dùng quá khứ tiếp diễn: quá khứ của be + hiện tại phân từ.
Ví dụ:
 Was it raining? – Yes (it was). (Trời đã mưa à? Ừ.)
 Were the prisoners rebelling? – Yes (they were) (Những tù nhân đã nổi loạn à? Ừ.)
– Sự kiện trong quá khứ.
Để hỏi về một việc đã xảy ra với ai hoặc với điều gì, ta dùng thể bị động: quá khứ của be + quá khứ phân từ (V-ed hoặc cột 3)
Ví dụ:
 Was he given a reward? Yes (he was). (Ông ấy đã nhận được giải thưởng phải không?)
 Was I chosen? No (you weren’t). (Tôi có được chọn không?)
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng Anh với HAVE
Ví dụ:
 Has your brother left? No (he hasn’t). (Em trai cậu đã đi chưa?)
 Has the party started? Yes (it has). (Buổi tiệc đã bắt đầu chưa?)
– Có thể hỏi câu hỏi Yes/No bằng cách dùng “Had”, nhưng đó phải là tình huống rất cụ thể và phải giải thích cho một bài học ở tương lai.
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng Anh với “Do”
Dùng động từ do để hỏi về những sự thật/thực tế về người, nơi chốn hay vật.
Theo sau “do” luôn là chủ ngữ và động từ ở dạng nguyên mẫu không to.
Ví dụ:
 Do they smoke? No (they don’t). (Họ có hút thuốc không?)
 Did it work? No (it didn’t). (Nó có chạy không?)
 Does running hurt your knees? Yes (it does). (Chạy có làm đầu gối bạn đau không?)
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng Anh với động từ khuyết thiếu
Dùng động từ khiếm khuyết để hỏi thông tin về những khả năng hoặc những việc chưa chắc chắn. Sau động từ khuyết thiếu là các động từ nguyên thể không “to”.
Ví dụ:
 Can we stay? Yes (we can). (Chúng ta có thể ở lại không?)
 Should they stop? No (they shouldn’t). (Có có nên dừng lại không?)
 Would you go with me? Yes (I would). (Anh sẽ đi cùng tôi chứ?)
Chú ý: Khi hỏi câu hỏi với do hoặc động từ khiếm khuyết, động từ chính phải ở dạng nguyên mẫu không to.
Incorrect Correct
Do you to drink coffee? Do you drink coffee?
Does she to work here? Does she work here?
Can I to go with you? Can I go with you?
Should we to email her? Should we email her?
Tuy nhiên, nếu có hai động từ ở dạng nguyên mẫu sau do, thì động từ thứ hai phải có giới từ to.
Incorrect Correct
Do you want drink coffee? Do you want to drink coffee?
Does she like work here? Does she like to work here?
Did you need go home? Did you need to go home?
Chú ý là có nhiều cách để trả lời câu hỏi Yes/No, đặc biệt là trả lời bằng các dạng rút gọn.
Ví dụ:
Is he busy?
 No he isn’t
 No, he’s not.
 No, he isn’t busy.
 No, he’s not busy.

 No, he is not busy.
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng Anh dạng câu hỏi đuôi
Câu hỏi đuôi là câu hỏi ngắn được thêm vào cuối câu trần thuật. Chúng được dùng để kiểm chứng điều gì đó có đúng hay không, thường được dịch là ‘phải không’
Cấu trúc: S + V + O, trợ động từ + not + S?
Câu hỏi đuôi được chia làm hai thành phần tách biệt nhau bởi dấu phẩy (,) theo quy tắc sau:
+ Sử dụng trợ động từ giống như ở mệnh đề chính để làm phần đuôi câu hỏi. Nếu trong mệnh đề chính không có trợ động từ, ta dùng do/ does/ did thay thế.
+ Thì của động từ ở đuôi phải chia theo thì của động từ ở mệnh đề chính.
+ Đại từ ở phần đuôi để ở dạng đại từ nhân xưng chủ ngữ (I, we, you, they, he, she, it)
Ví dụ:
 You like reading books, don’t you? (Cậu thích đọc sách, phải không?)
 She often goes shopping in this supermarket, doesn’t she? (Cô ấy thường đi mua sắm ở siêu thị này, phải không?)
 They went out together last night, didn’t they? (Tối qua họ đi chơi cùng nhau, phải không?)
+ Nếu mệnh đề chính ở khẳng định thì phần đuôi ở phủ định và ngược lại.
Ví dụ:
Tom hasn’t got a car, has he? (Tom không có ô tô phải không?)
+ Chủ ngữ là các đại từ bất định chỉ người (everyone / everybody / someone / somebody / anyone / anybody / noone /
nobody, none, neither…) phần đuôi để là ‘they’
Ví dụ:
Someone has broken your vase, hasn’t they? (Ai đó đã làm vỡ lọ hoa của cậu phải không?)
+ Chủ ngữ là các đại từ bất định chỉ vật (something/ everything/ anything, nothing) phần đuôi để là ‘it’
Ví dụ:
Nothing is impossible, isn’t it? (Không gì là không thể, phải không?)
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề chính ở dạng phủ định (no one, nobody, nothing) hoặc trong mệnh đề chính có chứa trạng từ phủ định (never, rarely, seldom, occasionally,…) phần đuôi để ở dạng
khẳng định.
Ví dụ:
 No one loves me, do they? (Chẳng có ai yêu tôi cả, phải không?)
 They never go swimming, do they? (Họ chẳng bao giờ đi bơi phải không?)
Các trường hợp đặc biệt của câu hỏi đuôi:
Cấu trúc đặc biệt:
S + used to + V, didn’t + S?
S + had better + V, hadn’t + S?
S + would rather + V, wouldn’t + S?
+ Với mệnh đề chính I’m… đuôi là aren’t I?
VD: I’m crazy, aren’t I?
+ Câu mệnh lệnh là đuôi ‘will you?’
VD: Close the door, will you?

+ Với Let:
Rủ ai cùng làm gì: Let’s go to the cinema, shall we?
Xin phép làm gì: Let me use your dictionary, will you?
Đề nghị giúp ai làm gì: Let me help you cook dinner, may I?
Nếu câu ở mệnh đề chính có chứa MUST
– MUST chỉ sự cần thiết thì phần hỏi đuôi dùng NEEDN’T.
Ví dụ:
I must work a lot to meet the deadline, needn’t I? (Tôi phải làm việc thật nhiều để kịp hạn nộp, đúng không?)
– MUST chỉ sự cấm đoán nên phần hỏi đuôi ta phải dùng MUST (+ NOT).
Ví dụ:
 They must come home late, mustn’t they? (Họ không được về nhà muộn, đúng không nhỉ?)
 He mustn’t date with her, must he? (Anh ta không được hẹn hò với cô ấy phải không?)
– MUST chỉ sự dự đoán ở hiện tại: tùy vào động từ theo sau MUST mà ta chia động từ ở phần hỏi đuôi cho phù hợp.
Ví dụ:
 He must come early, doesn’t he? (Chắc là anh ta đến sớm đấy nhỉ?)
 The child must be very good, is he? (Thằng bé chắc là ngoan lắm đấy nhỉ?)
Nếu câu ở mệnh đề chính là câu cảm thán
(WHAT A/ AN…, HOW…, SUCH A/ AN…) thì danh từ trong câu cảm thán sẽ là chủ ngữ chính của câu, từ đó ta sẽ biến đổi danh từ sang đại từ thích hợp để làm chủ ngữ trong phần hỏi đuôi.
Ví dụ:
 What a lovely kitten, isn’t it? (Con mèo kia đáng yêu quá, phải không nào?)
 How a handsome boy, isn’t he? (Anh ta đẹp trai, đúng không?)
Nếu câu ở mệnh đề chính có chứa HAD BETTER hoặc WOULD RATHER
Nếu câu ở mệnh đề chính có chứa HAD BETTER hoặc WOULD RATHER, ta xem HAD, WOULD là trợ động từ và chia phần hỏi đuôi như bình thường.
Ví dụ:
 You had better go to school early, hadn’t you? (Con nên đi học sớm, đúng không nào?)
 You hadn’t better stay up late, had you? (Cậu không nên thức khuya, phải không nhỉ?)
 They’d rather play video games, wouldn’t they? (Họ thích chơi điện tử hơn, đúng không?)
Nếu câu ở mệnh đề chính là câu điều ước thì phần hỏi đuôi sẽ dùng MAY.
Ví dụ:
She wishes she would become beautiful, may she? (Cô ta ước cô ta sẽ trở nên xinh đẹp, phải không nhỉ?)
Nếu chủ ngữ của mệnh đề chính là ONE thì phần hỏi đuôi sẽ có chủ ngữ là ONE/YOU.
Ví dụ:
One can play this song, can’t you? (Một bạn nào đó có thể chơi bài này, đúng không?)
Cấu trúc câu hỏi trong tiếng anh dạng câu hỏi phức
Câu hỏi phức gồm hai thành phần được nối với nhau bằng một từ nghi vấn.
S + V + Question word (Từ hỏi) + S + V
Ví dụ:
 Alex still can’t figure out why his teacher gave his bad marks last week. (Alex vẫn chưa thể lý giải tại sao giáo viên của anh ấy lại cho anh ấy điểm kém vào tuần trước.)
 Luna hasn’t know where she will want to go at the weekend. (Luna chưa biết nơi cô ấy muốn đi vào cuối tuần.)
– Câu hỏi phức là một câu hỏi, áp dụng mẫu câu sau:
Trợ động từ + S + V + Question word + S + V
Ví dụ:
 Do you know what he said? (Bạn có biết anh ta đã nói gì không?)
 Could you tell me how much it cost? (Bạn có thể cho tôi biết nó trị giá bao nhiêu được không?)
– Trường hợp đặc biệt, từ hỏi là một cụm từ như: Whose + noun, How many, How much, How long, How often, What time, What kind,..
Ví dụ:
 How often do you visit your parents? (Bạn có thường về thăm bố mẹ bạn không?)
 Can you tell me how far your school is from your house? (Bạn có thể nói cho tôi biết từ nhà đến trường bạn bao xa không?)
PRACTICE
Bài tập 1: Chuyển những câu dưới dây sang dạng yes/no question
1. He is a scientist.
2. They arrived last night?
3. He plays football to see you tomorrow.
4. They will come here on Thursday.
5. She has told us the truth.
Bài tập 2: Viết câu trả lời cho các câu hỏi sau
1. Are the keys under the books?
2. Was his house on an island?
3. Was it raining?
4. Are flowers grown here?
5. Has your brother left?
6. Have you driven before?
7. Did the key work?
8. Do they smoke?
9. Can we stay?
10. Should they stop?
11. KEY
BÀI 3.Điền từ phù hợp vào chỗ trống:
1. ____ your aunt a nurse? – Yes, she ____
2. ____ you have a pet? – No, I ____
3. ____ those shoes beautiful? – Yes, ____
4. ____ your sister like pizza? – No, ____
5. ____ Linh’s sisters at home? – Yes, ____
6. ____ Peter live with his father? – No, he ____
7. ____ his house next to a post office? – Yes, ____
8. ____ Andrew and Martin ride their bikes to school? – Yes, ____
9. ____ your friends tall? – No, they ____
10. ____ the children in the garden? – No, ____
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
Đối với các từ có hai âm tiết, dấu (ˈ) được đánh vào trước âm tiết được nhấn trọng âm.
TỪ LOẠI QUY TẮC CHUNG NGOẠI LỆ
Phần lớn danh từ và tính từ có trọng âm được nhấn vào âm tiết thứ nhất • bamBOO /ˌbæmˈbuː/ (n): tre, trúc
E.g.: • surPRISE /səˈpraɪz/ (n): bất ngờ
* costume /ˈkɒstjuːm/ (n.). trang phục • aFRAID /əˈfreɪd/ (adj.): e ngại

* CHEERful /ˈtʃɪəfl/ (adj.): tươi vui
có trọng âm được nhấn vào âm tiết thứ hai

• FINish /ˈfɪnɪʃ/ (v.): hoàn thành
E.g.:
Phần lớn động từ • Open /ˈəʊpən/ (v.): mở
* diSCUSS /dɪˈskʌs/ (v): thảo luận
• SUFFer /ˈsʌfə(r)/ (v.): chịu đựng
* aGREE /əˈɡriː/ (v.): đồng ý
BT NGỮ ÂM (PRONUNCIATION)
I - Put the gown words in the box to the correct column according to their stress pattern.
review safety perform cannon locate
statue surround highlight reverse poster

st nd
Stress on 1 syllable Stress on 2 syllable
Eg.: highlight
II - Choose the word with a different stress pattern.
Eg.: A. safely B. pavement C. sandwich D. support
1. A. science B. goggles C. review D. cannon
2.A. poster B. tuna C. relic D. surround
3. A. construct B. horror C. pancake D. sausage
4. A. highlight B. regard C. critic D. circle
5.A. locate B. culture C. omelette D. harvest
6.A. horror B. perform C. cannon D. greasy
7.A. direct B. harvest C. culture D. thriller
8.A. replace B. reverse C. review D. festive
9.A. Easter B. goggles C. consist D. highlight
10. A. unique B. fiction C. poster D. gripping
11. A. goggles B. repeat C. compose D. erect
12. A. puppet B. poster C. festive D. control
13. A. opera B. repeat C. statue D. chaos
14. A. circle B. traffic C. perform D. cannon
15. A. tofu B. thriller C. greasy D. locate
VOCABULARY
Adjective
1.fascinating Lôi cuốn 2. religious Thuộc về tôn giáo
3. superstitious Mê tín 4. seasonal Theo mùa
5. unusual Bất thường 6. traditional Thuộc về truyền thống
7. joyful Vui vẻ 8. common Phổ biến
Noun
9. festival Lễ hội 10. costume Trang phục
11. feast Bữa tiệc lớn 12. fireworks Pháo hoa
Verb
12. celebrate Tổ chức 13. attend Tham dự
14. parade Diễu hành 15. gather Tụ họp
16. prepare Chuẩn bị 17. decorate Trang trí
18. perform Biểu diễn 19.describe Miêu tả
Ex I: Put the word in the correct column
invite, music, parade, happy, action, famous, thousand, culture, popular, machine, nervous, perform, candle, question, because, party
st nd
Stress on the 1 syllable Stress on the 2 syllable
Ex II: Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. discuss B. traffic C. water D. winter
2. A. prepare B. relax C. produce D. summer
3. A. driver B. weather C. review D. sister
4. A. tourist B. support C. partner D. autumn
5. A. enjoy B. carry C. father D. nervous
6. A. classroom B. teacher C. student D. expect
7. A. service B. agree C. rabbit D. market
8. A. decide B. thousand C. season D. Easter
9. A. Christmas B. coffee C. hotel D. rubber
10.A. forget B. august C. before D. divide
Ex III: Label the picture
Tet holiday Christmas Halloween Cannes Film festival
Valentine’s Day Beer festival Vietnamese Teachers’ Day Festival of lights
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ex IV: Read the following sentences and mark the stressed syllable in the underlined words.
1. Film directors, stars and critics all come to this famous festival.
2. I carry two big boxes of pencils for my brother on Friday.
3. Do you often have English lessons on Monday?
4. People always put pumpkin lanterns outside their homes on Halloween day.
5. Can you take a photo of my parents on their wedding day?
6. The table below gives information about the program.
7. The village is far away from the city center.
8. We saw a big bunch of flowers on the table in the living room.
9. Can she pronounce the name of her sister?
10.My father is a doctor in a local hospital.

Ex V: Complete the table with appropriate nouns, verbs, and adjectives
Verb Noun Adjective
perform 1…………………………..
performance
2………………………….. cultural
3…………………………. dancer 4……………………………
happiness 5……………………….....
6……………………...... fascination fascinating
7…………………………. romantic
discuss 8………………………….
season 9……………………………
10. ………………………. natural
Ex VI: Complete the sentences with words in Ex V
1. My sister works as a d……………………in a local pub.
2. This is one of the n…………..……….wonders of the world.
3. The artist prepared well yesterday. Therefore, she has an excellent p….……………………on the stage today.
4. The program gives us a chance to understand c……..……………values of the city.
5. Tom and Mary are going to d…………………….their festival project.
6. We are going to Rio Carnival to watch p……….………………dance.
7. How many s……………………..are there in your country?
8. Titanic is a r………………….film about love story between Jack and Rose.
Ex VII: Odd one out
10. A. elephant B. music C. gorilla D. crocodile
11. A. festival B. candle C. cake D. birthday
12. A. celebrate B. complete C. wonderful D. describe
13. A. information B. common C. nature D. classroom
14. A. funny B. nervous C. worried D. performance
15. A. usual B. desert C. valley D. mountain
16. A. art B. music C. painting D. question
17. A. tourist B. rename C. architect D. dancer
18. A. pumpkin B. cucumber C. watermelon D. describe
19. 10.A. lovely B. trousers D. gloves D. jeans
Ex VIII: Match
1.celebrate a.the festival
2.watch b. money
3.exchange c. Easter eggs
4.spend d.the meals
5.visit e.fireworks
6.enjoy f. the New Year
7.create g. the relatives
8.attend h. the gifts
Ex IX: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets
1. How many……………………….are there in the program tonight? PERFORM
2. We often…………………………Tet holiday on the first day of the new year. CELEBRATION
3. ………………….voluntarily contribute their money and other things to celebrate the festival together. VILLAGE
4. There are some other activities such as …………………shows, buffalo races and traditional games. CULTURE
5. People play drums, sing songs and ………………..happily. DANCING
6. When he swims, he often wears goggles to …………….his eyes. PROTECTION
7. We enjoy the food with local people and ………………TOURISM
8. Which do you think are …………………festivals? SEASON
9. Jack chose the festival because he would like to see elephants ……………..RACE
10.I don’t like this festival because it is …………………….USUAL
Ex X: Choose the best answer
1. The festival is …………………..every year at the end of October.
A. taken B. held C. made D. done
2. Festival of lights is a …………………..festival in India.
A. religion B. culture C. nation D. religious
3. People …………………the festival by throwing water to wish everyone happiness.
A. celebrate B. have C. organize D. complete
4. The biggest ………………….for the winner is a trip to France.
A. part B. benefit C. prize D. mark
5. A lot of people go to the city center to ………………the festival.
A. have B. attend C. relax D. discuss
6. It must be ……………..to see elephants racing in the street.
A. amazed B. nervous C. amazing D. romantic
7. What should the students do after this …………with the teacher?
A. task B. discussion C. homework D. break
8. People wear beautiful ………………and parade through the streets during the festival in this country.
A. jeans B. gloves C. boots D. costumes
9. The festival ……………place every two years.
A. takes B. happens C. has D. holds
10.During Tet holiday, we …………….our houses with apricot of peach blossoms.
A. decorate B. make C. build D. close
Ex XI: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
harvest held followed Display
feast world performances attend
1. The festival is ………………… on the last day of October every year.
2. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to………………. the Rio Carnival.
3. Yesterday, my family prepared a ……………..to welcome our grandparents from the USA.
4. Tourists can watch folk music ……………………..in this festival.
5. People in my village often celebrate this festival after they ………………….the crop.
6. They ………………a lot beautiful dolls in the best room of the house.
7. Local people and tourists from all over the …………….celebrate the festival together with endless all-night activities.
8. The program is ……………..by fireworks and the appearance of a tall ship with red sails.
KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
THE SNAKE FESTIVAL
• Every year on the first Thursday in May, the small village of Cocullo in Italy sees thousands of visitors at the annual Snake Festival.
th
• In the 11 century, there were many snakes in the village and many people died of snakebite. Saint Domenlc got rid of the snakes and the people of Cocullo hold this
festival every year to remember him.
• For some weeks before the festival, people collect snakes and then, on st Dominic’s Day, they put all the snakes on a statue of St Dominic.
• At midday, they carry the statue and the snakes in a procession through the village.
• At the end of the procession, there are fireworks.
If you think suffering teeth-chattering cold is part of the fun when you travel, then the Harbin International Ice and Snow Sculpture Festival is the carnival for you. Set in Heilongjiang Province
in northern China, it’s the world’s biggest snow and ice festival and has plenty of spectacular works and activities.
The annual festival officially runs from January 5 to February 5 but some attractions open to visitors before the opening ceremony, including the most popular of them all - the Harbin Ice and
Snow World, made with ice blocks pulled from the nearby Songhua River.
This year, the Harbin Ice and Snow World spans over 600,000 square meters and includes more than 100 landmarks. In addition to walking up the huge shining ice castles, other highlights
include an exquisite snow Buddha statue made of more than 4,500 square cubic meters of snow, a 3D light show and the 340-meter-long Northern Lights-themed ice slides.
1. The world’s biggest snow and ice festival is held in Heilongjiang, China. 
2. The festival takes place every year for one month. 
3. ice used in the festival is carried to China from the North Pole. 
4. There are 600 landmarks in the Harbin ice and Snow World this year. 
5. People use about 4,500 square cubic meters of snow to make Buddha statue. 
II - Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the following questions.
The Pacific Rim Whale Festival
Every year, about 20,000 grey whales swim past the west coast of Vancouver Island. The whales travel from Mexico to the Arctic and back again. The whole trip is about 16,000 kilometres.
Every March, the people who live around the Pacific Rim National Park have a festival to celebrate the whales’ journey. The festival is the Pacific Rim Whale Festival. The whales travel very
close to the shore as they swim north. This allows people to gather together to watch the whales from land and from boats.
Nanaimo Bathtub Race
On the east coast of Vancouver Island, you can see people moving through the water in a strange type of boat. In the Nanaimo Bathtub Race, all the boats are made from bathtubs. The city of
Nanaimo is home to the oldest and most famous bathtub boat race in the world. Today, Nanaimo World Championship Bathtub Race is a serious sport that attracts many racers and visitors from
around the world.
1.How many grey whales swim near Vancouver Island every year?
A. 15,000 B. 16,000 C. 20,000 D. No one knows.
2. Where do the grey whales start their annual trip?
A. Vancouver Island B. the Arctic
C. somewhere in the open ocean D. Mexico
3.According to the reading, why is it easy for people to see the whales?
A. The people use binoculars.
B. The whales swim close to land.
C. The people are also swimming in the water.
D. They fly over the whales in helicopters.
4.Where does the Nanaimo Bathtub Race happen?
A. Far off the north coast of Vancouver Island.
B. On the South Shore of Vancouver Island.
C. On the west side of Vancouver Island.
D. On the east side of Vancouver Island.
5.What is special about every boat in the race?
A. Each boat can carry three people.
B. Every boat is made from a bathtub.

C. Every boat gets a safety inspection.
D. All the boats have sails.
Hello students. Today I’d like to tell you some information about types and sources of energy. Energy is classified into two main groups: renewable and (1) .......................
The energy from natural sources such as the sun, (2) ......................., and rain is called renewable energy. They are (3) ....................... and can be generated again and again. They also have
low (4) ....................... so they are considered green and environment-friendly. Moreover, using renewable energy can reduce your (5) ....................... costs. Unfortunately, solar energy can be
only used during the (6) ....................... but not during night or the (7) .......................
Non-renewable energy is the energy taken from other sources that are available on earth. They are (8) ........................ and will run out in the future. They can’t be re-generated in a short
time. Fossil fuels - natural gas, oil and coal - are examples of them. They are (9) ........................ and easy to use. However, when burnt, they release toxic gases in the air so they cause serious
environmental changes such as (10) ........................ And the important thing is that non-renewable sources will expire someday.
2/Listen and decide if each statement is true or false or not given. (Track 20)
1. Our earth stores the sun’s energy in their earth surface.
2. Some fossil fuels are coal, oil and wind energy.
3. Fossil fuels can be used to produce electricity.
4. Electricity is needed for many activities.
5. By 2013, people use about 80 percent of fossil fuels in the world.
6. One day, when people use up all fossil fuels, they will die because there is no alternative energy.
7. Renewable energy will be used up one day.
8. Solar energy and wind energy are two types of alternative energy.
Talk about the festival of a foreign country you are most interested in.
• What and where is the festival?
• When is the festival held?
• What are the main activities of the festival?
• Why are you most interested in that festival?
Useful languages:
• Harbin Ice Festival • My favourite festival is ... in ...
• Lantern Festival • This festival is held ...
• Easter • Participating the festival, people can ...
• Thanksgiving • During the festival, people ...
• Jan-Feb • I'm most interested in that festival because ...
• 15/12 lunar year
• seeing lanterns
• seeing ice castles
• exciting
• entertaining
Complete the notes:
What and where is the festival? __________________________________________

__________________________________________
__________________________________________
When is the festival held? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are the main activities of the festival? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Why are you most interested in that festival? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. My favourite festival is ... In ...
2. This festival is held ...
3. Participating the festival, people can ...
4. I’m most interested in that festival because ...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. She/ participate/ Boryeong Mud Festival/ three/ year/ ago.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. Mud Festival/ take place/ July/ every year/ Boryeong town, Korea.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. It/ be/ originally/ provide people/ cosmetics/ use/ mud/ area.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. Participate/ festival, people/ have/ great excuse/ get dirty/ have fun.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Participants/ immerse themselves/ nutrient-rich mud/ mud pool.
→ ________________________________________________________
6. People/ often have/ much fun/ when/ play/ colored mud.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (about 60-80 words) about the festival you experienced and remembered the best.
• What is the festival?
• When is the festival held?
• What are the main activities of the festival?
• What is the most impressive to you?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 10: ENERGY SOURCES
VOCABULARY
1. always (Adj) / 'ɔːlweɪz /: luôn luôn
2. often (Adj) / 'ɒf(ə)n /: thường
3. sometimes (Adj) / 'sʌm.taɪmz /: thỉnh thoảng
4. never (Adj) / 'nevə /: không bao giờ
5. take a shower (n) / teɪk ə ʃaʊə /: tắm vòi tắm hoa sen
6. distance (n) / 'dɪst(ə)ns /: khoảng cách
7. transport (n) / trans'pɔrt /: phương tiện giao thông
8. electricity (n) /,ɪlɛk'trɪsɪti /: điện
9. biogas (n) /'baiou,gæs/: khí sinh học
10. footprint (n) / 'fʊtprɪnt /: dấu vết, vết chân
11. solar (Adj) / 'soʊlər /: (thuộc về) mặt trời
12. carbon dioxide (n) / 'kɑːrbən daɪˈɑːksaɪd /: khí CO2
13. negative (Adj) / 'neɡətɪv /: xấu, tiêu cực\
14. alternative (Adj) / ɔ:l'tə:nətiv /: có thể lựa chọn thay cho vật khác
15. dangerous (Adj) / 'deindʒrəs /: nguy hiểm
16. energy (n) / 'enədʒi /: năng lượng
17. hydro (n) / 'haidrou /: thuộc về nước
18. non-renewable (adj) / ,nɔn ri'nju:əbl /: không phục hồi, không tái tạo được
19. plentiful (Adj) / 'plentifl /: phong phú, dồi dào
20. renewable (Adj) / ri'nju:əbl /: phục hồi, làm mới lại
21. source (n) / sɔ:s /: nguồn
GRAMMAR: PRESENT CONTINUOUS
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn (The present continuous)
1. Cách dùng
 Diễn đạt một hành động đang xảy ra tại thời điểm nói.
VD: I am eating my lunch right now.
 Diễn tả một hành động hoặc một sự việc nói chung đang diễn ra nhưng không nhất thiết phải thực sự diễn ra ngay lúc nói.
VD: I’m quite busy these days. I’m doing my assignment. (Dạo này tôi khá là bận. Tôi đang làm luận án)
 Diễn đạt một hành động sắp xảy ra trong tương lai gần. Thường diễn tả một kế hoạch đã lên lịch sẵn
VD: I am flying to London tomorrow. (Tôi sẽ bay sang Luân Đôn sáng ngày mai)
 Hành động thường xuyên lặp đi lặp lại gây sự bực mình, khó chịu cho người nói. Cách dùng này được dùng với trạng từ “always”
VD: He is always losing his keys. (Anh ấy cứ hay đánh mất chìa khóa)
2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại tiếp diễn
a. Cấu trúc
I am I am not
He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ danh từ không đếm is He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ danh từ không đếm được isn’t
được + V-ing + V-ing

You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều are You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều aren’t
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
- I am reading a book. - I am not joking
- She is swimming. - She isn’t drinking lemon juice.
- They are sleeping. - We aren’t going to school.
- The dog is barking - My parents are sleeping.
Ví dụ:
- Is she singing an English song?
=> Yes, she is/ No, she isn’t.
- Are you having dinner?
=> Yes, I am/ No, I’m not.
- Are the children crying?
=> Yes/ they are/ No, they aren’t.
Am I Yes, I am
No, am not
Is He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ danh từ không + V-ing Yes, He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ is
đếm được No, danh từ không đếm được isn’t
Are You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều Yes, You/ We/ They/ Danh từ are
No, số nhiều aren’t
b. Wh- question
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-word (từ để hỏi), ta đặt chúng ở vị trí đầu câu và đưa ra câu trả lời trực tiếp.
Ví dụ: Wh- word + am/ is/ are + S + V-ing?

- Who is she talking to?
- She is talking to her mother.
- What are you studying?
- I am studying English.
 Trong câu có các trạng từ chỉ thời gian:
now (bây giờ), right now (ngay bây giờ), at the moment (lúc này), at present (hiện tại), at this time (bây giờ), at + giờ cụ thể (at 12 o’clock)
 Trong câu có các từ như:
Look! (nhìn kìa), Listen (hãy nghe này), Keep silent! (Trật tự), Be careful! (Cẩn thận), Hurry up! (Hãy nhanh lên)…
Ví dụ:
- Now my sister is going shopping with my mother.
- Look! The train is coming.
- Listen! Someone is crying.
- Keep silent! The baby is sleeping.
4. Các quy tắc thêm –ing vào sau động từ
Các quy tắc Ví dụ

Động từ kết thúc bởi “e”, ta bỏ “e” thêm “ing” Have- having Make- making
Write - writing Come- coming
Động từ kết thúc bởi “ee”, ta thêm “ing” mà không bỏ “e” See- seeing Agree - agreeing
Động từ kết thúc bởi “ie”, ta đổi “ie” thành “y” rồi thêm Lie – lying Die- dying
đuổi “ing”
Động từ kết thúc bởi 1 nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) + 1 phụ âm, Run- running Stop - stopping
ta gấp đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm –ing. Get - getting Travel - travelling
5. Một số động từ không có dạng V-ing.
Những động từ sau đây chỉ dùng ở dạng đơn, không thêm đuôi V-ing.
Chỉ trạng thái: be, cost, fit, mean, suit. VD: We are on holiday.
Nói về sự sử hữu: belong, have VD: Sam has a cat.
Chỉ cảm giác: feel, hear, see, smell, taste, touch VD: He feels the cold.
Nói về cảm xúc: hate, hope, like, love, prefer, regret, want, wish. VD: Jane loves pizza.
Nói về nhận thức: believe, know, think (nghĩ về), understand. VD: I believe you.
Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi –ing vào các động từ sao cho đúng
V V-ing V V-ing
Have (có) Help
Do (làm) Run
Say (nói) Write
Go (đi) Move
Make (làm) Play
Take (lấy) Stand
Give (cho) Talk
Use (dùng) Sit
Come (đến) Read
Find (tìm thấy) Speak
Put Open
Leave Draw
Work Walk
Ask Sell
Follow watch
Bài 2: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen
2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.
3. It (is/am/are) raining
4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.
5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.
6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.
7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.
8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.
9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.
10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)
1. (+) We are working on the new show right now.

(-)____________________________________
(?)____________________________________
2. (+)____________________________________
(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.
(?)____________________________________
3. (+)____________________________________
(-)____________________________________
(?) Is he running very fast?
4. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.
(-)____________________________________
(?)____________________________________
5. (+)____________________________________
(-)____________________________________
(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?
Bài 4: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho phù hợp
A B
1. Are they having dinner? a. Yes, she is.
2. Are you making a cup of tea? b. He is cooking pasta
3. Is she making a cup of coffee? c. No, he isn’t.
4. What are you doing? d. I’m going to Korea.
5. Is it raining? e. No, they aren’t.
6. What is he cooking for dinner? f. My brother.
7. Where are you going on holiday? g. No, it isn’t.
8. Are we going into town? h. Yes, we are.
9. Who is going to England? i. I’m looking for a number in the phone book.
10. Is your father taking a bus to the kinder garten? j. Yes, I am.
1…….- 2………- 3……- 4…........- 5…....- 6……-7…….-8……..-9……….-10……….
Bài 4: Sắp xếp từ trong câu theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành một câu hoàn chỉnh
1. singing/ the/ birds/ are/ at/. /5 am
2. are/ at/ 7 am/ the/ dogs/ big/ barking.
3. up/ at/ is/ 7.20 am/ getting/ Thompson/ . / Mrs.
4. making/ she/ . / at/ breakfast/ her/ 7.40 am/ son’s/ is
5. 7.50 am/ is/ . / letters/ the/ the/ delivering/ at/ mailman
6. his/ 7.55 am/ son/ washing/ Mrs/ . / is/ Thompson’s/ face/ at
7. are/ eating/ 8 am/ at/ family/ Thompsons/ together/ the / breakfast.
8. blue/ 8.20 am/ work/ Thompson/ car/ is/ in/ at/ to/ Mrs./ driving/ her.
9. rope/ playground/ classmate/ is/ my/ in/ the/ . / skipping
10. school/ sister/ is/ an/ my/ international/ studying/ in.
Bài 5: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn
1. Alexander ______ (study) for his exam at the moment.
2. She ______ (not play) goft tomorrow.
3. They ______ (make) dinner now.
4. The company ______ (have) dinner now.

5. She ______ (eat) oysters for lunch right now.
6. David ______(not fly) to Chicago next week.
7. I ______ (work) on a special report today.
8. We ______ (not cook) dinner this evening because we’re eating out.
9. ______ (Tom drive) to work right now?
10. They ______(not prepare) for the science exam at the moment.
11. When ______ (you/ have) lunch tomorrow?
12. ______ (they give) a party this weekend?
13. Susan ______ (make) the decision at 3 o’clock this afternoon.
14. What ______ (you do)?!
15. Which motel ______(they stay) now?
Bài 6: Chọn động từ thích hợp cho dạng đúng của thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn và điền vào chỗ trống
1. He is at the bank. He _______money from his account.

read study post make speak draw come wait
2. He is in the library. He ______
sunbathe water
3. He is in the garden. He ______ the flowers.
4. She is on the beach. She ______
5. He is in the post office. He ______ letter.
6. He is in the telephone box. He ______ a call.
7. We ______ English at the moment.
8. Look! David and Max ______ home.
9. She ______for her boyfriend now.
10. I ______ to a dentist.
Bài 7: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, đặt câu ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn
1. (they/ learn new things?)
_______________________________________________________________
2. (when/ he/ start work?)
_______________________________________________________________
3. (why/ I/ stay/ at home?)
_______________________________________________________________
4. (it/ get dark?)
_______________________________________________________________
5. (the dog/ not/ play with a ball)
_______________________________________________________________
6. (why/ it/ rain now?)
_______________________________________________________________
7. (how/ she/ travel?)
_______________________________________________________________
8. (where/ you/ work?)
_______________________________________________________________
9. (what/we/ watch?)
_______________________________________________________________
10. (I/ take too much cake?)
_______________________________________________________________
* NGỮ ÂM – Pronunciation
phát âm chính xác các từ có ba âm tiết
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
TỪ LOẠI QUY TẮC CHUNG NGOẠI LỆ
Nếu âm tiết thứ hai có chứa âm /ə/, /ɪ/ hoặc /i/ thì trọng âm • PARadise /ˈpærədaɪs/ (n.): thiên đường
rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất. • PLENtiful /ˈplentɪfl/ (adj.): phong phú
Phần lớn danh từ và tính từ Nếu âm tiết thứ hai có chứa nguyên âm dài hoặc nguyên âm
• disAster /dɪˈzɑːstə(r)/ (n.): thảm hoạ
đôi và âm tiết thứ ba chứa một nguyên âm ngắn thì trọng âm
• aNNOYing /əˈnɔɪɪŋ/ (adj.): gây khó chịu
rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai.
Nếu âm tiết thứ ba là nguyên âm dài hoặc nguyên âm đôi,

• ORganise /ˈɔːɡənaɪz/ (v.): tổ chức
hoặc kết thúc bằng 2 phụ âm trở lên thì trọng âm rơi vào âm
• Activate /ˈæktɪveɪt/ (v.): kích hoạt
Phần lớn động từ tiết thứ nhất.
Nếu âm tiết thứ ba có nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc bằng 1 • deTERmine /dɪˈtɜːmɪn/ (v.): xác định
phụ âm thì trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai. • enCOUNter /ɪnˈkaʊntə(r)/ (v.): gặp phải
NGỮ ÂM (PRONUNCIATION) -
I - Put the given words in the box to the correct column according to their stress pattern.
abundant recommend character biogas volunteer
consumption understand energy referee exhausted
performance limiting Halloween plentiful disaster
st nd rd
Stress on 1 syllable Stress on 2 syllable Stress on 3 syllable
E.g.: character
II - Choose the word with a different stress pattern.
Eg.: A. barbecue B. creative C. decorate D. calendar
1.A. atmosphere B. melody C. carnival D. recommend
2.A. allergy B. depression C. unusual D. performer
3. A. recipe B. abundant C. celebrate D. limiting
4.A. reporter B. fantastic C. natural D. delicious
5.A. essential B. memorial C. historic D. volunteer
6.A. cultural B. exhausted C. seasonal D. dangerous
7.A. recognise B. vehicle C. energy D. consumption
8.A. religious B. dangerous C. violent D. triangle
9.A. tricycle B. serious C. abundant D. biogas
10. A. illegal B. pagoda C. disaster D. referee
11. A. exciting B. determine C. gallery D. cathedral
12. A. adventure B. interview C. firefighter D. barbecue
13. A. decorate B. exciting C. apricot D. windsurfing
14. A. graffiti B. department C. entertain D. reporter
15. A. limiting B. dishwasher C. microwave D. understand
Types of energy:
Wind Coal Natural gas Nuclear

Oil Hydro Solar biogas
New words:
1.source of energy Nguồn năng lượng 2.carbon dioxide CO2
3.effect (n) Tác động 4.environment (n) Môi trường
5.solar panel Tấm/bảng hứng năng lượng mặt trời 6. coal (n) Than đá
7. natural gas Khí ga tự nhiên 8. biogas (n) Khí ga sinh học
9.nuclear (a) Hạt nhân 10.hydro (a) Thủy điện
11. renewable (a) Tái tạo lại 12.abundant (a) Phong phú,
13. available (a) Sẵn có 14. limited (a) Có hạn
15. exhaustible (a) Cạn kiệt 16. harmful (a) Có hại
17. polluting (a) Gây ô nhiễm 18. safe (a) An toàn
19. plentiful (a) Rất nhiều 20. convenient (a) Tiện lợi
21. enormous (a) To lớn 22. expensive (a) Đắt đỏ
23. alternative (a) Thay thế 24. produce(v) Sản sinh
25. create (v) Tạo ra 26.electricity (n) Điện
Ex I: Put the words in the correct column
wind, coal, oil, biogas, natural gas, nuclear, solar, hydro, wave
Renewable sources Non-renewable sources
Ex II: Odd one out
1. A. wind B. solar C. world D. hydro
2. A. biogas B. create C. produce D. make
3. A. oxygen B. nuclear C. hydrogen D. carbon dioxide
4. A. dangerous B. expensive C. polluting D. clean
5. A. abundant B. plentiful C. wave D. available
6. A. limited B. environment C. energy D. product
7. A. scientist B. engineer C. driver D. convenient
8. A. dangerous B. use C. polluting D. harmful
9. A. exhaustible B. limited C. water D. dangerous
10.A. renewable B. Monday C. Wednesday D. Saturday
Ex III: Match
1.solve a. electricity
2.install b. a film
3.take c. energy consumption
4.show d. television
5.increase e. the problems
6.generate f. solar panels

7.turn on g. the tax
8.reduce h. a rest
Ex IV: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined
1. A. energy B. expensive C. enter D. elephant
2. A. solar B. tomorrow C. another D. hydro
3. A. produce B. music C. tube D. just
4. A. carbon B. coal C. source D. candy
5. A. type B. energy C. easily D. chilly
6. A. solar B. abundant C. safe D. another
7. A. exhaustible B. dangerous C. train D. main
8. A. enormous B. about C. famous D. nervous
9. A. public B. limited C. polluting D. dioxide
10. A. book B. cook C. roof D. foot
Ex V: Put the words in the correct column
develop, family, elephant, gorilla, architect, decision, beautiful, eraser, terrified, abundant, limited, tomorrow, afternoon, chocolate,
0oo o0o
Ex VI: Read the following sentences and mark the stressed syllable in the underlined words.
1. This is one advantage of using solar energy.
2. Fossil fuels are not considered sustainable energy sources.
3. Solar energy is derived from an abundant resource that we see nearly every day.
4. What types of gases are staying in our atmosphere for a long period of time?
5. Food, sunlight and wind are different from other forms of energy.
6. Is crossing the street during rush hour dangerous?
Ex VII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
last produce heat solar
electricity environment ride lights
1. Using energy that produces carbon dioxide is bad for the ………………….
2. We install ………………panels on the roof of our house to catch the sun’s energy.
3. Renewable source of energy will ……………….forever.
4. My father installs new glass in the windows to stop..……..escaping.
5. Do you often walk or …………a bike when travelling long distances?
6. Remember to turn off the ………………..when leaving the room.
7. We don’t have to pay the …………….bill a lot because we use a little electricity at home.
8. These men will install a network of wind turbines to ………………..electricity.
Ex VIII: Put the words into the correct groups
Safe Natural gas Limited Clean Solar Expensive

Exhaustible Abundant Nuclear Available Wind hydro
Sources of energy Advantages Disadvantage
Ex IX: Choose the best answer
1. Emissions from vehicles have negative ………………..on the environment.
A. tasks B. effects C. benefits D. problems
2. Using non-renewable energy sources like coal, oil …………………a lot of carbon dioxide.
A. makes B. does C. uses D. produces
3. They …………………..solar panels on the roof of the house to catch the energy from the sun.
A. have B. get C. install D. put
4. Wind is one type of …………………source of energy.
A. renewable B. expensiveC. dangerous D. exhaustible
5. What things do they think might ………………..a big carbon footprint?
A. take B. put C. carry D. create
6. I think that using biogas is abundant and ………………
A. limited B. polluting C. cheap D. exhaustible
7. Solar energy is plentiful and it can be ………………….easily.
A. recycled B. replaced C. reduced D. reused
8. We install solar panels on our roof for the heating and …………..water.
A. hot B. cold C. dirty D. clean
9. His brother is ……………cracks in the water pipes.
A. having B. checking C. taking D. producing
10. The teacher is ………………..a talk about how to save energy.
A. doing B. taking C. giving D. making
Ex X: Write the correct form of the word given
1. Coal will be …………………by another renewable source of energy in the future. REPLACE
2. Natural gas is …………….and it is harmful to the environment. LIMIT
3. I like solar energy because it is ………………..PLENTY
4. Using public transport can reduce ……………….….POLLUTE
5. These types of energy do not cause pollution or waste ………………….resources. NATURE
6. We hope that by using solar energy, the problem of energy ……………….will be solved. SHORT
7. This new plant is being built to provide …………………for the population of the local area. ELECTRIC
8. Remember to turn off the lights when……………….to bed, boy! GO
9. She wears a sweater to keep her body………………..in the early winter. WARMTH
10. What are the advantages and ………………….of using public transport?
ADVANTAGE
Ex XI: Solve the crossword puzzle

1
2 5
6 7
ACROSS
1. We are doing a ………………..on sources of energy now.
2. Alternative ………………..of energy will be developed quickly.
3. What should the government do to ………………..the use petrol?
4. Wind………………..will offer a great deal of energy in the future.
DOWN
1. My friends and I ride bicycles to school to reduce air ………………..
5. They put low ………………….light bulbs in the classroom.
6. My father prefers using …………………..transport to protect the environment.
7. When a source is used, it usually takes time to ……………..it.
SKILLS
DO YOU KNOW?
RENEWABLE ENERGY
Renewable energy is often called green energy because it is natural, available and does not have to be formed like non-renewable energy. The green energy is always
there. For example, the Sun consistently shines, water is abundant, and the winds blow throughout the year. The five types include solar, energy from the Sun;
geothermal, energy from heat within the Earth; hydroelectric, energy from moving water; biomass, energy from dead plants and finally, energy from the wind.
Wind is a form of solar energy. Winds are caused by the uneven heating of the atmosphere by the sun. Wind flow patterns are changed by the earth’s terrain, bodies of water, and vegetative
cover. This wind flow, or motion energy, when “harvested” by modern wind turbines, can be used to generate electricity.
Wind turbines are available in a variety of sizes, and therefore power ratings. The largest machine has blades that span more than the length of a football field, stands 20 building stories high,
and produces enough electricity to power 1,400 homes. A small home-sized wind machine has rotors between 8 and 25 feet in diameter and stands upwards of 30 feet, and can supply the power
needs of an all-electric home or small business, utilityscale turbines range in size from 50 to 750 kilowatts. Single small turbines, below 50 kilowatts, are used for homes, telecommunications
dishes, or water pumping.
1. What is the reason for the existence of wind?
A. atmosphere heated unevenly B. wind flow
C. motion energy D. wind turbines
2.Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a factor affecting the wind direction?
A. earth’s terrain B. bodies of water
C. vegetative cover D. the Sun
3.The word “variety” is closest in meaning with_________.
A. capacity B. popularity C. diversity D. minority
4.What is the height of the largest wind turbines?

A. as tall as a 20 story building B. between 8 and 25 feet
C. 30 feet D. 50 feet
5. A small home-sized wind machine can produce enough power for_________ .
A. 20 buildings B. a small business
C. 400 homes D. a football field
6. How much power do single small turbines generate?
A. about 30 kilowatts B. more than 50 kilowatts
C. about 750 kilowatts D. less than 50 kilowatts
II - Read the passage and answer the following questions.
You use energy every day. Energy is the ability to cause change. When you ride a bike, you use energy from your body to make the bike move. Your parents use heat energy to change the food
from raw to cooked.
Not all energy is used as soon as you get it. Sometimes energy is stored to be used later, stored energy can be chemical energy stored in a battery or in your body. It can also be potential energy.
Potential energy is based on the position of the object. A soccer player standing ready to kick a ball has potential energy.
Energy of motion is also called kinetic energy. Potential energy converts, or changes into, kinetic energy when the thing or person begins to move. When the soccer player kicks the ball, kinetic
energy is at work. Energy often changes forms. When you switch on the light, electricity converts into light. When you eat, chemical energy from your food converts into thermal and mechanical
energy that allows you to move and work.
1. What is energy?
_____________________________________________________
2. What kind of energy is based on an object's position?
_____________________________________________________
3. What is another name for energy of motion?
_____________________________________________________
4. What is another way to say “changes into”?
_____________________________________________________
5. Does energy often change forms?
_____________________________________________________
1: Listen and complete the text. (Track 19)
Hello students. Today I’d like to tell you some information about types and sources of energy. Energy is classified into two main groups: renewable and (1) .......................
The energy from natural sources such as the sun, (2) ......................., and rain is called renewable energy. They are (3) ....................... and can be generated again and again. They also have
low (4) ....................... so they are considered green and environment-friendly. Moreover, using renewable energy can reduce your (5) ....................... costs. Unfortunately, solar energy can be
only used during the (6) ....................... but not during night or the (7) .......................
Non-renewable energy is the energy taken from other sources that are available on earth. They are (8) ........................ and will run out in the future. They can’t be re-generated in a short
time. Fossil fuels - natural gas, oil and coal - are examples of them. They are (9) ........................ and easy to use. However, when burnt, they release toxic gases in the air so they cause serious
environmental changes such as (10) ........................ And the important thing is that non-renewable sources will expire someday.
Exer 2/ Listen and decide if each statement is true or false or not given. (Track 20)
1. Our earth stores the sun’s energy in their earth surface.
2. Some fossil fuels are coal, oil and wind energy.
3. Fossil fuels can be used to produce electricity.
4. Electricity is needed for many activities.
5. By 2013, people use about 80 percent of fossil fuels in the world.
6. One day, when people use up all fossil fuels, they will die because there is no alternative energy.
7. Renewable energy will be used up one day.

8. Solar energy and wind energy are two types of alternative energy.
Talk about how to save electricity.
• What are the ways to save electricity?
• How to apply them?
• What are the benefits?
• What have you done to save electricity?
Useful languages:
• switching off the lights • There are many ways to save electricity like ...
• using natural light • Saving electricity brings many benefits, such as ...
• using low energy light bulbs • Saving electricity helps ...
• using on/off sensors • I have done some activities to save electricity. For example, ...
• financial benefit
• environmental benefit
• health benefit
• using fewer fans
• turning off the lights before going to bed
• using fewer air-conditioners
Complete the notes:
What are the ways to save electricity? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How to apply them? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are the benefits? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What have you done to save electricity? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. There are many ways to save electricity like ...
2.Saving electricity helps ...
3. I have done some activities to save electricity. For example, ...
Now you tick!
Did you ...

Let’s compare!
1. Like/ any/ other type/ power,/ solar energy/ have/ own/ disadvantage.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. Solar power/ depend/ weather condition/ operation.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. If/ people/ build/ solar power/ plant,/ space/ must/ very huge.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. A lot/ money/ require/ build/ solar power plant.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Humans/ should/ exploit/ solar power/ more/ have safe/ clean energy.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60-80 words) about disadvantages of nuclear power.
• What are the disadvantages of nuclear power?
• What are the solutions for them?
UNIT 11. TRAVELLING IN THE FUTURE
VOCABULARY
GETTING STARTED
1.hyperloop / ˈhaɪpə(r) luːp / (n) Tàu siêu tốc
traffic jam /'træfɪk dʒæm/ (n.phr) Kẹt xe
campsite /ˈkæmpsaɪt/ (n) Khu cắm trại
tube /tjuːb/ (n) ống nước
flying car /ˈflaɪɪŋ kɑː/ (n.phr) Xe bay
pollute /pəˈluːt/ (v) Ô nhiễm
fume /fjuːm/ (n) Khói
teleporter /ˈtel.ɪ.pɔː.tər/ (n) Vận chuyển viễn thông
Mode of travel /məʊd ɒv ˈtrævl/ (n.phr) Phương thức đi lại
worry about / ˈwʌri əˈbaʊt/ (phr.v) Lo lắng
hope /həʊp/ (v) Hy vọng
wheel /wiːl/ (n) Bánh xe
Run on / rʌn ɒn/ (phr.v) Chạy bằng
track /træk/ (n) Đường ray
sail /seɪl/ (v) Chèo
vehicle / ˈviːɪkl / (n) Phương tiện
A CLOSER LOOK 1
Bamboo-copter /bæmˈbuː-ˈkɒptə/ (n.phr) Trực thăng tre
skyTran / skaɪ træn / (n.phr) Taxi bay
solar-powered ship / ˈsəʊlə-ˈpaʊəd ʃɪp/ (n.phr) Tàu chạy năng lượng mặt trời
Solar-powered ships are eco-friendly.(Con tàu năng lượng mặt trời thì thân thiện với môi trường)
driverless car / ˈdraɪvləs kɑː/ (n.phr) xe hơi không người lái.
normal car / ˈnɔːməl kɑː/ (n.phr) Xe hơi thông thường

ride /raɪd/ (v) Lái
put it on / pʊt ɪt ɒn/ (phr.v) Mặc vào
popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/ (adj) Phổ biến
autopilot model /ˈɔːtəʊˌpaɪlət ˈmɒdl/ (n.phr) Loại hình tự mới
bullet train / ˈbʊlɪt treɪn / (n.phr) Tàu cao tốc
A CLOSER LOOK 2
electric scooter /ɪˈlɛktrɪk ˈskuːtə/ (n.phr) Xe điện
electric car / ɪˈlɛktrɪk kssɑː/ (n.phr) Xe hơi điện
allow /əˈlaʊ/ (v) Cho phép
parking places /ˈpɑːkɪŋ ˈpleɪsɪz/ (n.phr) Bãi xe
petrol-powered car / ˈpɛtrəl-ˈpaʊəd kɑː/ (n.phr) Xe hơi chạy bằng xăng
planet /ˈplænɪt/ (n) Hành tinh
take holidays /teɪk ˈhɒlədeɪz/ (v.phr) Nghỉ lễ
means of transport /miːnz əv ˈtrænspɔːt/ (n.phr) Phương tiện vận chuyển
at the airport /æt ði ˈeəpɔːt/ (pre.phr) ở sân bay
disappear /ˌdɪsəˈpɪə(r)/ (v) Biến mất
possible /ˈpɒsəbl/ (adj) Khả thi
motorbike /ˈməʊtəbaɪk/ (n) Xe máy
bicycle /ˈbaɪsɪkl/ (n) Xe đạp
on time / ɒn taɪm/ (pre.phr) Đúng giờ
COMMUNICATION
fly across / flaɪ əˈkrɒs/ (phr.v) Băng qua
walkcar /wɔːk kɑː(r)/ (n) Xe điện tử
stand on it / stænd ɒn ɪt/ (v.phr) Đứng lên nó
fall off / fɔːl ɒf/ (phr.v) Ngã, rơi
dangerous /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/ (adj) Nguy hiểm
turn on the switch /tɜːn/ /ɒn/ /ðə/ /swɪʧ/ (v.phr) Bật công tắc
solowheel /ˈsəʊləʊ wiːl / (n) Xe 1 bánh
Solowheel is small.(Xe 1 bánh thì nhỏ.)
self-balancing / sɛlf-ˈbælənsɪŋ/
(adj) Tự thăng bằng
Walkcar is self-balancing.
(Xe điện tử thì có thể tự thăng bằng)
convenient /kənˈviːniənt/ (adj) Tiện lợi
SKILLS 1
comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ (adj) Thoải mái
charge /tʃɑːdʒ/ (v) Sạc, nạp
economical /ˌiːkəˈnɒmɪkl/ (adj) Tiết kiệm
gaming screen /ˈgeɪmɪŋ skriːn / (n.phr) Màn hình trò chơi
introduce /ˌɪntrəˈdjuːs/ (v) Giới thiệu
SKILLS 2
autopilot function /ˈɔːtəʊˌpaɪlət ˈfʌŋkʃən / (n.phr) Chức năng tự lái
avoid /əˈvɔɪd/ (v) Tránh
advantage /ədˈvɑːntɪdʒ/ (n) Lợi thế
causing noise /ˈkɔːzɪŋ nɔɪz/ (n.phr) làm ồn
LOOKING BACK
sleep /sliːp/ (v) Ngủ

passenger /ˈpæsɪndʒə(r)/ (n) Hành khách
scientist /ˈsaɪəntɪst/ (n) Nhà khoa học
spaceship /ˈspeɪsʃɪp/ (n) Tàu không gian
PROJECT
carry /ˈkæri/ (v) Chở
road system /rəʊd ˈsɪstɪm/ (n.phr) Hệ thống đường bộ
GRAMMAR
Thì tương lai đơn (Simple Future Tense) là một trong những thì quan trọng trong cấu trúc ngữ pháp tiếng Anh và được sử dụng khá nhiều trong công việc và cuộc sống trong
môi trường ngoại ngữ. Tuy nhiên không phải tất cả những người học tiếng Anh đều nắm rõ về cấu trúc, cách sử dụng của thì này, thậm chí có học viên còn nhầm lẫn với thì tương lai gần.
Bài viết Thì tương lai đơn – Lý thuyết, dấu hiệu và bài tập sẽ hướng dẫn chi tiết về cấu trúc, cách sử dụng, cách nhận biết và đặc biệt có bài tập đi kèm giúp học viên năm chắc kiến thức
và sử dụng thành thạo thì này. Let’s get started.
Xem thêm:
1. Định nghĩa thì tương lai đơn

Thì tương lai đơn trong tiếng Anh (Simple future tense) được dùng khi không có kế hoạch hay quyết định làm gì nào trước khi chúng ta nói.
Chúng ta ra quyết định tự phát tại thời điểm nói.
2. Công thức thì tương lai đơn

Như các loại thì khác, công thức tương lai đơn cũng có 3 loại cấu trúc tương lai đơn.
2.1. Câu khẳng định thì tương lai đơn

Cấu trúc: S + will/shall + V-inf
Trong đó:
S: chủ ngữ
V: động từ (V-inf: động từ nguyên thể)
O: tân ngữ
Chú ý:
Trợ động từ WILL có thể viết tắt là ”LL

(He will = He’ll, She will = She’ll, I will = I’ll, They will = They’ll, You will = You’ll..)
Ví dụ:
I will buy a cake tomorrow.
My family will travel in HCM City next week.
2.2. Câu phủ định thì tương lai đơn

Cấu trúc: S + will/shall + not + V-inf
Trong đó:
S: chủ ngữ
V: động từ (V-inf: động từ nguyên thể)
O: tân ngữ
Chú ý: Phủ định của will là won’t.
Trợ động từ WILL+ NOT = WON’T

Ví dụ:
I won’t come your house tomorrow.
I promise I won’t tell this anyone
2.3. Câu hỏi thì tương lai đơn

Cấu trúc: Will/Shall + S + V-inf ?
Câu trả lời:
Yes, S + will
No, S + will not (won’t)
Ví dụ:
Will you marry me? -> Yes, I will /No, I won’t
Shall we dance?
3. Cách dùng thì tương lai đơn

Dưới đây là 9 cách sử dụng thì tương lai đơn mà TOPICA Native đã tổng hợp.
3.1. Diễn tả một quyết định hay một ý định nhất thời nảy ra ở thời điểm nói. Có từ tín hiệu chỉ thời gian trong tương lai
Ví dụ:
I miss my grandmother so much. I will drop by her house after working tomorrow
(Tôi rất nhớ bà tôi vì thế sau giờ làm ngày mai tôi sẽ đi thăm bà.)
3.2. Diễn đạt một dự đoán không có căn cứ
Ví dụ:
I think she won’t come and join our party.
(Tôi nghĩ cố ấy sẽ không đến tham gia bữa tiệc của chúng ta đâu.)
3.3. Đưa ra lời yêu cầu, đề nghị, lời mời
Ví dụ:
Will you go out for dinner with me? (Bạn có thể đi ăn tối với tôi được không?)
Will you pass me the pencil, please? (Bạn có thể chuyển bút chì cho tôi được không?)
3.4. Diễn đạt lời hứa

Ví dụ:
I promise I will write to her every day. (Tôi hứa tôi sẽ viết thư cho cô ta mỗi ngày.)
My friend will never tell anyone about this. (Bạn tôi sẽ không nói với ai về việc này.)
3.5. Diễn đạt lời cảnh báo hoặc đe dọa

Ví dụ:
Be quiet or Chinhtao will be angry. (Hãy trật tự đi, không Chinhtao sẽ nổi giận đấy.)
Stop talking, or the teacher will send you out. (Không nói chuyện nữa, nếu không giáo viên sẽ đuổi em ra khỏi lớp.)
3.6. Dùng để đề nghị giúp đỡ người khác

(1 câu hỏi phỏng đoán bắt đầu bằng Shall I)
Ví dụ:
Shall I carry the bags for you, Dad? (Để con mang những chiếc túi này giúp bố nhé.)
Shall I get you something to eat? (Tôi sẽ mang cho bạn thứ gì đó để ăn, được chứ?)
3.7. Dùng nhằm đưa ra một vài gợi ý

Câu hỏi phỏng đoán bắt đầu bằng Shall we
Ví dụ:
Shall we play football? (Chúng ta chơi đá bóng nhé?)
Shall we have Chinese food? (Chúng ta ăn đồ ăn Trung Hoa nhé.)
3.8. Dùng để hỏi xin lời khuyên

What shall I do? hoặc What shall we do?
Ví dụ:
I have a fever. What shall I do? (Tôi bị sốt rồi. Tôi phải làm gì bây giờ?)
We’re lost. What shall we do? (Chúng ta bị lạc rồi. Chúng ta phải làm gì bây giờ?)
3.9. Dùng trong câu điều kiện loại I, diễn tả 1 giả định có thể xảy ra trong hiện tại và tương lai
Ví dụ:
If she learns hard, she will pass the exam. (Nếu mà cô ấy học hành chăm chỉ thì cô ấy sẽ thi đỗ.
4. Dấu hiệu nhận biết thì tương lai đơn
Dấu hiệu nhận biết tương lai đơn rất đơn giản. Bạn chỉ cần chú ý các ví dụ về thì tương lai đơn là cũng có thể nhận ra.
4.1. Trạng từ chỉ thời gian
In + (thời gian): trong bao lâu (in 5 minutes: trong 5 phút)
Tomorrow: ngày mai
Next day/ next week/ next month/ next year: ngày tới, tuần tới, tháng tới, năm tới.
Soon: sớm thôi
Ví dụ:
We’ll meet at school tomorrow. (Ngày mai chúng ta sẽ gặp ở trường.)
4.2. Trong câu có những động từ chỉ quan điểm
Think/ believe/ suppose/ assume…: nghĩ/ tin/ cho là
Promise: hứa
Hope, expect: hi vọng/ mong đợi
Ví dụ:
I hope I will live abroad in the future. (Tôi hi vọng sau này sẽ sống ở nước ngoài.)
4.3. Trong câu có những trạng từ chỉ quan điểm
Perhaps/ probably/ maybe: có lẽ
Supposedly: cho là, giả sử
Ví dụ:
This picture is supposedly worth a million pounds.
(Bức tranh này được cho là đáng giá một triệu pounds)
Dấu hiệu nhận biết thì tương lai đơn rất đơn giản
5. MỘT SỐ CẤU TRÚC KHÁC MANG Ý NGHĨA TƯƠNG LAI
Ta có thể sử dụng một số cấu trúc ngữ pháp khác có chức năng tương tự thì tương lai đơn, diễn đạt hành động, sự việc có khả năng xảy ra trong tương lai như:
(to be) likely to + V

I believe that technological innovations such as robots are likely to do most of human’s work in the future.
(có khả năng/ có thể)
(to be) expected to + V

Artificial intelligence is expected to replace human in most manual work in the near future.
(được kỳ vọng)
6. SỰ KHÁC NHAU GIỮA HAI THÌ
Sự khác biệt giữa thì tương lai đơn và cấu trúc ‘be going to + V’
Điểm khác biệt lớn nhất giữa thì tương lai đơn và cấu trúc ‘be going to + V’ nằm ở khả năng xảy ra của phán đoán, dự đoán của người nói. Vì vậy:
Sử dụng mẫu ‘be going to + V’ nếu có bằng chứng chứng minh cho phán đoán của mình.
Sử dụng thì tương lai đơn hoặc các cấu trúc thay thế nếu phán đoán của mình chỉ dựa trên cảm nhận chứ không có bằng chứng hoặc căn cứ rõ ràng.
7. Bài tập luyện thì tương lai đơn
Bài 1. Điền dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc
1. If it rains, he (stay)____ at home
2. In two days, I (know)_____ my results
3. I think he (not come)____________back his hometown
4. I (finish)______ my report in 2 days.
5. We believe that she (recover) from her illness soon
Bài 2. Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. If/ you/ not/ study/ hard/,/ you/ not/ pass/ final/ exam
2. they / come/ tomorrow?
3. rains/ it/ he/ home/ if/ stay.
4. I’m/ she /able/ afraid/ to/ be/ come/ to/ party/ the/ not.
5. You/ look/ tired,/ so/ I/ bring/ you/ something/ eat
Bài 3. Điền vào chỗ trống sử dụng những từ trong bảng sau để hoàn thành một bài Speaking Part 2 hoàn chỉnh
Question: How would you think the modern technology will change the workplace in the next 100 years?
are going to feel are likely to lead to will have
will find is likely to become will develop

are predicted to work are likely to occur will be
will continue are going to happen will result
Thanks to modern technology, there have been enormous changes in the workplace over the past 100 years.
So now let us consider the changes that (1)……………… in the next 100 years. Unfortunately, I believe that not all changes (2)…………for the better. For example, more people (3)
………… … from home and so they (4)………… more isolated from their colleagues. On the other hand they (5)………… greater freedom to choose their working hours.
A further possible change is that handwriting (6)…………… obsolete. We are already so used to using a keyboard that today’s children are losing the ability to spell without the aid of a
word processor.
Without a doubt, even greater changes (7)…………… in technology used in the workplace. Computers (8)……………… to grow even more powerful and this (9) …………………… in
an even faster pace of life than we have now. Let us hope that our employers (10)……………… way to reduce the stress on worker’s this fast pace can bring.
I also think these improvements in technology (11)……………… even more globalization than now and companies (12)………………… very strong international links.
Bài 4. Chia động từ ở các câu sau (ở thì tương lai đơn hoặc be going to V)
1. I’m afraid I……………… (not/ be) able to come tomorrow.
2. Because of the train strike, the meeting ……………… (not/ take) place at 9 o’clock.
3. A: “Go and tidy your room.”
B: “Okay. I ……………… (do) it now!”
4. If it rains, we ……………… (not/ go) to the beach.
5. In my opinion, she ……………… (not/ pass) the exam.
6. A: “I’m driving to the party, would you like a lift?”
B: “Thank you but I ……………… (take) the bus.”
7. Look at the sky! It………………(rain) very heavily!
8. The company (hold)………………a very important meeting next month.
9. According to the weather forecast, it ……………… (not/ snow) tomorrow.
10. I think I (go)…………………study abroad.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG 2
BÀI 1: Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết câu ở thể khẳng định(+), thể phủ định, thể nghi vấn(+) với động từ khuyết thuyết “will”
1. Jim/arrive/here/tomorrow.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
2. There/ be/ many driverless cars/on the street/in the future.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
3. Maria/ travel/to Berlin/ on the metro.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
4. High-speed trains/ be/ very/ popular/in the next years.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
5. There/ be/ gridlock/between 5:30 and 7:00
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
6. They/build/an overpass/here/next year.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
7. Peter/ learn/to ride/a monowheel.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
8. People/ travel/flying cars/ in the future.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
Bài 2: Hoàn thành các câu dưới đấy sử dung động từ khuyết thiếu “ will” và động từ trong ngoặc.
1. In the future, buildings (be) _________________taller and moderner.
2. I think that people (drive)______________to work by flying vehicles and in the future.
3. People (not use)___________ox or horse carts any more.
4. I think public transportation (develop)____________and people (use)______________less private vehicles.
5.___________ (they/accept) my invitations?
6.____________ (many workers/ choose) to work from home?
7. Jim thinks that life (be) ________________easier in the future thanks to the help of robots.
8. Astronomers believe that they (find) __________________a living planet like the earth.
9. When _________________ (living in Mars/ be) possible?
10. Which means of transportation (take)_________the major role in the next 20 years?
11. It is predicted that there ( be)___________hail and snow tomorrow.
12. I’m afraid that my parents ( not allow)________me to go out too late.
13. Who (make)___________the last decision?
14._______________(robots /replace) all human workers in factories? No, they _____________
15. Jane expects that her mother (come)_______________home early today.
16. Future vehicles (run)______________on biofuel and other green energy.
17. My grandfather doesn’t believe that cars (fly)_________________like planes in the future.
18. There (not be)____________________gridlock in the future because people ( travel)____________by flying cars.
19. I think that countryside (disappear)______________in the future due to urbanization.
20. Solar-powered equipment ( be)___________________very popular in the future.
Bài 3: Nối câu cột A sao cho câu trả lời cột B sao cho thích hợp
A B
1.What will they do to reduce traffic jam a. solar and wind energy
2. Will it be possible for people to live on the Moon in the future? b. I think train will be more popular
3. What will be the sources of energy we use in the future? c. No, they won’t
4. What will the authorities do to protect the environment? d. They will widen to the roads and build overpasses.
5. Will it rain tomorrow? e. I think it will be the bullet train.
6. Will all the forest be destroyed in the future? f. yes, it will

7. Which one will be more popular in the future-planes or high-speed trains? g. They will enact laws to protect the environment.
8. What will be the most promising means of transportation in the future? h. No, it won’t There’s a good weather forecast tomorrow.
1_____ 2_________ 3__________ 4___________
5______ 6________ 7__________ 8___________
Bài 4: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. They /think/their team/ be/ champion.
2. I/ not think/ Jim/ buy/ a new car.
3. More people/ live/work/ in the cities.
________________________________________________________________________________
4. What/ you/ do/ if/ you/be/ the winner?
5. People/ afraid/ non-renewable sources of energy/ run out/in the future.
6. Many people/ believe/ there/ be/ life/in other planets.
7. People all over the world/speak/ the same language/in the future?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. More and more people/ travel/ airplanes/in the future.
ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU (POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS)
1.Đại từ sở hữu
Đại từ sở hữu chỉ sự sở hữu của người hoặc vật với người hoặc một sự vật khác. Đại từ sở hữu được sử dụng để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu và danh từ theo sau để tránh lập lại. (Đại từ sở hữu=
tính từ sở hữu + danh từ)
2. Sự khác biệt giữ đại từ sở hữu và tính từ sở hữu .
Tính từ sở hữu Đại từ sở hữu
Định nghĩa Tính từ sở hữu( possessive adjective ) là từ để chỉ sự sở hữu và đứng Đại từ sở hữu( possessive pronouns) dùng để thay thế hẳn cho tính từ sở hữu và danht từ.
trước danh từ. Đại từ sở hữu vừa có thể đứng ở vị trí chủ ngữ, vừa có thể kaf tân ngữ trong câu.
Ví dụ This is my book.( Đây là quyển sách của tôi) That is mine. ( Kia là quyển sách của cậu)
Trong câu sử dụng tính từ sở hữu “my” và danh từ “ book” Trong câu sử dụng đại từ sở hữu “mine” để thay thế cho “my book” vì người nói không
muốn lặp lại từ.
3. Đại từ sở hữu và nghĩa của chúng.

Đại từ nhân xưng Tính từ sở hữu Đại từ sở hữu Nghĩa Ví dụ
I My Mine Của tôi Your book is not as interesting as mine.
Quyển sách của bạn không hay như quyên sách của tôi.
You Your Yours Của bạn I will give mine and you will give yours.
Tôi sẽ đưa cho bạn cái của tôi, còn bạn đưa tôi cái của bạn .
We Our Ours Của chúng tôi This house is ours.
Ngôi nhà này là của chúng tôi.
They Their Theirs Của họ If you don’t have a car, you can borrow theirs.
Nếu bạn không có ô tô, bạn có thể mượn của họ.
He His His Của anh ta How can he eat my food not his?
Sao anh ấy có thể ăn thức ăn của tôi mà không phải của anh chứ?
She Her Her Của cô ấy I can’t find stapler so I use hers.
( tôi không tìm thấy cái dập ghim của tôi vì vậy tôi sử dụng cái của cô ấy.)
It Its Its Của nó My feet are small but its are big.
( chân của tôi nhỏ nhưng chân của nó thì to )
4. Cách dùng các đại từ sở hữu
Dùng thay thế cho một tính từ sở hữu Ví dụ
( possessive adjective ) và một danh từ đã nói ở phía trước I gave it to my friends and to yours. ( Tôi đưa nó cho bạn của tôi và bạn của bạn)
yours=your friends
Her shirt is white and mine is blue. ( Áo cô ta màu trắng còn của tôi màu xanh.)
mine= my shirt
Dùng trong dạng câu hỏi sở hữu kép( double possessive) VD: He is a friend of mine( anh ta là một người bạn của tôi.
It was not fault of yours that we mistook the way. ( Chúng tôi lầm đương đâu có phải lỗi của anh ta.)
Bài 5: Hãy sử dụng đại từ sở hữu thay thế cho các cụm từ trong ngoặc trong các câu sau:
1. My brother’s bike is blue. (My bike)_____ is blue, too
2. This is my house and that is (her house)_________.
3. My brother ate not only his cake but also (my cake)___________
4. Please move to another table. This is (our table)_______________
5. They mistook our car for( their car)_________
6. Give this book to Jim. It’s ( his book)_________________
7. My laptop didn’t work, so I used ( her laptop)_________________
8. My house is not as modern as ( your house)________________________.
9. The last decision will be ( my decision)_________________________________
10. Is it your suitcase or ( his suitcase)______________?
11. Their garden is smaller than ( my garden)___________
12. It used to be my car. Now it’s ( her car)_______.

13. I found my keys. Have you found ( your keys)_______?
14. Their team beat ( our team)______________
15. This is not your money but it is ( my money)_______.
Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Have you got _______pen, or would you like to borrow _________?
A. your-mine B. yours-my C. yours-mine
2. Jane’s voice is good. ______is good, too.
A.I B. my C. mine
3.______ cat is adorable.______is adorable too.
A. Your-Mine B. Your-Mine C. yours-mine
4. My face looks like _______face.
A. she B. her C. her
5. it’s not _____fault. It’s _______
A. your-mine B. yours-mine C. yours-mine
6. Jim’s car was parked here. _______parked _______car here too.
A.I-mine B.I –mine C.my-mine
7. I know Louis is _________friend. He’s also a friend of_________
A. your-my B. your- I C. your-mine
8. I lost my pencil. Can I have one of ______?
A. your B. you C. yours
9. This is not _______car. __________is black.
A. my- my B.my-mine C.my –I
10. Has the cat had ______food?
A. its B.it C .his
Bài 7: Điền đại từ sở hữu thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại sau.
1. Peter: Hi Tom, you look happy today
Tom: Oh, hi Peter. I am so excited. My father’s bought me a new bike.
Peter: Really, I’ve got a new bike too. My bike is blue. How about(1) ________?
Tom (2)_________is green. I’ve heard that Jim has a bike too (3)_______has the same color.
Peter: Yes, I saw his bike but I haven’t seen ( 4)__________How about going cycling together this weekend?
Tom: That a good idea. Let’s invite Jim to join us.
2. Jim: Hello, this is Jim.
Tom: Oh, hi Jim, this is Peter. Peter and I are going cycling this weekend because we’ve got new bikes. Do you want to join us?
Jim: It sounds nice.
Tom: My bike is green. It has the same color with (5)__________I hope that I won’t mistake your for (6)___________
Jim: Don’t worry, my bike must look older than (7)_______Oh, wait a minute. I’ve remembered that my bike’s broken.
Tom: It’s such a pity. Can you borrow a bike?
Jim: Uhm, let see. My sister has a bike. I will borrow (8)________ I will call you if she agrees to lend me her bike.
Tom: Okay
Bài 8:Đánh dấu …… trước câu trả lời đúng, dấu ……………trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
_____1.Excuse me. We came here first so this table is our.
_____2.Tom is a friend of me.
_____3.Jim house is as big as mine house.
_____4. My cat doesn’t sleep with me. It’s bed is in another room.
_____5.My answer for this question is different from his.
_____6.Do you have another umbrella? I forgot my at home.
_____7.Her hat is very expensive. Mine have a beautiful hat too.

_____8.Theirs restaurant is not as famous as ours.
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
TỪ LOẠI GIỌNG ĐIỆU VÍ DỤ
• Do you think flying cars will replace planes? 
(Bạn có nghĩ rằng những chiếc xe ô tô bay sẽ thay thế những chiếc máy bay không?)
Câu hỏi Yes/ No lên giọng
• Will your brother be a pilot in the future? 
(Anh trai của bạn sẽ trở thành một phi công trong tương lai phải không?)
• What would you like to have for breakfast? 
(Bạn muốn ăn gì cho bữa sáng?)

Câu hỏi có từ để hỏi xuống giọng
• Where will you travel to for your next vacation?  (Bạn sẽ đi du lịch ở đâu cho kỳ nghỉ
tiếp theo vậy?)
PRACTISE
Decide whether each of the following questions has raising tone (R) or falling tone (F).
E.g.: Which job will you do in the future? F
1. Will a flying car safe?
2. What will you buy for your child?
3. Do you think there is a real skycycling tube?
4. Why do you think there is no teleporter?
5. When did you last use the metro?
6. Will you travel on a supersonic airplane?
7. How could you escape the gridlocked road yesterday?
8. Have you ever used the metro?
9. Will she lend you her hover scooter?
10. Who has helped us build the skytrain system?
Vocab:
Nouns
1.safety Độ an toàn 2.system Hệ thống
3.space Không gian 4.fuel Nhiên liệu
5.skytrain Tàu trên khôn 6.invention Phát minh
Verbs
1.exist Tồn tại 2.disappeart Biến mất
3.crash Đâm vào 4.avoid Né tránh
5.float Nổi 6.design Thiết kế
Adjectives
1.imaginative Tưởng tượng 2.environmental Thuộc về môi trường
3.electric Chạy bằng điện 4.serious Nghiêm trọng
1. A. transport B. second C. sport D. horse
2. A. avoid B. choice C. tortoise D. coin
3. A. weather B. teacher C. helicopter D. everything

4. A. space B. car C. crack D. crash
5. A. underwater B. bus C. future D. much
6. A. driver B. easily C. negative D. minute
7. A. favorite B. solar C. today D. station
8. A. valued B. powered C. renewed D. replaced
9. A. sources B. advantages C. shoes D. brushes
Ex II: Odd one out
1. A. airplane B. electric B. sheep D. helicopter
2. A. pilot B. driver C. transport D. captain
3. A. environment B. fly C. carry D. float
4. A. solar B. wind C. hydro D. speed
5. A. convenient B. dangerous C. fuel D. expensive
6. A. system B. crash C. traffic D. program
7. A. friendly B. clean C. cheap D. motorbike
8. A. weather B. believe C. think D. agree
9. A. pollution B. rubbish C. planet D. theft
10.A. personal B. push C. favorite C. private
Ex III: Put the words in the correct columns
a hot air balloon, a car, a space ship, a bicycle, a horse, a boat, a motorbike, a bus, a plane, a ship, a train, a taxi
Drive Ride Fly Sail pedal
Ex IV: Add more words to each group
1. Means of transport: bike, …………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2. Types of energy: wind,
………………………………………………………………………
Ex V: Match the means of transport with their descriptions
1.bullet train 2.space ship 3.hot air balloon 4.train
a. This type of transport is made of strong material that is filled with hot air or gas to make it rise in the air, usually carrying a basket for passengers.
b. This type of transport can carry passengers at high speeds.
c. This type of transport can travel in space and carry people.
d. This type of transport has a number of coaches of trucks pulled by an engine or powered by a motor in each one, taking people or goods from one place to another.
Ex VI: Match
1.check a. a bicycle
2.sail b. lots of space

3.worry about c.public transport
4.ride d. the weather forecast
5.use e. traffic jams
6.take f.a boat
7.avoid g. a car
8.drive h.the exam
Ex VII: Choose the best answer
1. What will our transport ……………..look like in the future?
A. system B. benefit C. problem D. part
2. One day I will travel to the Moon in a big …………………..that travels faster than the speed of sound.
A. car B. train C. boat D. space ship
3. It’s …………to fly and more convenient than a helicopter.
A. Fast B. cheap C. easier D. expensive
4. Look at the boy! He is ………………….a horse.
A. sailing B. riding C. driving D. taking
5. My father is a frequent …………….of Vietnam Airline because he has to fly every month for work.
A. flight attendant B. pilot C. actor D. customer
6. He doesn’t need to …………… the car because it is automated.
A. take B. ride C. drive D. pedal
7. …………………a bicycle is eco-friendly but sometimes it’s quite slow.
A. Using B. Taking C. Doing D. Making
8. Which ………………..do you think will be popular in the future? Cars.
A. traffic B. transport C. job D. system
9. Elderly and disabled ………….…are not able to use this type of transport.
A. woman B. man C. children D. people
10. If you take a taxi, you will have to ……………….more money.
A. have B. make C. spend D. do
Ex VIII: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
crowded faster planes rainy
bus expensive future space
1. The ……………..at this time of the day are sometimes delayed.
2. There will not be enough …………………….for trees, lakes and buildings in the city.
3. Trains in Japan are always ………………….with passengers.
4. They prefer not to go by air plane because it is …………………
5. We went to the stadium to see our favorite football match by ………………. this morning.
6. Now, let’s talk about ………..….road transport with slide walks, sky cycling and bicycles.
7. Intelligent bikes have foldable roof for ………………..weather.
8. It’s much …………………if you want to go from one place to another in the city center.
Ex IX: Write the correct form of the word given

1. He is a …………………student because he goes to class every day. REGULARLY
2. We participate in a lot of activities to help the ……………………people in the countryside. OLD
3. Do you like………………. by plane or by coach? TRAVEL
4. The teachers is giving ……………………to the difficult question. EXPLAIN
5. ……………………has become a hot trend in this city nowadays. CYCLE
6. This type of transport is powered by ……………..motors. ELECTRICITY
7. You should ask an …………………….driver for help. EXPERIENCE
8. Intelligent bikes will never be …………………because they use fingerprint lock. STEAL
9. The man has ………………….and I can’t find him anywhere. APPEAR
10.Using biogas is an environmentally - ………………source of energy. FRIEND
Ex X: Circle the best answer
1. I can’t believe/agree that driverless cars already exist.
2. People can use a jetpack to drive/fly anywhere easily.
3. How much fuel does this type of transport use/cost?
4. What forms/means of transport do you often use to go to work?
5. Wonderland is the planets’ big/biggest city without a metro system.
6. There are fewer/less bicycles than there used to be in this area.
7. We will use more/less solar energy in the future.
8. My group is talking/having about future road traffic.
9. Do you think this way of transport will appear/carry in Vietnam?
10.Big cities will have to find a problem/solution to reduce traffic jams during rush hour.
KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
SMART ROADS
Over a million people are killed in road traffic accidents every year, with tens of millions injured. The development of smart roads connected to the Internet of things can
greatly help to reduce road deaths. Because road sensors can communicate with smart cars about the best ways to avoid dangers or bad road conditions. In the future,
wireless battery chargers will be found underneath roads. This helps to reduce the level of air pollution and the need for fossil fuels to power cars.
I - Read the passage and complete the following sentences with ONE or TWO words.
The re-occurrence of new technology over the years has helped us change the way we live and do daily activities. Most of this development is as a result of inventing and creating new ways to
reduce our daily stress and live an improved life. The transportation industry is one of the important areas where new technological advancement takes place. We now see cars that drive
themselves along predetermined routes. Trains that will use new magnetic rail systems. An amazing new “hyperloop” train that will speed 800 miles per hour. All these innovations are not just a
form of illusion, they are set to happen within the next coming years or have already started transporting us. This has increased the level of some industries like vehicle transport companies and
car shipping carriers. It has also made truck production company, and fleet management more efficient.
1. Most of new technologies over the years are to reduce our_________and ensure an improved life.
2. New technological advancement takes place in the_________as well.
3. A new “hyperloop” train can run at the speed of_________per hour.
4. Some of these innovations have already support our_________.
5. The level of vehicle transport companies and car shipping carriers has been_________.
Flying cars aren’t just science fiction anymore. Terrafugia, based in the United States, is developing a readable aircraft called the Transition. The vehicle has two seats, four wheels and wings that
fold up, so it can be driven like a car. Terrafugia first began to work on the Transition in 2006 and has come closer than anyone to making the flying car a reality. The company uses special tires
and glass that are lighter than normal automotive ones, which makes it easier for the vehicle to fly. An owner needs to pass a test and complete 20 hours of flying time to be able to fly the
Transition. The Transition can reach around 70 miles per hour (mph) on the road and 115 mph in the air. On the ground, it gets 35 miles per gallon.
1. The Transition has room for four passengers. 
2. Terrafugia has worked on the Transition since 2006. 

3. The flying car uses special tires and glass. 
4. All drivers of the Transition will only have to pass a test to get a license. 
5. The Transition will go faster in the air than on the road. 
No. Statements T F
1. Buses, subways, airplanes and trains are called private transports.  
2. The subway is the most public transport used in big cities.  
3. In Vietnam, people use lots of motorbikes.  
4. In China, bikes are not used much.  
5. There are three types of buses in London.  
6. In some double-decker buses, there are automatic doors.  
7. All roads in London have bus stops.  
8. Open top in buses allow passengers to see the places in London.  
Exercise 2: Listen and answer the questions. (Track 23)
1. What does Michael do?
2. Where does Michael work?
3. How does Michael go to work?
4. What time does he leave home?
5. How long does he walk to the bus stop?
6. Where does he get off from the bus?
7. Why does Michael usually have a seat?
8. How long does it take Michael to get to work every day?
Talk about the benefits of self-driving cars.
• What are the benefits of self-driving cars?
• Which benefits are you most interested in? Why?
Useful languages:
• fewer accidents • Self-driving cars have many benefits. First,... Second, …..
• reducing traffic congestion and pollution • Self-driving cars can help ...
• saving space • ... is the benefit that I'm most interested in because
• saving fuel • These benefits can improve our life like ...
• better life
• saving time
• saving money
• convenient
Complete the notes:
What are the benefits of self-driving cars? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Which benefits are you most interested in? Why? __________________________________________

__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How can these benefits improve human’s life? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. Self-driving cars can help ...
2. ... is the benefit that I'm most interested in because ...
3. These benefits can improve our life like ...
Now you tick!
Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. Modern/ means of transport/ be/ very strange/ me.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. I/ be/ most interested/ hyperloop/ skytrain.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. It/ be/ wonderful/ travel/ such/ modern/ means of transport.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. These/ modern/ means of transport/ help/ save/ much time/ travelling.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. It/ be/ fantastic/ if/ these/ means of transport/ be/ available/ future.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (about 60-80 words) about means of transport of the future you are most interested in.
• What is that means of transport?
• Why are you most interested in it?
• What are the benefits of that means of transport?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
UNIT 12: ENGLISH-SPEAKING COUNTRIES
VOCABULARY
GETTING STARTED
1. holiday /ˈhɒlədeɪ/ (n) Kỳ nghỉ

2. fantastic /fænˈtæstɪk/ (adj) Tuyệt vời
3. ask for directions /ɑːsk fɔː dɪˈrɛkʃənz/ (v.phr) Hỏi đường
4. local people / ˈləʊkəl ˈpiːpl/
5. travel /ˈtrævl/ (v) Du lịch
6. season /ˈsiːzn/ (n) Mùa
7. take a tour / teɪk ə tʊə/ (v.phr) Đi tham quan
8. go penguin watching /gəʊ ˈpɛŋgwɪn ˈwɒʧɪŋ/ (v.phr) Xem chim cánh cụt
9. exciting /ɪkˈsaɪtɪŋ/ (adj) Thú vị
10. amazing landscapes /əˈmeɪzɪŋ ˈlænskeɪps (n.phr) Phong cảnh tuyệt vời
11. outdoor activities /ˈaʊtdɔːr ækˈtɪvɪtiz/ (n) Hoạt động ngoài trời
12. beach /biːtʃ/ (n) Bãi Biển
13. island /ˈaɪlənd/ (n) Đảo
14. sunset /ˈsʌnset/ (n) Hoàng hôn
15. museum /mjuˈziːəm/ (n) Viện bảo tàng
16. sports and games /spɔːts/ /ænd/ /geɪmz/ (n.phr) Thể thao và trò chơi
17. capital city / ˈkæpɪtl ˈsɪti/ (n.phr) Thủ đô
A CLOSER LOOK 1
1. island country /ˈaɪlənd ˈkʌntri/ (n.phr) Quốc đảo
2. tattoo /təˈtuː/ (n) Hình xăm
3. kangaroo /ˌkæŋɡəˈruː/ (n) Chuột túi
4. Scottish kilt /ˈskɒtɪʃ kɪlt/ (n.phr) Váy kiểu Scotland
5. castle /ˈkɑːsl/ (n) Lâu đài
6. coastline /ˈkəʊstlaɪn/ (n) Đường bờ biển
7. native /ˈneɪtɪv/ (adj) Bản địa
8. unique /juˈniːk/ (adj) Độc nhất vô nhị
9. ancient /ˈeɪnʃənt/ (adj) Cổ
10. valley /ˈvæli/ (n) Thung lũng
11. symbol /ˈsɪmbl/ (n) Biểu tượng
12. boat ride /bəʊt raɪd/ (n.phr) Đi tàu
13. tower /ˈtaʊə(r)/ (n) Tháp
14. show /ʃəʊ/ (v) thể hiện
15. state /steɪt/ (n) Bang
16. official language /əˈfɪʃəl ˈlæŋgwɪʤ/ (n.phr) Ngôn ngữ chính thống
A CLOSER LOOK 2
1. attraction /əˈtrækʃn/ (n) Sự thu hút
2. countryside /ˈkʌntrisaɪd/ (n) Miền quê
3. Statue of Liberty /ˈstætjuː ɒv ˈlɪbəti/ (n) Tượng nữ thần tự do
4. consist of / kənˈsɪst ɒv/ (phr.v) Bao gồm
5. entertainment centres /ˌɛntəˈteɪnmənt ˈsɛntəz/ (n.phr) Trung tâm giải trí
6. tourist /ˈtʊərɪst/ (n) Khách du lịch
7. bridge /brɪdʒ/ (n) Cầu
8. Englishman / ˈɪŋglɪʃmən / (n) Người Anh
9. run through /rʌn θruː/ (phr.v) Chảy qua
10. present /ˈprizent/ (n) Món quà
11. red telephone box /rɛd ˈtɛlɪfəʊn bɒks/ (n.phr) Tủ điện thoại đỏ
COMMUNICATION
1. traditional festivals /trəˈdɪʃənl ˈfɛstəvəlz / (n.phr) Lễ hội truyền thống

2. visitor /ˈvɪzɪtə(r)/ (n) Khách tham quan
3. clean /kliːn/ (adj) Sạch
4. snake /sneɪk/ (n) Rắn
5. lake /leɪk/ (n) Hồ
6. famous for /ˈfeɪməs fɔː/ (v.phr) Nổi tiếng
7. lie /laɪ/ (v) Nằm
8. royal family /ˈrɔɪəl ˈfæmɪli/ (n.phr) gia đình hoàng gia
9. Pacific Ocean /pəˈsɪfɪk ˈəʊʃən/ (n) Thái Bình Dương
SKILLS 1
1. waterfall /ˈwɔːtəfɔːl/ (n) Thác nước
2. bushwalking /ˈbʊʃ ˈwɔːkɪŋ/ (n.phr) Đi bộ xuyên rừng
3. be rich in / biː rɪʧ ɪn/ (v.phr) Giàu
4. haka dance /Haka dɑːns/ (n.phr) Vũ điệu haka
5. experience /ɪkˈspɪəriəns/ (n) Trải nghiệm
SKILLS 2
1. palace /ˈpæləs/ (n) Cung điện
2. guard /ɡɑːd/ (n) Cận vệ
3. historic /hɪˈstɒrɪk/ (adj) Lịch sử
LOOKING BACK
1. go sightseeing /gəʊ/ /ˈsaɪtˌsiːɪŋ/ (v.phr) Ngắm cảnh
2. border /ˈbɔːdə(r)/ (n) Biên giới
3. ice hockey /aɪs ˈhɒki/ (n) Khúc côn cầu trên băng
PROJECT
1. amazement /əˈmeɪzmənt/ (n) Sự ngạc nhiên
2. diary entry /ˈdaɪəri ˈɛntri/ (n.phr) Nhật ký hành trình
GRAMMAR
Mạo từ là gì? ARTICLES
Mạo từ là những từ đứng trước danh từ hoặc cụm danh từ, nó cho biết danh từ ấy nói đến những đối tượng xác định hay không xác định.Người ta sẽ thường thấy trong tiếng Anh có 3 mạo từ a an
the. Nhưng thực tế, trong tiếng Anh có 4 mạo từ, đó là a an the và Ø. Ø được xem là mạo từ không, trong nhiều trường hợp trước danh từ không có mạo từ chính là nó đang có mạo từ không.
Phân loại mạo từ
Vì mạo từ không thường không được tính tới nên ta sẽ chia mạo từ a an the ra làm hai loại chính:
Mạo từ không bất định: a, an
Mạo từ xác định: the
Cách sử dụng các mạo từ a an the
Cách sử dụng mạo từ a, an
A hoặc An là các mạo từ được sử dụng trước một danh từ số ít và có nghĩa là một. Mạo từ a an được sử dụng trong các trường hợp sau:
 Đứng trước những danh từ số ít đếm được, khi nó được nhắc đến lần đầu tiên, trong đó:
“a” dùng trước những danh từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm “p,t,h,k,r,…”
“an” dùng trước những danh từ bắt đầu bằng một nguyên âm “o, u, e, a, i”
 Dùng trước những danh từ khi nó mang ý nghĩa là “một”
 Dùng trước những danh từ chỉ nghề nghiệp
 Dùng trong các cụm từ chỉ số lượng
Lưu ý một số trường hợp đặc biệt của mạo từ a và an
 Dùng “an” trước một số từ bắt đầu bằng “u”, âm “h” câm
Ví dụ: an umbrella; an hour
 Dùng “a” với một số danh từ mở đầu bằng “uni” và “eu”

Ví dụ: a uniform, a unit, a European,…
Cách sử dụng mạo từ xác định “the”
 Dùng trước những danh từ khi được nhắc lần thứ 2 trở đi
 Dùng trước những danh từ khi chúng được xác định bằng một mệnh đề/ mệnh đề quan hệ ở phía sau
 Dùng trước những danh từ là duy nhất, độc nhất (The sun, the earth,…)
 Dùng trước số thứ tự ( The first, the second, the last)
 Dùng trước tính từ để tạo thành danh từ chỉ người ở dạng số nhiều (The old- người già, the rich- người giàu, …)
 Dùng trước tên của các quốc gia tận cùng bằng -s và một số quốc gia số ít (The Philippines. The United Kingdom)
 Dùng trước tên của các loại nhạc cụ nhưng phải đứng sau “play”
 Dùng trước tên của các địa điểm công cộng (The zoo, the cinema, the park)
 Đứng trước danh từ tên riêng ở dạng số nhiều để chỉ cả gia đình nhà họ (The Smiths – gia đình nhà Smith)
 Dùng trước tính từ so sánh hơn nhất và so sánh kép
 Dùng trước tên của sông, suối, biển, đại dương, sa mạc, dãy núi,…
 Dùng trước những danh từ mà cả người nghe và người nói đều biết rõ về nó
 Dùng trước các buổi trong ngày
 Dùng trước tên của các tờ báo
 Dùng trước tên của các tổ chức
 Dùng trước danh từ số ít thượng trưng cho một nhóm động vật, loài hoặc đồ vật (The whale (loài cá voi)
 Dùng trước các danh từ chỉ phương hướng
 Đứng trước danh từ + of + danh từ ( The driver of the car (tài xế của chiếc xe)
 Dùng trong một số cụm từ cố định (At the end of sth, At the age of sth)
 Dùng trước hospital/church/school/prison/ khi chúng mang ý nghĩa khác
Những trường hợp không dùng mạo từ a an the
Dưới đây là những trường hợp các mạo từ a an the không được sử dụng:
 Trước tên các môn học
 Trước tên của các môn thể thao
 Trước danh từ số nhiều không xác định
 Trước danh từ không đếm được
 Trước tên của các phương tiện giao thông khi đứng sau giới từ “by”
 Trước danh từ chỉ màu sắc
 Sau tính từ sở hữu hoặc sau danh từ sở hữu cách
 Trước tên của các bữa ăn
 Trước những ngày/tháng/năm/ mùa không xác định
 Trước tên các quốc gia (trừ các quốc gia đã được lưu ý), tên châu lục, tên núi, tên hồ, tên đường
 Trước danh từ trừu tượng (Love, health,…)
PRACTISE :
1/Một số bài tập trắc nghiệm về mạo từ a an the
1…… youngest boy has just started going….to school.
A. The – Ø B. a – Ø C. Ø – the D. an – Ø
2.….eldest boy is at….college.
A. The – the B. An – the C. The – Ø D. A – the
3…. person suffering from….shock should not be given anything to drink.
A. An – the B. A – Ø C. A – the D. A – any
4. Mr. Smith is… old customer and… honest man.
A. the – an B. an – the C. an – an D. the – the
5. Do you go to … prison to visit him?
A. the B. Ø C. a D. an
6. On…. Sundays my father stays in bed, reading….. Sunday papers.
A. the – the B. a – the C. Ø – the D. the – a
7. My mother goes to…. church in….. morning.
A. the – Ø B. the – the C. Ø – the D. a church – a
8. And in….. afternoon goes to visit…..friends.
A. the – any B. the – Ø C. an – an D. the – the
9. I have…. little money left; let’s have dinner in …. restaurant.
A. some – the B. a – the C. the – a D. a – a
10. Like many women, she loves….. tea parties and ….gossip
A. some – the B. Ø – Ø C. a lot of – the D. Ø – a
11. Ann used to ride a motorcycle up and down. …. road early in…. morning
A. a – the B. the – a C. the – the D. the – an
12. I am on night duty. When you go to … bed, I go to…. work.
A. a – the B. Ø – Ø C. a – Ø D. the – Ø
Bài 2: Điền mạo từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống
1. I want ………… apple from that basket.
2. Miss Lin speaks ………… Chinese.
3. I borrowed ………… pen from your pile of pencils and pens.
4. Eli likes to play ………… football.

5. I bought ………… umbrella to go out in the rain.
6. I lived on ………… Main Street when I first came to town.
7. Albany is the capital of ………… New York State.
8. My husband’s family speaks ………… Polish.
9. ………… apple a day keeps your enemy away.
10. Our neighbors have ………… cat and ………… dog.
Bài 3: Điền vào chỗ trống mạo từ thích hợp
1. Copper is ………… useful metal.
2. He is not ………… honorable man.
3. Aladdin had ………… wonderful lamp.
4. He returned after ………… hour.
5. You are ………… fool to say that.
6. French is ………… easy language.
7. Mumbai is ………… very dear place to live in
8. She is ………… untidy girl.
9. I bought ………… horse, ………… ox, and ………… buffalo.
10. Man, thou art ………… wonderful animal.
11. He is ………… honor to this profession.
Bài 4: Hoàn thành đoạn văn sau bằng cách điền mạo từ a/an thích hợp
Paul goes to university every day. In his backpack there is ….. book, ….. pencil case, ….. apple and ….. egg and mayonnaise sandwich. Some days he also buys ….. ice cream for dessert.
Today he has ….. English exam. The exam is not very difficult. He writes ….. short story about ….. adventurer. The story begins like this: “It is ….. special day for Oliver. At ten o’clock in the
morning, he gets on ….. plane. His destination is Australia…”
Bài 5: Điền các mạo từ “a/ an/ the” thích hợp vào chỗ trống, nếu không điền ghi X
1.I bought __ blue sweater yesterday.
2. I’d like __ cup of tea.
3. There is __ apple and __banana on the table.
4. I bought __ beef, vegetables and milk. __ beef is very good.
5. Mai has __ many books. ___ books are mostly about English grammar.
6. I took __ suitcase and __ backpack on holiday. ___ suitcase was much more useful.
7. Julie read __ book and __ magazine. She said ___ book was quite boring though.
8. She offered us __ piece of cake and __ biscuits.
9. They drank ___ coffee and ___ tea.
10. Jame has __ son and __ two daughters.
11. Lan often watches __ films and __ TV programmes all night.
12. She has __ black umbrella and I have ___ blue one. ___ blue one is bigger.
13. I bought __ new dress, but I was annoyed to find that __ zip was broken.
14. We should take __ taxi because it's getting dark.
15. I met __ very nice American last night.
16. __ sun rises in __ east and sets in __ west.
17. __ moon moves around __ earth.
18. We often play soccer in ___ afternoon.
19. ___ guitar is one of the most oldest musical instruments.
20. I often go to __ school at 6.30 am.
21. Pop music has always appealed more to __ young than ___ old.
22. I often listen to ___ music in my free time.
23. Donald Trump becomes ___ president of ___ united states on January 20, 2017.
24. We often take __ exam each semester.

25. There will be __ interesting movie this weekend.
26. Hoa is __ most intelligent student in my class.
27. When I was at ___ school, I had to wear __ uniforms.
28. __ poor and __ elderly are often left behind when it comes to __ modern technology.
29. Is there ___ bank near here?
30. On ___ Christmas eve, people often have parties late at ___ midnight.
Bài 6: Điền các mạo từ “a/ an/ the” thích hợp vào các đoạn văn sau, nếu không điền ghi X
1.John bought __ new car last week. Unfortunately, ___ car broke down after just two days.
2. We went to __ movie yesterday. Although it got ___ good reviews, ___ movie was terrible. I was so mad, I went to ___ box office and asked for my money back.
3. Our teacher gave us __ easy test today. There were ___ questions on there which we used to do in ___ previous tests.
4. Ms Parrot, ___ most famous lady detective of ___ twenty-first century, was born in ___United Kingdom in ___ 1960s. Since then, she has been to many countries, including __ Portugal,
Singapore and Australia. She has never been to __ Philippines or ___ United States, but she speaks __ English, French and Portuguese. Like Sherlock Holmes, Sherlock Holmes, ___ famous
detective, she plays ___ violin, and sometimes practises up to five times __ day. She is also __ only person in ___ world to have performed Tchaikovsky's 1812 overture in one breath on ___
recorder.
PRACTICE
Vocabulary AND PRONUNCIATION
NGỮ ÂM
Pronunciation
TỪ LOẠI GIỌNG ĐIỆU VÍ DỤ
• Do you think flying cars will replace planes? 
(Bạn có nghĩ rằng những chiếc xe ô tô bay sẽ thay thế những chiếc máy bay không?)
Câu hỏi Yes/ No lên giọng
• Will your brother be a pilot in the future? 
(Anh trai của bạn sẽ trở thành một phi công trong tương lai phải không?)
• What would you like to have for breakfast? 
(Bạn muốn ăn gì cho bữa sáng?)

Câu hỏi có từ để hỏi xuống giọng
• Where will you travel to for your next vacation?  (Bạn sẽ đi du lịch ở đâu cho kỳ nghỉ
tiếp theo vậy?)
Decide whether each of the following questions has raising tone (R) or falling tone (F).
E.g.: Which job will you do in the future? F
1. Will a flying car safe?
2. What will you buy for your child?
3. Do you think there is a real skycycling tube?
4. Why do you think there is no teleporter?
5. When did you last use the metro?
6. Will you travel on a supersonic airplane?
7. How could you escape the gridlocked road yesterday?
8. Have you ever used the metro?
9. Will she lend you her hover scooter?
10. Who has helped us build the skytrain system?
1. A. amazing B. around C. against D. spacious
2. A. serious B. question C. stressful D. dense
3. A. crime B. nutrition C. vehicle D. picture
4. A. obesity B. poverty C. homeless D. overpopulation
5. A. thousand B. healthy C. weather D. thirsty

6. A. crowded B. polluted C. wanted D. caused
7. A. place B. crime C. cause D. traffic
8. A. lucky B. suffer C. support D. culture
9. A. noise B. system C. square D. service
10.A. January B. crystal C. hungry D. skyscraper
Ex II: Odd one out
1. A. population B. healthy C. serious D. crowded
2. A. increase B. stressful C. support D. provide
3. A. village B. countryside C. city D. atmosphere
4. A. disease B. poverty C. healthcare D. crime
5. A. slum B. wealthy C. spacious D. healthy
6. A. malnutrition B. headache C. obesity D. drought
7. A. hungry B dense C. flood D. difficult
8. A. death B. commit C. spread D. increase
9. A. shortage B. poverty C. crime D. peaceful
Ex III: Choose the best answer
1. Good living standard helps people to ………………. healthy and to live longer.
A. live B. stay C. take D. make
2. Traffic jam is the most serious ……………..in big cities nowadays.
A. part B. cause C. problem D. affect
3. You can see …………….people in many places in big cities. They have no place to live.
A. homeless B. old C. poor D. wealthy
4. The narrow streets can’t ……………..more traffic during rush hour.
A. take B. provide C. support D. carry
5. The lives of people in overcrowded cities are getting more ……………
A. easier B. faster C. poorer D. difficult
6. The government is trying to ………………the problem of shortage of accommodation.
A. solve B. help C. explain D. finish
7. Big cities often ……………….more pollution than the countryside.
A. enjoy B. support C. become D. suffer
8. A healthy child ……………………more care from his mother than a sick one.
A. has B. requires C. increases D. supports
9. The man ……………….crime last week and he was sent to prison.
A. committed B. had C. took D. got
10.Poverty is the major ……………of death for children living in the slums.
A. problem B. effect C. cause D. solution
Ex IV: Choose a word that has a different stress pattern from others
1. A. lazy B. children C. disease D. stressful
2. A. crowded B. wealthy C. problem D. effect
3. A. question B. invite C. city D. village
4. A. diverse B. weather C. money D. doctor
5. A. native B. river C. relax D. dentist
6. A. peaceful B. describe C. spacious D. dialogue
7. A. review B. pollute C. sister D. enjoy
8. A. complete B. candle C. traffic D. heaven
9. A. frighten B. nature C. number D. decide

10.A. compare B. freedom C. artist D. standard
Ex VI: Fill in the gap with a suitable word given in the box
caused difference living increases
enough life overcrowded healthcare
1. When too many people live in a small place, ……………….can become very difficult.
2. As the world’s population………………., there is less land left for agriculture to feed all the people.
3. There are so many people that there is not ……………….food or houses for everyone.
4. Our government has spent a lot of money on schools and ……………
5. Air pollution is ……………..by vehicles and factories.
6. People in this country can enjoy high ………………….standard.
7. The city center becomes ……………….with so many people coming from different parts of the country.
8. Do you know the ………………..between a city and a megacity?
. KỸ NĂNG
DO YOU KNOW?
POPULATION FACTS
• The world’s population totals 7.6 billion people and is expected to grow to nearly 10 billion by the middle of this century.
• More people live in urban than rural areas, with 55 percent residing in urban areas in 2018. By 2050 this proportion is expected to reach nearly 70 percent.
• A total of 50.4 percent of the world’s population is male, and 49.6 percent is female.
• China has the world’s largest population (1.42 billion), followed by India (1.35 billion).
• The largest city in the world by population is Tokyo, Japan, with a population of nearly 38 million.
I - Read the passage and complete the following sentences with ONE or TWO words.
The increased loss of the ecosystems including wetlands, wildlife, rainforests, coral reefs, aquatic life forms, and grasslands are highly influenced by overpopulation. It is out of overpopulation
that activities such as excessive agriculture, environmental pollution, and extensive land development have become more and more intensive.
For example, rainforests originally covered 14% of the entire earth’s surface. Today, rainforests only cover about 6% of the earth’s surface and scientists forecast it may even become less in the
next four decades judged by the current rate of vegetation removal, logging, and deforestation. Besides, due to environmental pollution, 30% of the ocean reefs have been lost because of
acidification and global warming since 1980. Also, more than half of the original wetlands have been lost.
1. The increased loss of the_________are highly influenced by overpopulation.
2. Excessive agriculture has become more and more_________.
3. _________of the entire earth’s surface was originally covered by rainforests.
4. Rainforests may cover less than 6% of the earth’s surface in the next_________.
5. Acidification and_________have made 30% of the ocean reefs disappear since 1980.
Population problems are different in different parts of the world. For example, in many European countries, the population is getting older. The birth rate is low because many young people have
only one child or none at all. After retirement, they feel lonely and often very poor because they don’t save enough money.
In Africa, the population problems are very different. The population has grown rapidly over the last 40 years and it has a relatively young population. Many families continue to have large
numbers of children to look after older people and to help on the land.
Asia is the largest and most populous of earth’s continents. It also has the highest population growth rate today, and its population almost quadrupled during the 20th century. Asian population
will continue to grow, increasing pressure on the region’s natural resources.
1. In Europe, young couples usually have more than two children. 
2. Old people in many European countries don’t save enough money for their retirement. 
3. The population of Africa has increased rapidly. 
4. Asia has the highest population growth rate in the world. 
5. The population of Asia will decrease in the next few years. 
Overpopulation is a real problem. It could (1) ....................... the Earth. Very soon, there will be too many people and not enough (2) .......................
There won’t be enough (3) ....................... to grow food for everyone. We’ll eat all of the (4) ....................... in the sea. And our pollution will cause more (5) ....................... I think we are in
a very (6) ....................... situation.
I don’t know what the answer is. Our (7) ....................... don’t seem too worried. They never see the bigger picture. The world’s population is exploding, and (8) ....................... cause great
damage.
More and more people are living longer and longer. We have better (9) ....................... Our scientists have found cures to many (10) ....................... There are many reasons. What we really
need to do is thinking about how overpopulation is damaging the Earth.
1. There are more and more people on the earth.   
2. The author thinks that it is totally bad for the population to continue to increase.   
3. When the world’s population increases too much, there will be food wars but water wars.   
4. It is expected that by 2050, the population will be 20 billion.   
5. Natural disaster is one of the factors controlling population.   
6. Although we are rich, we cannot control the length of time we live.   
7. In Japan, there are more old people than young people.   
8. Japan government is importing foreign laborers.   
Talk about the causes and effects of an overcrowded world.
• What are the causes of an overcrowded world?
• What are the effects of an overcrowded world?
Useful languages:
• high fertility rates • Two main reasons for an overcrowded world are …
• scientific advancement • An overcrowded world causes many problems like ...
• no policty to control • There are some effects of an overcrowded world. For example, ...
• high unemployment
• traffic and air pollution
• poverty
• health problems
• crime
Complete the notes:
What are the causes of overcrowded world? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What are the effects of overcrowded world? __________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Now you try!
1. Two main reasons for an overcrowded world are ...
2. There are some effects of an overcrowded world. For example, ...
Now you tick!

Did you ...
Let’s compare!
1. Overpopulation/ bring/ many problems/ like/ crimes/ unemployment.
→ ________________________________________________________
2. Every country/ should do/ something/ control/ population.
→ ________________________________________________________
3. Some/ measure/ should/ empower/ laws.
→ ________________________________________________________
4. People/ must/ aware/ effects/ overpopulation.
→ ________________________________________________________
5. Methods/ to control/ population/ should/ carry out/ soon.
→ ________________________________________________________
II - Write a short paragraph (60-80 words) about disadvantages of life in crowded cities like Hanoi or Ho Chi Minh City.
* What are the disadvantages of living in an overcrowded city?
* What are the ways to solve those problems?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
REVIEW 1+2
REVIEW 1
Pronunciation
1. Circle the word in which the underlined part is pronounced differently. Then listen, check and repeat.
(Khoanh tròn từ mà phần gạch chân được phát âm khác. Sau đó nghe, kiểm tra và lặp lại.)
1. A. proverb B. together C. exercise
2. A. learn B. earn C. hear
3. A. collected B. cleaned C. donated
4. A. listened B. helped C. watched
5. A. laugh B. ghost C. rough
Bài 2
2. Put the phrases below in the correct columns.
(Đặt các cụm từ bên dưới vào các cột chính xác.)
raising money for charity collecting stamps
cleaning your room doing judo

doing volunteer work doing sport
helping street children donating clothes
Activities you do for …
yourself your community
Bài 3
3. Complete the sentences with the words and phrases below.
(Hoàn thành các câu với các từ và cụm từ bên dưới.)
hobby coloured vegetables chapped lips
mountainous areas taking photos community
1. Eating ______ and exercising can help you keep fit and stay healthy.
2. The Donate a Book event helps children in ______.
3. My brother spends a lot of time making models. That's his ______.
4. If you have ______ , use lip balm.
5. There are many things you can do to help your ______.
6. I love ______ of the sunset.
Bài 4
Grammar
4. Fill in the blanks with the correct tense of the verbs in brackets.
(Điền vào chỗ trống với thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.)
1. He often (read) ______ books in dim light, so his eyes hurt.
2. ______ you (do) ______ the gardening at the weekend?
3. Ordinary people (need) ______ about 2,000 calories a day to stay healthy.
4. I (cannot) ______ ride a bicycle when I was 6.
5. Last summer Phong (not volunteer) ______ to teach maths to street children.
6. We (join) ______ the project Plant a Tree in 2019 to make our area green.
Bài 5
5. Turn the sentences into negative statements or questions.
(Chuyển câu thành câu phủ định hoặc câu hỏi.)
1. She liked exercising. (not)
(Cô ấy thích tập thể dục.)
=> She ________________
2. My family always spends time doing housework together on Sundays. (not)
(Gia đình tôi luôn dành thời gian làm việc nhà cùng nhau vào Chủ nhật.)
=> My family ________________
3. I used a lot of suncream during my holiday. (not)
(Tôi đã sử dụng rất nhiều kem chống nắng trong kỳ nghỉ của mình.)
=> I ________________
4. My community organised a fair to raise money for the homeless last week. (?)
(Cộng đồng của tôi đã tổ chức một hội chợ để quyên góp tiền cho những người vô gia cư vào tuần trước.)
=> ________________
5. Tim makes beautiful pieces of art from dry leaves and sticks. (?)
(Tim tạo ra những tác phẩm nghệ thuật tuyệt đẹp từ lá khô và que củi.)
=> ________________
REVIEW 2
Bài 1
Pronunciation
1. Circle the word in which the underlined part is pronounced differently. Listen, check, and repeat the words.
(Khoanh tròn từ mà phần gạch chân được phát âm khác. Nghe, kiểm tra và nhắc lại các từ.)
1. A. decision B. vision C. measure D. sure
2. A. ocean B. cinema C. musician D. delicious
3. A. hot B. cottage C. compose D. lot
4. A. chicken B. architect C. cheap D. chair
5. A. condition B. attention C. question D. addition
Bài 2
Vocabulary
2. Match a word in A with a word or phrase in B. Then complete the sentences with the appropriate phrases.
(Nối một từ trong cột A với một từ hoặc cụm từ trong cột B. Sau đó hoàn thành các câu với các cụm từ thích hợp.)
A B
1. perform (thể hiện) a. some apples (một vài quả táo)
2. drink (uống) b. an entrance exam (bài thi đầu vào)
3. need (cần) c. the guitar (đàn ghi ta)
4. pass (vượt qua) d. juice (nước hoa quả)
5. play (chơi) e. a classical concert (buổi hòa nhạc cổ điển)
1. The students learn how to ______ in their music lessons twice a week.
2. We ______ for this recipe.
3. The orchestra will ______ tomorrow.
4. She doesn't allow her children to ______ during dinner.
5. They have to ______ to enter this school.
Bài 3
3. Underline the correct word to complete the sentences.
(Gạch chân từ đúng để hoàn thành các câu.)
1. Trinh Cong Son is one of Viet Nam's greatest scientists / composers.
2. How many butter/ apples do we need for an apple pie?
3. The musicians will perform their final portrait / concert next week.
4. Ha Noi Amsterdam School is for normal / gifted students.
5. Students have to take a(n) entrance / final exam to study at my school.
Bài 4
Grammar
4. Complete the passages about camping. Use the words and phrases from the boxes.
(Hoàn thành các đoạn văn về cắm trại. Sử dụng các từ và cụm từ trong hộp.)
How much How many a lot of

Plan your meals in advance. How many sandwiches are you going to make? How many loaves of bread will you need? Do you plan to make popcorn? (1) _______ butter do you need?
(2) _______ eggs will you buy? Do you need to buy (3) _______ drinks in advance?
some much many
Making a fire is a skill. And it is easy to learn. You won't need (4) _______ practice before you can make a campfire. Start with (5) _______ paper and leaves. Place the wood on top of these.
Don't use (6) _______ big pieces of wood. Just put two or three big pieces over the sticks and keep the rest for later.
Bài 5
5. Complete the second sentence, using the words in brackets.
(Hoàn thành câu thứ hai, sử dụng các từ trong ngoặc.)
1. I think classical music is not as exciting as rock and roll. (more... than)
=> I think rock and roll ______________.
2. The poster in the gallery is the same as the one in my house. (different from)
=> The poster in the gallery ______________.
3. A ticket to the theatre is cheaper than I expected. (not as ... as)
=> A ticket to the theatre ______________.
4. The painting in the museum is not different from the painting in the gallery. (like)
=> The painting in the museum ______________.

UNIT 1.global 7 New Hs Bài Tập Có File Nghe Và Giải Chi Tiết

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNIT 1.global 7 New Hs Bài Tập Có File Nghe Và Giải Chi Tiết

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNIT 1 - MY HOBBIES

1. amazing /əˈmeɪzɪŋ/ (adj): tuyệt vời It’s amazing.

2. make it yourself /meɪk ɪt jɔːˈself/ (v.phr): tự làm lấy

3. cardboard /ˈkɑːdbɔːd/ (n): bìa cứng, các-tông

4. creativity /ˌkriːeɪˈtɪvəti/ (n): sự sáng tạo

5. horse-riding /ˈhɔːs raɪdɪŋ/ (n): cưỡi ngựa

6. common /ˈkɒmən/ (adj): phổ biến, thịnh hành

7. collecting coins (n.phr): sưu tầm đồng xu

8. gardening /ˈɡɑːdnɪŋ/ (n): việc làm vườn

9. learn how to do something (v.phr): học cách làm việc gì

10. go to the club (v.phr): đi câu lạc bộ

- go jogging (v.phr): chạy bộ

- do yoga (v.phr): tập yoga

- do judo (v.phr): tập võ judo

- keep fit /kip fɪt/ (v.phr): giữ dáng

- surf /sɜːf/ (v): lướt sóng

- flow through (phr.v): chảy qua

- timetable /ˈtaɪmteɪbl/ (n): thời khóa biểu

- set /set/ (v): lặn (mặt trời)

- arrive /əˈraɪv/ (v): đến

- be interested in something (phr): hứng thú về việc gì

- exercise /ˈeksəsaɪz/ (v): tập thể dục

- belong to (phr.v): thuộc về

- outdoor activity (n.phr): hoạt động ngoài trời

- creativity /krieɪˈtɪvəti/ (n) khả năng sáng tạo

- patient /ˈpeɪʃnt/ (adj): kiên nhẫn

- take on responsibility (v.phr): chịu trách nhiệm

- join in (phr.v): tham gia = take part in

- maturity /məˈtʃʊərəti/ (n): sự trưởng thành

- valuable lesson (n.phr): bài học giá trị

- footballer /ˈfʊtbɔːlə(r)/ (n): cầu thủ đá bóng

- divide into /dɪˈvaɪd ˈɪn.tuː/ (v.phr): chia thành

Ex: The teacher divides students into four big groups.

- discuss /dɪˈskʌs/ (v): thảo luận Let’s discuss interesting hobbies

3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

- Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu:

- Nhóm trạng ngữ đứng cuối câu:

Ex: They go on holiday once a year.

- Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ

- Đối với động từ tận cùng bằng “y”

+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) ta nguyên “y + s”.

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

I. Put the verb in the correct form of present simple

1. Nurses and doctors (work)___________ in hospitals.

2. ___________the performance (begin) ___________at 7pm?

3. She (speak) ___________four different languages.

4. She (be) ___________ a great teacher.

5. Who ___________ this umbrella (belong) ___________to?

6. Who (go)___________to the theater once a month?

7. My cousin (have)___________a driving lesson once a week.

8. My father and I often (play)___________football with each other.

II. Fill in the blank

1. I (be) ________ at school at the weekend.

2. My students (be not) ________ hard working.

3. I usually (have) ________ breakfast at 7.00.

4. Where (be)____ your children?

5. Dog (like) ________ meat.

6. It (rain)________ almost every day in Manchester.

7. My mother (fry)________ eggs for breakfast every morning.

8. The bank (close)________ at four o'clock.

10. She (not study) ________ on Friday.

Ex II: Choose the best answer

1. a. playing badminton 2. a. collecting dolls

2. _the performance (begin) _at 7pm?

5. Who _ this umbrella (belong) _to?